Source and licence
share: publicnoneSource: text layer of corpus/incoming/histories/historians/herodotus-histories-ii/historyofherodot02herouoft.pdf (archive.org OCR; tools/build_repository.py histories())
Attribution: Rawlinson – History of Herodotus, a new English version, vol. 2 (London: Murray 1858); public domain in Canada (death years verified: G. Rawlinson d.1902 (https://archive.org/metadata/historyofherodot02herouoft LC heading 1812-1902; https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q1355998); co-authors H. C. Rawlinson d.1895 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q309602), J. G. Wilkinson d.1875 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q923032) — staged at corpus/incoming/histories/historians/herodotus-histories-ii/historyofherodot02herouoft.pdf from https://archive.org/details/historyofherodot02herouoft (HIST-1, 2026-09-29)); OCR text by the Kemetic project, Yousef Hanna 2026.
Licence: public domain in Canada (author died ≤ 1971, verified; LICENCES.md §7) — US position (recorded, does not gate the class; PD-CA 2026-09-26): PD-US (published ≤1930)
Jurisdiction note: this text is public domain under Canadian law (the project is published from Canada; LICENCES.md §7: author died in or before 1971). It may still be in copyright elsewhere — in countries with a life + 70 term, or where a later edition claims its own rights. The licence line above says what was verified. If you are outside Canada, check your own law before re-using it.
The text — part 1 of 6
8,189 lines · a line number is a link to itself| ref | L0 witness |
|---|---|
| p. 1 | |
| 1 | tI |
| 2 | ^ |
| 3 | K.. : |
| 4 | ' |
| 5 | UNIVOF |
| 6 | Toronto |
| 7 | Library |
| 8 | - ii till -J ilLl *J fJl>lJM*JihHJff ii Lit.' L.' U UiI2IiUriI^*i |
| p. 2 | |
| p. 3 | |
| 9 | ixii^.jAN 1 1925. |
| p. 4 | |
| p. 5 | |
| 10 | |] LQr |
| 11 | •T.I' |
| 12 | THE |
| 13 | HISTORY |
| 14 | OF ^ |
| 15 | HERODOTUS. |
| 16 | A NEW KNGLISH VERSION, EnTTED WITH COPIOUS NOTES AND APPENDICES, |
| 17 | ILLUSTRATING THE HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY OF HERODOTUS, FROM THE |
| 18 | MOST RECENT SOURCES OF INFORMATION; AND EMBODYING |
| 19 | THE CHIEF RESULTS, HISTORICAL AND ETHNOGRAPHICAL, |
| 20 | WHICH HAVE BEEN OBTAINED IN THE PROGRESS |
| 21 | OF CUNEIFORM AND HIEROGLYPHICAL |
| 22 | DISCOVERY. |
| 23 | BY |
| 24 | GEOEGE EAWLINSON, M.A., |
| 25 | LATE FELLOW AND TUTOR OF EXETER COLLEGE, OXFORD. |
| 26 | ASSISTED BY |
| 27 | COL. SIR HENRY RAWLINSON, K.C.B., and SIR J. G. "WILKINSON, F.R.S. |
| 28 | IN FOUR VOLUMES.— Vol. II. |
| 29 | WITH MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. ^ | VP |
| 30 | ^1 |
| 31 | LONDON: |
| 32 | JOHN MUEEAY, ALBEMAELE STEEET. |
| 33 | 1858. |
| p. 6 | |
| 34 | LONDON ; PRINTED BY WIIXJAM CLOWES AND SONS, SIAMFOKD STKEKT, |
| 35 | AND CHAKING CROSS. |
| p. 7 | |
| 36 | CONTENTS or VOL. 11. |
| 37 | THE HISTOEY OF HEEODOTUS. |
| 38 | THE SECOND BOOK, ENTITLED EUTERPfe. |
| 39 | Accession of Cambyses — he invades Egypt (ch. 1). Description of Egypt — |
| 40 | Antiquity (2). Seats of learning (3). Inventions, &c. (4). Description of the |
| 41 | country (5-13). Agriculture (1-4). Boundaries (15-18). The Nile — Causes |
| 42 | of the inundation (19-27). Sources (28). The Upper Nile (29-31). The |
| 43 | interior of Libya (32). Comparison of the Nile and Ister (33-4). Customs |
| 44 | of the Egyptians — their strangeness (35-36.) Religious customs (37-48). ^ |
| 45 | Connexion of the religions of Egypt and Greece (49-57). Egyptian Festivals |
| 46 | (58-64). Sacred animals (65-67). The Crocodile (68-70). The Hippopotamus |
| 47 | (71). Otters, fish, &c. (72). The Phoenix (73). Sacred and winged ser- |
| 48 | pents (74-75). The Ibis (76). Daily life of the Egyptians (77-80). Dress |
| 49 | (81). Divination (82). Oracles (83). Practice of Medicine (84). Funerals |
| 50 | (85-90). Worship of Perseus (91). Customs of the marsh-men (92-5). |
| 51 | Egyptian boats (96). . Routes in the flood-time (97). Anthylla and |
| 52 | Archandropolis (98). History of Egypt — Men (99). His successors — |
| 53 | Nitocris — Mceris (100-1). Sesostris — his expeditions — his works in Egypt |
| 54 | (102-110). His son, Pheron (111). Proteus — story of Helen (112-120). |
| 55 | Rhampsinitus (122). Doctrine of metempsychosis (123). Cheops —his |
| 56 | pyramid (124-6). Chephren (127-8). Mycerinus (129-133). His pyramid — |
| 57 | history of Rhodopis (134-5). Asychis (136). Anysis — Sabaco (137-40). |
| 58 | Sethos — ■ invasion of Sennacherib (141). Number of the kings (142-3). Greek |
| 59 | and Egyptian notions of the age of the gods (144-6). The Dodecarchy |
| 60 | (147-152). Psammetichus (154-7). Neco, his son (158-9). Psammis, son of |
| 61 | Neco (160). Apries, son of Psammis — his deposition (161-9). Tomb of |
| 62 | Osiris (170). Egyptian mysteries (171). Reign of Amasis (172-7). His |
| 63 | favour to the Greeks (178-182) |
| 64 | Page 1 |
| 65 | (( |
| 66 | APPENDIX TO BOOK II. |
| 67 | CHAPTEE I. |
| 68 | THE EGYPTIANS BEFORE THE REIGN OF THEIR KING PSAMMETICHUS BELIEVED |
| 69 | THEMSELVES TO BE THE MOST ANCIENT OF MANKIND." — Chai:). 2. [G. W.] |
| 70 | The Egyptians from Asia. 2. Egyptian and Celtic. 3. Semitic character of |
| 71 | Egyptian. 4. Evidences of an older language than Zend and Sanscrit. 5. |
| 72 | Ba or Pa, and Ma, primitive cries of infants, made into father and mother. |
| 73 | 6. m for b. 7. Bek not to be pronounced by an untutored child. 8. Bek, |
| 74 | name of bread in Egypt. 9. The story told to Herodotus. 10, Claim of the |
| 75 | Scythians to be an early race |
| 76 | 279 |
| 77 | a 2 |
| p. 8 | |
| 78 | iv CONTENTS OF VOL. II. |
| 79 | CHAPTEE II. |
| 80 | " THE EGYPTIANS WERE THE FIRST TO DISCOVER THE SOLAR YEAR." — Chap. 4. |
| 81 | [G. W.] |
| 82 | 1. The 12 mouths in Egypt. 2. Years of 360, 365, and SGoJ days. 3. The three |
| 83 | seasons. 4. Length of the year corrected. 5. Sothic year. 6. The year of |
| 84 | 365 days. 7. The dates of kings' reigns. 8. The Square or Sothic year. |
| 85 | 9. The Lunar year. 10. The Arab year. 11. The Jewish year. 12. Inter- |
| 86 | calation of the Egyptians and Greeks Page 283 |
| 87 | CHAPTER III. |
| 88 | " THE EGYPTIANS FIRST BROUGHT INTO USE THE NAMES OF THE TWELVE GODS |
| 89 | WHICH THE GREEKS ADOPTED FROM THEM." — Chap. 4. [G. W.J |
| 90 | 1. Different orders of Gods. 2. The gi-eat Gods of the first order. 3. The second |
| 91 | order. 4. Place of Re, or the Sun. 5. Classification of the, Gods. 6. Sa- |
| 92 | bjeism not a part of the Egyptian religion. 7. Pantheism. 8. Name of Re, |
| 93 | Phrah, and Pharaoh. 9. Position of Re in the second order. 10. Rank of |
| 94 | Osiris. 11 Children of Seb. 12. The third order. 13. The other most |
| 95 | noted deities. 14. Other Gods. 15. Foreign divinities. 16. Chief God of a |
| 96 | city and the triad. 17. Deities multiplied to a great extent — the unity. |
| 97 | 18. Offices of the Deity — characters of Jupiter. 19. Resemblances of Gods |
| 98 | to be traced from one original. 20. Subdivision of the Deity — local Gods. |
| 99 | 21. Personifications — Nature Gods. 22. Sacred trees and mountains. 23. |
| 100 | Common origin of religious systems. 24. Greek philosophy. 25. Creation |
| 101 | and early state of the earth |
| 102 | 288 |
| 103 | CHAPTEE IV. |
| 104 | " WHEN M(ERIS WAS KING," &C. — Chap. 13. [G. W.] |
| 105 | Rise of the Nile 16 cubits. 2. Differed in different parts of Egypt. 3. Oldest |
| 106 | Nilometer. 4. The lowering of the Nile in Ethiopia by the giving way of the |
| 107 | rocks at Silsilis. 5. Ethiopia affected by it, but not Egj'pt below Silsilis. |
| 108 | 6. Other Nilometei's and measurements. 7. Length of the Egyptian |
| 109 | cubit |
| 110 | 301 |
| 111 | CHAPTEE V. |
| 112 | It THEY HAVE TWO QUITE DIFFERENT KINDS OF WRITING, ONE OF WHICH IS |
| 113 | CALLED SACRED, THE OTHER COMMON." — Chap. 36. [G. W.] |
| 114 | Hieratic and Demotic, the two sorts of letters written from right to left. |
| 115 | 2. Hieroglyphics. 3. Three kinds of writing. 4. Hieratic. 5. Demotic, or |
| 116 | enchorial. 6. The thi-ee chai-acters. 7. First use of demotic. 8. Of sym- |
| 117 | bolic hieroglyphics : the ikonogi-aphic. 9. The tropical. 10. The enigmatic. |
| 118 | 11. Symbolic also put with phonetic hieroglyphics. 12. Determinatives after |
| 119 | the word, or name of an object. 13. Initial letters for the whole words, to |
| p. 9 | |
| 120 | CONTENTS OF VOL. II. |
| 121 | CHAPTEE Y .—continued. |
| 122 | be called limited initial signs. 14. Distinct from other " mixed signs." 15. |
| 123 | Syllabic signs. 16. Medial vowel placed at the end of a word. 17. Earliest |
| 124 | use of hieroglyphics. 18. Mode of placing hieroglyphics. 19. Fii'st letter of |
| 125 | a word taken as a character. 20. Determinative signs. 21. They began with |
| 126 | representative signs. 22. The plui-al number. 23. Abstract ideas. 24. Pho- |
| 127 | netic system found necessary. 25. Some parts of the verb. 26. Negative |
| 128 | sign. 27. Invention of the real alphabetic writing Phoenician. 28. Greek |
| 129 | letters. 29. Digamma originally written. 30. Sinaitic inscriptions not of |
| 130 | the Israelites. 31. Tau iised for the cross. 32. Materials used for writing |
| 131 | upon. 33. The papyrus |
| 132 | Page 305 |
| 133 | CHAPTEE VI. |
| 134 | " GYMNASTIC CONTESTS." — Chap. 91. [G.W.] |
| 135 | 1. Gymnastic contests. 2. Game of ball. 3. Thimble-rig and other games. |
| 136 | 4. Mora and draughts. 5. Pieces for draughts. 6. Dice. 7. Other |
| 137 | games |
| 138 | 322 |
| 139 | CHAPTEE VII. |
| 140 | <c GEOMETRY FIKST CAME TO BE KNOWN IN EGYPT, WHENCE IT PASSED INTO |
| 141 | GREECE."— Chap. 109, p. 179. [G. W.] |
| 142 | Greeks indebted to Egypt for early lessons in science. 2. Invention of geo- |
| 143 | metry. 3. Surveying, geography. 4. Early advancement of the Egyptians |
| 144 | in science. 5. Thales and others went to study in Egypt. 6. Pythagoras |
| 145 | borrowed iUhch from Egypt. 7. Heliocentric system. 8. Revived by Coper- |
| 146 | nicus. 9. Pythagoras and Solon in Egypt. 10. Great genius of the Greeks. |
| 147 | 11. Herodotus unprejudiced. 12. The dial. 13. The twelve houi's, 14. The |
| 148 | division of the day by the Jews, Greeks, and Romans. 15. The Egyptians |
| 149 | had 12 hours of day and of night, 16. The week of seven days in Egypt. |
| 150 | 17. The Aztec week of nine days. 18. The seven-day division in Egypt. |
| 151 | 19. The number seven. 20. Division by ten. 21. Greek and Egyptian month |
| 152 | and year of three parts |
| 153 | 329 |
| 154 | CHAPTEE VIII |
| 155 | HISTORICAL NOTICE OF EGYPT. [G. W.j |
| 156 | Fabulous period of hLstory — Rule of the Gods — Name of Menes ; supposed |
| 157 | to be Mizraim — Believed to be a real person by the Egyptians, and to have |
| 158 | founded Memphis. 2. This and Memphis — Egyptians from Asia — Memphis |
| 159 | older than Thebes. 3. Precedence of Upper Egypt. 4. Earliest notice of |
| 160 | Thebes — Absence of early buildings. 5. Contemporary kings — Ari'ange- |
| 161 | ment of the early dynasties. 6. Uncertainty of chronological dates — Date |
| 162 | of the Exodus. 7. 1st, 2nd, and 3rd dynasties — Menes and his successors. |
| 163 | 8. In the 2nd dynasty sacred animals worshipped ; and women allowed to |
| p. 10 | |
| 164 | VI CONTENTS OF VOL. IT. |
| 165 | CHAPTER YlU.— continued. |
| 166 | hold the sceptre. 9. 4th and 5th dynasties. 10. The same customs in the |
| 167 | early Pyi-amid period — Moimt Sinai — Shafre built the 2nd pyi-amid. |
| 168 | 11. 6th dynasty — The prenomen of kings.— 12. 7th, 8th, and 9th dynasties |
| 169 | — The Enentefs. 13. 11th dynasty — Contemporary kings. 14. 12th dy- |
| 170 | nasty — Osirtasen III. treated as a God. 15. The labyrinth. 16. The 13th |
| 171 | dynasty in Ethiopia. 17. Shepherd dynasties — The Hyk-sos expelled. |
| 172 | 18. The 18th dynasty — The horse from Asia. 19. Thothmes I., II., and III., |
| 173 | and Queen Amun-nou-het. 20. Conquests of Thothmes III. — His monu- |
| 174 | ments. 21. Amunoph III. and Queen Taia — The Stranger kings — Con- |
| 175 | quests of Amunoph III. 22. Country and features of the Stranger kings — |
| 176 | Eelated to Amunoph. 23. Expelled from Egypt. 24. King Horus. 25. The |
| 177 | 19th dynasty — Remeses, Sethos, and Remeses the Great— Attack and |
| 178 | defence of fortresses — Pithom and Raamses — Canal to the Red Sea. |
| 179 | 26. 20th dynasty — Remeses III. — His conquests and wealth — His sons. |
| 180 | 27. 21st and 22nd dynasties — Priest kings. 28. /S/jesAo?!^, or Shishak — Con- |
| 181 | quers Judaea — Name of Yudah Melchi (kingdom of Judah). 29. Kings' names |
| 182 | on the Apis stelae. 30. The 23rd dynasty — Assyrian names of the Sheshonk |
| 183 | family. 31. The 24th dynasty — Bocchoris the Sa'ite — Power of Assyria |
| 184 | increasing. 32. The 25th dynasty of the Sabacos and Tirhaka. 33. The |
| 185 | 26th dynasty — Psammetichus succeeded Tirhaka — Correction of chronology |
| 186 | — He married an Ethiopian princess. 34. War of Psammetichus and desertion |
| 187 | of his ti-oops. 35. Succeeded by Neco. 36. Circumnavigation of Africa — |
| 188 | Defeat of Josiah. 37. Power and fall of Apries — Probable invasion of Egypt |
| 189 | and substitution of Amasis for Apries by Nebuchadnezzar. 38. Amasis — |
| 190 | Flourishing state of Egypt — Privileges granted to the Greeks — Treaty with |
| 191 | Croesus — Persian invasion. 39. Defeat of the Egyptians — Conduct of Cam- |
| 192 | byses at first humane. 40. Egypt became a Persian province — 27th or |
| 193 | Persian dynasty — Revolt of the Egyptians. 41. 28th and 29th dynasties |
| 194 | of Egyptians. 42. 30th dynasty of Egyptians — Nectanebo II. defeated. |
| 195 | 43. Ochus recovered Egypt. 44. Duration of the Egyptian kingdom Page 837 |
| 196 | HISTORY OF HERODOTUS. |
| 197 | THE THIRD BOOK, ENTITLED THALIA. |
| 198 | Causes of quarrel between Persia and Egypt — Nitetis story (1-3). Aid lent by |
| 199 | Phanes (4). Passage of the Desert (5-9). Invasion of Egypt — Psammenitus |
| 200 | king (10). Murder of the children of Phanes — Battle of Pelusium (1 1). |
| 201 | Egyptian and Persian skulls (12). Siege and capture of Memphis — sub- |
| 202 | mission of the Libyans and Cyrenseans (13). Treatment of Psammenitus |
| 203 | (14-15). Treatment of the body of Amasis (16). Expeditions planned by |
| 204 | Cambyses (17-8). Phosnicians refuse to attack Carthage (19). Embassy to the |
| 205 | Ethiopians (20-4). Expedition fails (25). Failure of the expedition against |
| 206 | Ammon (26). Severities of Cambyses towards the Egyptians (27-9). His |
| 207 | outrageous conduct towards the Persians (30-5). His treatment of Croesus |
| 208 | (36). His madness (37-8). History of Polycrates — his connexion with |
| 209 | Amasis (39-43). He sends ships to assist Cambyses (44). Revolt of the |
| 210 | crews — Samos attacked (45). Aid sought from Sparta and Corinth (46-7). |
| 211 | Story of Periander (48-53). Siege of Samos (54-6). Fate of the rebels |
| p. 11 | |
| 212 | CONTENTS OP VOL. II. vii |
| 213 | HISTOEY OF R^EOBOTUS— continued. |
| 214 | (57-9). AVonders of Samoa (60). Revolt of the Magi — usurpation of the |
| 215 | Pseudo-Smerdis (61). The news reaches Cambyses — his wound, speech, and |
| 216 | death (62-6). Reign of the Magus (67). His detection by Otanes (68-9) |
| 217 | Otanes conspires — arrival of Darius (70). Debate of the conspirators (71-3). |
| 218 | Fate of Prexaspes (74-5). Overthrow of the Magi (76-9). Debate on the |
| 219 | best form of government (80-2). Decision of Otanes (83). Privileges of the |
| 220 | Six (84). Darius obtains the kingdom (85-7). His wives (88). Division of |
| 221 | the Empire into twenty Satrapies (89-93). Amount of the tribute (94-7). |
| 222 | Customs cf the Indians (98-105). Productiveness of the earth's extremities |
| 223 | (106-116). The river Aces (117). Fate of Intaphernes (118-9). Story of |
| 224 | Orcetes and Polycrates (120-5). Punishment of Orostes (126-8). Democedes |
| 225 | of Crotona cures Darius (129-130). His former history (131). His influence |
| 226 | — he cures Atossa (132-3). Atossa at his instigation requests Darius to |
| 227 | invade Greece (134). Persians sent to explore the coasts — Democedes |
| 228 | esQapes (135-8). Persian expedition against Samos to establish Syloson |
| 229 | (139-149). Revolt, and reduction of Babylon by the stratagem of Zopyrus |
| 230 | (150-8). Punishment ofthe rebels (159). Rewards of Zopyrus (160) Page 395 |
| 231 | APPENDIX TO BOOK III. |
| 232 | ESSAY I. |
| 233 | ON THE WOBSHIP OF VENUS URANIA THEOUGHOUT THE EAST. — [g. W.] |
| 234 | 1. Alilat. — Mylitta or Alitta, from wekd, " to bear children." 2. Had different |
| 235 | names in different countries. 3. A Nature-Goddess. 4. The Syrian Goddess. |
| 236 | 5. The Paphian Venus, or Urania, identified with Astarte and Anaitis. |
| 237 | 6. Tanat, or Anata. 7. Dianaof Ephesus. 8. The mother and child. 9. Alitta |
| 238 | and Elissa. 10. Gods of the Khonds. 11. Maut the mother. 12. Juno- |
| 239 | Lucina, Diana, and Astarte. 13. Europa and Cadmus. 14. Semiramis the |
| 240 | dove. 15. Derceto or Atargatis. 16. Athara and Athor. 17. Inscription at |
| 241 | Caervorran, and names of the Syrian Goddess. 18. Figure of Astarte. |
| 242 | 19. Baal, Moloch, and other deities of Syria. 20. Arcles, Melicertes, or |
| 243 | Hercules. 21. Rimmon, and other Syrian deities — Some introduced into |
| 244 | Egypt |
| 245 | 500 |
| 246 | ESSAY II. |
| 247 | ON THE MAG IAN EE VOLUTION, AND THE REIGN OF THE PSEUDO-SMEEDIS. |
| 248 | 1. Ordinary theory on the subject — the revolution a Median outbreak. 2. Proofs |
| 249 | to the contrary — (i.) from the inscriptions — (ii.) from the general tenor of |
| 250 | ancient history. 3. Unsound basis of the theory — the Magi not Medes. |
| 251 | 4. The revolution really religious. 5. Proof of this from the inscriptions. |
| 252 | 6. Religious ideas connected with the name of Darius 548 |
| p. 12 | |
| 253 | viii CONTENTS OF VOL. II. |
| 254 | ESSAY III. |
| 255 | ON THE PERSIAN SYSTEM OF ADMINISTRATION AND GOVERNMENT. |
| 256 | 1. Uniformity of Oriental Governments. 2. Satrapial system of Persia. 3. Danger |
| 257 | of revolt — safeguards. 4. Power and wealth of the Satraps. 5. Institution |
| 258 | of Royal. Judges. 6. Fixity of the royal revenue, 7, The border Satraps. |
| 259 | 8. Extra-satrapial dependencies. 9. Satrapies not always geographically con- |
| 260 | tinuous. 10. Modes by which the subjection of the conquered races was |
| 261 | maintained — (i.) Disarming — (ii.) Transplantation— (iii.) Maintenance of a |
| 262 | standing army. 11. Position and power of the monarch. 12. Privileges of |
| 263 | the Persians, 13. Gradations of i-ank among them Page 555 |
| 264 | ESSAY IV. |
| 265 | ON THE TOPOGRAPHY OF BABYLON. |
| 266 | 1. Want of an accurate survey. 2. Great extent of Babylon according to |
| 267 | ancient writers, 3. No traces of the oi-iginal enceinte. 4. General plan of |
| 268 | the existing ruins. 5. Their position on the left bank of the Euphrates a |
| 269 | difi&culty — modes of meeting it. 6. Canal between the noi-thern and the |
| 270 | central ruins. 7. Mound of Babil, the temple of Belus — its present state. |
| 271 | 8. Proofs of the identity. 9. Mounds of the Kasr and Amrdrn, the ancient |
| 272 | palace. 10. Site of the great reservoir. 11. Palace of Neriglissar, and |
| 273 | embankment of Nahunit. 12. Triangular enclosure, of the Parthian age. |
| 274 | 13. The Birs-Nimrud— its present appearance. 14. Original plan of the Birs. |
| 275 | 15. Its ornamentation. 16. The i?iVs rebuilt by Nebuchadnezzar — his account |
| 276 | of the restoration |
| 277 | 569 |
| 278 | Note A. — Standard Inscription of Nebuchadnezzar |
| 279 | 585 |
| 280 | Note B. — Babylonian Researches of M. Oppert 587 |
| 281 | Note C. — The Great Inscription of Darius at Behistun 590 |
| p. 13 | |
| 282 | ( ix ) |
| 283 | LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. |
| 284 | Page |
| 285 | Plan of Heliopolis |
| 286 | ( Ch. 8, Bk. fi. ) |
| 287 | i> |
| 288 | Ruins of Bubastis |
| 289 | (Ch. 138) |
| 290 | 210 |
| 291 | PlanofSais (Ch. 170) |
| 292 | 259 |
| 293 | The World of Herodotus . . . . _ At the end of Vol.. If. |
| 294 | BOOK II. |
| 295 | P. 13. |
| 296 | Map of the countiy about the mouth of the River Achelous. |
| 297 | P. 18, ch. 14, note K |
| 298 | (1.) The owner overlooking the ploughing and sowing of the land. A groom holds |
| 299 | the horses of his chariot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( Tliehcs.) |
| 300 | (2.) Ploughing scenes. One man drives the oxen, the other holds the plough. Over |
| 301 | the latter is the word liehi, " plough ;" and the other hieroglyphics seem to refer to the |
| 302 | "driving" of the oxen. (Comp. the woodcut in p. 21) .. (^Tornb at the Pyramids.) |
| 303 | P. 19, ch. 14. |
| 304 | (1.) Ploughing and hoeing. A small baiTel stands at the end of the furrows, |
| 305 | either containing seed, or rather some beverage for the ploughmen, as in Hom. |
| 306 | II. E. 541 {Belli Hassan.) |
| 307 | (2.) Ploughing, and sowing broadcast .. .. .. .. .. {Thebes.) |
| 308 | P. 20, ch. 14. |
| 309 | The main and lateral canals of an estate .. .. .. .. {Thebes.) |
| 310 | P. 21, ch. 14, note I |
| 311 | (1.) Raising water by the " ;?Aa<foo/," or pole and bucket .. .. {Thebes.) |
| 312 | (2.) Dri^Tng sheep over the land to tread in the grain .. {Tomb at the Pyramids.) |
| 313 | P. 22, ch. 14, note ^ |
| 314 | (1.) The tritura, or treading out the com on the threshing-floor .. {Thebes.) |
| 315 | (2.) The ^rifiira, and winnowing .. .. .. .. .. {Thebes.) |
| 316 | P. 30, ch. 19, note 8, |
| 317 | Name of the God Nilus, ''Hapi." |
| 318 | P. 42, ch. 19, note ^ |
| 319 | The three-headed Lion-God of Meroe. |
| 320 | P. 43, ch. 19, note '. |
| 321 | Name of the Ethiopian king Ergamun, called by the Greeks Ergamenes. |
| 322 | P. 45, ch. 30, note ^ |
| 323 | Inscription of the Greek soldiei^s sent into Ethiopia by Psammetichus, written on |
| 324 | the left leg of the Colossus to the S. of the door of the gieat temple at Aboosimbel. |
| 325 | P. 48, ch. 32, note ^ |
| 326 | View in the Little Oasis, neai- Zubbo. |
| 327 | P. 55, ch, 35, note \ |
| 328 | Vertical loom, (i) the loom on the fiame with a coloured selvage ; (c c) the man has |
| 329 | the loom above him as he works. The shuttle (k) is not thrown, but draws the |
| 330 | thread through backwards and forwards by a hook at each end, as is still done in weav- |
| 331 | ing the Welsh whittle {Thebes.) |
| p. 14 | |
| 332 | X LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. |
| 333 | Here the loom is below the women as they work. Figs. 5 and 6 makins; thread |
| 334 | over the one who twirls the spindle ; at d is the word Sat, " to twist" Beni Hassan. |
| 335 | P. 56, ch. 35, note *. |
| 336 | (No. I.) A Queen making an offering with a King .. .. .. (Thebes.') |
| 337 | P. 57, ch. 35, note *. |
| 338 | (No. II.) Women who held a high office in the sei-vice of Amuu ; — the PaUacides of |
| 339 | Jupiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( Thebes.) |
| 340 | (No. III.) Women holding a particular office in the funeral ceremonies (Thebes.) |
| 341 | P. 58, ch. 35, ib. |
| 342 | (No. IV.) A ceremony performed by a man and a woman . . . . ( Thebes.) |
| 343 | P. 59, ch. 36, note \ |
| 344 | ^Vheat cut with the sickle; another gi"ain, probably Doom, plucked up by the |
| 345 | roots .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..' (Thebes.) |
| 346 | P. 59, ch. 36, note ». |
| 347 | (No. I.) Kneading the dough with the hand .. .. .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 348 | (No. II.) Kneading dough with the feet . . ( Thches, in the same picture.) |
| 349 | P. 60, ch. 36, note *. |
| 350 | Mode of wi-iting numbei-s fi-om right to left ; also in Indian and Hieratic, ami |
| 351 | Chinese. |
| 352 | P. 62, ch. 37, note K |
| 353 | (No. I.) Dress of the priests .. .. .. .. .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 354 | P. 63, ch. 37, ib. |
| 355 | (No. II.) Leopard-skin dress of the high-priest called (SCTrt .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 356 | (No. III.) Some priests officiating in a short kilt .. .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 357 | (No. IV.) Other diesses of priests .. .. .. .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 358 | P. 64, ch. 37, ib. |
| 359 | (No. V.) Wooden machine for gouffreying linen dresses .. (Florence Museum.) |
| 360 | (Fig. 2.) The di^asions of the same, of the real size. |
| 361 | P. 65, ch. 37, note \ |
| 362 | Two wooden head-pillows, or rests .. .. .. .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 363 | P. 67, ch. 37, note «. |
| 364 | Title of the high-priest " Sem." |
| 365 | (Fig. 1) A writer's palette ; (fig. 2) the cubit of justice ; and (fig. 3) the cup |
| 366 | of libation, borne by the sacred scribe. |
| 367 | P. 68, ch. 38, note ^ |
| 368 | Hieroglyphics signifying "to kill;" probably similar to those on the priest's signet, |
| 369 | or order for slajdng a victim. |
| 370 | P. 69, ch. 39, note ^ |
| 371 | (No. I.) The foreleg and other joints. |
| 372 | (No. III.) An animal offered with the head, the foreleg, heart, and ribs, and a |
| 373 | water-bkd. |
| 374 | (No. IV.) The Aearf given to a poor Egyptian .. .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 375 | P. 70, ch. 39, ib. |
| 376 | (No. II.) The foreleg, the head, the heart, a whole goose, and other offerings of |
| 377 | bread, flowers, fiiiit, &c. . . . . . . . . (British Museum, from Thebes.) |
| 378 | P. 73, ch. 41, note^. |
| 379 | Cow-headed Goddess Ehe'. |
| 380 | P. 75, ch. 42, note ^ |
| 381 | Vegetables. Figs. 5, 6, gourds ; 7, 8, raphanus or figl ; 3 and 4 aie sycamore figs. |
| 382 | P. 77, ch. 42, note ». |
| 383 | Name of Amun-ei or Thebes. |
| p. 15 | |
| 384 | LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. xi |
| 385 | P. 82, ch. 44, note ». |
| 386 | (Part I.) Glass-blowers {Beni Hassan.) |
| 387 | (Part II.) Glass-blowers |
| 388 | (^Thebes.) |
| 389 | The same occur at the tombs about the Pyramids, of the time of Shafre, about |
| 390 | 2400 B.C. |
| 391 | P. 87, ch. 48, note \ |
| 392 | Festoons supposed to be of ivy, but really of the Convolvulus, or of the Periploca |
| 393 | Secamone. |
| 394 | (Fig. 1) The thyrsus and leopard-skin ; (2) the thyrsus alone; (3) leaves supposed |
| 395 | to be ivy; (4) leaves having the character of those of the Peripfoca .. {Thebes.) |
| 396 | P. 88, ch. 48, note \ |
| 397 | (No. II.) Military band : (1) trumpet, (2) tomtom or hand-drum, (3 defaced), (4) |
| 398 | clappers or crototo .. .. .. .. .. •• •• {Thebes.) |
| 399 | P. 89, ch. 48, ib. |
| 400 | (No. I.) Music : two harps, a flute, and a pipe, and voices. {Tomb at the Pyramids.) |
| 401 | (No. III.) Harp, guitar, double-pipe, lyie, tambourine . . . . ( Thebes.) |
| 402 | P. 90, ch. 48. |
| 403 | (No. IV.) Women playing the harp .. .. .. .. .- {Tliebes.) |
| 404 | (No. y.) Two other kinds of hai-p. |
| 405 | (No. VI.) Two others; and a stringed instrument with a neck {Found at Thebes.) |
| 406 | P. 100, ch. 58, note '. |
| 407 | (No. I.) A sacred ark, shiine, or boat .. .. .. •• •• {Thebes.) |
| 408 | P. 101, oh. 58, ib. |
| 409 | (No. II.) A sacred ark |
| 410 | {Thebes.) |
| 411 | P. 102, ch. 58, note \ |
| 412 | High-priest oftering incense with sacred music, the harp, two flutes, and a guitar |
| 413 | {Leyden Museum^ |
| 414 | P. 102, ch. 58, note ^ |
| 415 | Name of Pasht, Bubastis, and Buto (?). |
| 416 | P. 104, ch. 61, note =. |
| 417 | Hieroglyphics meaning " Lord of the land of Hebai" |
| 418 | P. 106, ch. 62, note ^ |
| 419 | Name of " Neith lady of Sais." |
| 420 | P. 108, ch. 63, notes. |
| 421 | A four-wheeled car . . . . . . {On mummy-bandages, Coll. d' Athanasi.) |
| 422 | P. Ill, ch. 65, note ^ |
| 423 | (Fig. 1) Lock of hair on a child's hand ; (2 and 3) lock of hair on a prince's |
| 424 | head appended to the wig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( Thebes.) |
| 425 | P. 113, ch. 67, note \ |
| 426 | The ichneumon .. .. .. .. .. .. .. {Tomb at Sakkdra.) |
| 427 | P. 119, ch. 72, note ^ |
| 428 | (No. I.) The oxyrhinchus in bronze. |
| 429 | (No. II.) The lepidotus in bronze. |
| 430 | (No. III.) Men fishing .. .. .. .. .. -. {Beni Hassan.) |
| 431 | P. 120, ch. 72. |
| 432 | (No. IV.) Catching fish .. .. .. .. .. {Tomi at the Pyramids.) |
| 433 | P. 121, ch. 72. |
| 434 | (No. V.) A gentleman fishing, seated on a chair upon a boat .. .. {Thebes.) |
| 435 | P. 122, ch. 72, note -. |
| 436 | The Nile goose and a line, signifying " son." |
| p. 16 | |
| 437 | Xll |
| 438 | LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. |
| 439 | P. |
| 440 | P. |
| 441 | P. |
| 442 | P. |
| 443 | (Thebes.) |
| 444 | . (Beni Hassan and Thebes.) |
| 445 | . {Tomb at the Pyramids.) |
| 446 | (Thebes.) |
| 447 | (Beni Hassan.) |
| 448 | (Thebes.) |
| 449 | (The finger, as of |
| 450 | .. (Thebes.) |
| 451 | P. |
| 452 | P. |
| 453 | P. |
| 454 | P. |
| 455 | P. |
| 456 | P. |
| 457 | P. |
| 458 | P. |
| 459 | P. |
| 460 | P. |
| 461 | P. |
| 462 | P. |
| 463 | P. |
| 464 | P. |
| 465 | 122, ch. 73, note '. |
| 466 | (Figs. 1 and 2) The pure soul ; (3) the Phoenix |
| 467 | 126, ch. 77, note '. |
| 468 | Glass bottles for wine . . |
| 469 | 127, ch. 77, note ^ |
| 470 | Drying and preparing fish |
| 471 | 128, ch. 77, note I |
| 472 | (No. I.) Clap-nets |
| 473 | (No. n.) Net-traps for birds .. |
| 474 | 129, ch. 77. |
| 475 | Catching and preser^Tng geese . . |
| 476 | Fig. 2 enjoias silence by putting his hand over his mouth |
| 477 | Harpocrates, is not the sign of silence, as generally supposed.) |
| 478 | 130, ch. 78, note *. |
| 479 | Figure of Osiris introduced at a party. |
| 480 | 133, ch. 81, note \ |
| 481 | (No. I.) Linen dress with a fringe, and two othei-s. (No. ii.) Vaiious dresses |
| 482 | 134, ch. 82, note '. |
| 483 | The hours of day and night |
| 484 | 136, ch. 84, note *. |
| 485 | Ex- votos of an aim and ear |
| 486 | 138, ch. 85, note '. |
| 487 | (No. I.) Women thiowing dust on their heads in token of grief . . |
| 488 | (No. II.) INIen beating themselves before a mummy in honour of Osiris |
| 489 | 140, ch, 86, note \ |
| 490 | Butchei-s sharpening their knives on a steel. (The same is represented at the tombs |
| 491 | about the Pyramids, of earlier times.) .. .. .. .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 492 | 141, ch. 86, note \ |
| 493 | Knives for killing a victim. |
| 494 | 143, ch. 86, note \ |
| 495 | (No. I.) Liturgies performed to mummies |
| 496 | 144, ch. 86. |
| 497 | (No. II.) Other sei-vices, and female relations weeping |
| 498 | 146, ch. 91, note^ |
| 499 | Name of Egypt, Khem, or Chemi. |
| 500 | 149, ch. 92, note ^ |
| 501 | Presenting guests with necklaces of lotus-flowers, as they sit on a mat |
| 502 | 150, ch. 92, note >. |
| 503 | The Nymphsea Nelumbo, or Indian lotus . . . . (From Roman Sculpture^ |
| 504 | 155, ch. 96, note \ |
| 505 | (No. I.) Probable mode of securing the planks of ancient NUe boats. |
| 506 | (No. II.) Making a boat, and binding it with pappnis bands. |
| 507 | (Tombs at the Pyramids.) |
| 508 | 156, ch. 96, note K |
| 509 | (No. ni.) Sail like that of a Chinese boat with the double mast of early times. |
| 510 | (Kom Ahmar.) |
| 511 | 156, ch. 96, ib. |
| 512 | Boat apparently of fii-wood, with the usual sail |
| 513 | ( Thebes.) |
| 514 | (Sakhdra.) |
| 515 | (Thebes.) |
| 516 | (Thebes.) |
| 517 | (Thebes.) |
| 518 | (Thebes.) |
| 519 | (Thebes.) |
| 520 | (Thebes.) |
| p. 17 | |
| 521 | LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. xiu |
| 522 | P. 157, ch. 96, note K |
| 523 | (No. IV.) Boats with sails wrought with coloui-s . . . , . , (Thebes.) |
| 524 | Cultivation of flax, and process of making ropes and linen cloth . . (Bent Hassan.) |
| 525 | P. 159, ch. 96, note ». |
| 526 | (No. I.) Boat of the dead .. .. .. .. .. .. (Thebes.) |
| 527 | (No. II.) A gentleman in a boat with a cabin, towed by his servants on a lake in his |
| 528 | gi'ounds . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . (Thebes.) |
| 529 | P. 160, ch. 96, ib. |
| 530 | (No. in.) Large boat on the Nile .. .. .. .. (Eileithyias.) |
| 531 | (No. rv.) Boat of burthen |
| 532 | ,. (Thebes.) |
| 533 | P. 161, ch. 97, note ^ |
| 534 | (No. I.) Rescuing cattle from the inundation . . . . . . (Beni Hassan.) |
| 535 | (No. II.) A similar subject. . . . . . . . . . . (ib.) |
| 536 | P. 163, ch. 99, note \ |
| 537 | Name of Menes. |
| 538 | P. 165, ch. 100, note ^ |
| 539 | Two names of Nitocris. |
| 540 | P. 171, ch. 104, note \ |
| 541 | A negro from the sculptures . . . . . . . . . . . . ( Thebes^ |
| 542 | P. 174. |
| 543 | Supposed figure of Sesostris, near Smyrna. |
| 544 | P. 175, ch. 106, note \ |
| 545 | Name of N. Ethiopia and of Phut. |
| 546 | P. 177, ch. 107, note '. |
| 547 | Statue on a sledge, 13 cubits in height, according to the hieroglyphics ; in a tomb |
| 548 | near El Bersheh, or rather near Dayr E' Nakhl. |
| 549 | (Fig. 1.) The statue bound upon a sledge, with ropes passing over pieces of leather, or |
| 550 | rather of lead, to prevent their injuring the stone. It is of an individual of rank, |
| 551 | " Thothothph, beloved of the king." — (2.) A man, probably beating time with his |
| 552 | hands, and giving out a verse of a song, to which ih^ men responded. — (3.) Seems |
| 553 | fi'om the hieroglyphics to be offering incense. — (4.) Pours grease from a vase upon the |
| 554 | road, probably covered with wood, on which the sledge glided. The back of the sledge |
| 555 | is cut so as to admit the points of levers, commonly used in Egypt and Assyria for |
| 556 | moving large moniunents, and mentioned in Herodot. ii. 175. — (5.) Egyptian soldiei-s. |
| 557 | — (6, 7, 8, 9.) Four rows of forty-three men each, dragging the statue. Some appear |
| 558 | to be foreigners, others Egyptians, and soldiers. — (10.) Men caiTying grease, or water. |
| 559 | — (11.) Others canying some implements. — (12.) Taskmasters or superintendents. — |
| 560 | (13, 14, 15, 16.) Superintendents and perhaps reliefs of men. In the columns of |
| 561 | hieroglyphics to the extreme right the nome mentioned is the " Hermopolite," and that |
| 562 | part of it " on the easf bank, where this tomb is hewn in the limestone rock. |
| 563 | P. 201, ch. 124, note \ |
| 564 | Plan of the Pp*amids. |
| 565 | P. 203, ch. 125, note 3. |
| 566 | Mode of constructing a Pyramid. |
| 567 | P. 205, ch. 127, note '. |
| 568 | Names of Shofo, Shufu, Suphis, or Cheops ; and of Nou-Shufu. |
| 569 | P. 207, ch. 129, note ^ |
| 570 | Name of Mencheres, or Mycerinus. |
| 571 | P. 211, ch. 134, note *. |
| 572 | Section of part of the third Pyi'amid, showing the original passage and chamber, and |
| 573 | the later ones. |
| p. 18 | |
| 574 | xiT LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTEATIOXS. |
| 575 | P. 213, cb. 135, note \ |
| 576 | Spits or skewers of bronze .. .. .. . .{Gregorian Musewn, Rome .) |
| 577 | P. 216, ch. 136, note \ |
| 578 | Brick-making at Thebes, showing how they mixed the mud and made the tales of |
| 579 | bricks, overlooked \>j task-mastere, as described in Exodus. The workmen were |
| 580 | foreigners, but not in this instance Jews .. , . . . . . . . {Thebes.) |
| 581 | P. 217, cb. 136, note*. |
| 582 | Brick Pyramid of Hawdra. |
| 583 | P. 236, cb. 152, note '. |
| 584 | Foreign auxiliaries in the time of Remeses III. .. .. .. {Thebes.) |
| 585 | P. 238, cb. 155, note *. |
| 586 | An Egyptian temple, surrounded by its temenos planted with trees. A procession |
| 587 | with a sacred shiine is enteiing the temenos from the hypathral building before the |
| 588 | entrance. Beyond are a villa, and villages in the plain, which is intereected by |
| 589 | canals from the Nile. |
| 590 | P. 260, cb. 171, note *. |
| 591 | (No. I.) The great serpent Apap or Aphophis, lying dead before the God Atmoo or |
| 592 | Atum. |
| 593 | P. 261, cb. 171, ib. |
| 594 | (No. n.) Aphophis in a human form pierced by the spear of Horus. |
| 595 | Legend of Atmoo, or Atum-Re the Sun, and Aphophis killed. |
| 596 | P. 265, cb. 175, note '. |
| 597 | (Xo. I.) The human-headed or andro-sphinx. |
| 598 | (No. II.) The ram-headed sphinx. |
| 599 | P. 266, cb. 175, ib. |
| 600 | (No. m.) The hawk-headed sphinx. |
| 601 | (No. IV.) The winged female sphinx. |
| 602 | (No. V.) A iabulous animal. |
| 603 | (No. Ti.) Andio-sphinx representing a king presenting an offeiing. |
| 604 | (No. VII.) Five other fabulous animals . . . . . . {Beni Hassan.) |
| 605 | P. 270, cb. 177, note \ |
| 606 | Men presenting themselves before the magistrates or scribes. |
| 607 | P. 272, cb. 181, note «. |
| 608 | Name of Tashot. |
| 609 | P. 273, cb. 182, note ^ |
| 610 | Artists painting on panel, and colouring a statue ; date about 2000 B.C. |
| 611 | {Beni Hassan.) |
| 612 | P. 274, cb. 182, note ». |
| 613 | Mode of drawing Egyptian figures in squai-es . . . . . . .. {Thebes.) |
| 614 | P. 276, cb. 182, note K |
| 615 | A coi-slet, probably. of linen worked with various coloured devices . . {Thebes.) |
| 616 | APPENDIX TO BOOK n. |
| 617 | CHAPTER n. p. 283. |
| 618 | The Twelve Egyptian Months. |
| 619 | CH, m. p. 292. |
| 620 | Hieroglyphics signifying "prayer." |
| p. 19 | |
| 621 | LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. xv |
| 622 | CH. V. p. 807. |
| 623 | The sentence " in the 3id year, 4th month of the waters (t. c. Mesore), the 20th |
| 624 | day, of King Ptolemy ;" in hieroglyphics, in hieratic, and in demotic. |
| 625 | Other hieroglyphics throughout this chapter. |
| 626 | CK. V. p. 318. |
| 627 | Hebrew, Phceuiciau, and Greek Alphabets . |
| 628 | CH, VI. p. 323. |
| 629 | (No. I.) Some of the numerous attitudes of wrestlers . . . . {Beni Hassan.) |
| 630 | (No. II.) Games of ball . . . , . . . . . . (»6.) |
| 631 | CH. VI, p. 324. |
| 632 | (No. III.) Another game of ball .. ,. .. .. (ii.) |
| 633 | (No. IV.) Game with a hoop. . . . . . . . . . . (»6.) |
| 634 | (No. V.) Game apparently to try who shall rise first from the gi'ound («6.) |
| 635 | CH. VI. p. 325. |
| 636 | (No. VI.) Tumbling women . . . . . . . . . . (t6.) |
| 637 | (No. VII.) liaising bags of sand . . . . . , . . (»6.) |
| 638 | (No. VIII.) Feats of tumbling, with the prize a necklace. They are as usual women. |
| 639 | (ib.) |
| 640 | CH. VI. p. 326. |
| 641 | (No. IX.) Thimble-rig, 2000 B.c (i6.) |
| 642 | (No. X.) Games of mora, and odd and even . . . . . . (t6.) |
| 643 | (No. XI.) Bull-fight |
| 644 | ■ .. .. (ib.) |
| 645 | (No. XII.) Game of draughts .. ., .. .. .. (t6.) |
| 646 | CH. VI. p, 327, |
| 647 | (No. XIII.) Games of draughts and inora . . . . . . (ib.) |
| 648 | (No. XIV.) Pieces for the game of draughts. |
| 649 | (No. XV.) Other pieces for draughts. |
| 650 | (No. XVI.) Board of an unknown game with the men in the drawer. |
| 651 | (Dr. Abbott's collection.) |
| 652 | CH, VI. p. 328. |
| 653 | (No. XVII.) Another board , . . , (ib.) |
| 654 | (No. XVIII.) Aa unknown game ; and a man standing on his head (Beni Hassan.) |
| 655 | (No. xrx.) Other unknown games ., ,. ., ., (ib.) |
| 656 | CH, VIII. Y>. 340. |
| 657 | An-angeraent of the first 19 dynasties, showing the contemporaneousness of some of |
| 658 | them. |
| 659 | CH, VIII. p, 342. |
| 660 | Arrangement of the 1st and 3rd dynasties. |
| 661 | CH, vni, p. 365. |
| 662 | Name of the King Resi-toti, or Resi-tot, who followed King Horas (Apis tablet,) |
| 663 | CH, vill. p. 380. |
| 664 | Name of Psammetichus I. |
| 665 | CH. VIII. p. 381 . |
| 666 | Names of Tapesntapes (?), wife of Psammetichus I., and of the Ethiopian king |
| 667 | Peeonkh and his queen Araimatis her father and mother (Thebes and Gebel Berkel^ |
| 668 | BOOK III. |
| 669 | P, 405, cli. 13, note \ |
| 670 | Name of Memphis, " the white building," and " Jlen-nofi-e, the land of the Pyramid." |
| 671 | P, 412, oh. 18, note «, |
| 672 | Cooks putting geese into a boiler (Tomb near the Pyramid.) |
| p. 20 | |
| 673 | XVI LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. |
| 674 | P. 413, ch. 18, note «, |
| 675 | Cooks roasting a goose and cutting up meat . . . . (I'onib near the Pyramid.) |
| 676 | P. 414, ch. 20, note \ |
| 677 | The Helix lanthina. |
| 678 | P. 415, ch. 20, ib. |
| 679 | Statue of a Goddess found in Syria holding a shell in her hand. |
| 680 | P. 421, ch. 26, note «. |
| 681 | Name of Hebi, the city of the Great Oasis. |
| 682 | P. 424, ch. 28, note ^ |
| 683 | (1.) Name of Apis or Hapi. |
| 684 | (2.) Figure of Apis-Osiris. |
| 685 | (3.) Bronze figure of the Bull Apis. |
| 686 | P. 434, ch. 37, note ». |
| 687 | Two figures of the pigmy-god Phthah-Sokar-Osiris. |
| 688 | P. 448. |
| 689 | Plan of Samos. |
| 690 | P. 454. |
| 691 | Ground-plan of the Herseum, or Temple of Juno, at Samos. |
| 692 | P. 463. |
| 693 | View of the Great Mound of Sus, the ancient Susa. |
| 694 | P. 487, ch. 97, note *. |
| 695 | Logs of ebony and ivory brought by Ethiopians as part of the tribute to the Pharaohs. |
| 696 | (Thehes^ |
| 697 | P. 488, ch. 97, ib. |
| 698 | (1.) Ethiopians with an ebony club like those now used in Ethiopia. |
| 699 | (2.) The modem ebony clubs of Ethiopia. |
| 700 | P. 503, ch. 115, note . |
| 701 | Pig of tin found in Cornwall and now in the Truro Museum. |
| 702 | APPENDIX TO BOOK III. |
| 703 | Essay I., p. 539. |
| 704 | (No. 1.) Goddess with a child from Idalium in Cypnis. {In the Turin Museum.) |
| 705 | (No. 2.) Isis and Horns of Egypt. |
| 706 | P. 541. |
| 707 | (No. 3.) Statue found in Malta, supposed to be of Astarte or Venus, of Roman time |
| 708 | P. 543. |
| 709 | (No. 4.) Figure of Astarte, found in Etruria. |
| 710 | P. 544. |
| 711 | (No. 5.) Two heads found at Idalium in Cyprus . . {In the Turin Museum.) |
| 712 | Essay IV., p. 571. |
| 713 | Plan of the ruins of Babylon in their present state. |
| 714 | P. 574. |
| 715 | Kestoration of a portion of ancient Babylon. |
| 716 | P. 575. |
| 717 | View of the mound of Babil, or ancient temple of Belus. |
| 718 | P. 577. |
| 719 | View of the Kasr, or ancient Palace of Nebuchadnezzar, |
| p. 21 | |
| 720 | LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. xvil |
| 721 | P. 578. |
| 722 | Fragment of a fi ieze fi-orn the palace. |
| 723 | P. 581. |
| 724 | Original plan of the Birs-Nimnid, according to the conjecture of Mr. Layard. |
| 725 | P. 582. |
| 726 | Elevation restored according to actual measurements. |
| 727 | P. 588. |
| 728 | General map of the coimtry about Babylon, according to M. Oppert. |
| 729 | P. 589. |
| 730 | Restoration of the Royal Residence or Acropolis of Babylon, according to M. Oppert. |
| 731 | VOL. II. |
| p. 22 | |
| 732 | EEEATA. |
| 733 | P. 126, note ?, col. 2, line 15, after " i\Tnv," " a ladle," add " or ' smaU jug.'" |
| 734 | P. 161, note 7, col. 1, line 3, for " terrarum suarum videat," read " terrarum suarum |
| 735 | vident." |
| 736 | P. 170 (note ^ on cli. 103), at the end of Une 13 in col. 1, after " that important point," |
| 737 | add " The trade of Colchis may, however, like its golden fleece, simply relate to the gold |
| 738 | brought to it from the interior." |
| 739 | In the Appendix, ch. viii. p. 390, line 6 from the bottom of the page, on " built by |
| 740 | him" add this note, " Some suppose this to be Dai'ius Nothus." |
| 741 | P. 569, line 5 of the text, for " British," read " Indian." |
| 742 | *^* A Map of the Persian Empire, with the limits of the Twenty |
| 743 | Satrapies of Darius, intended for Vol. II., not being ready, will |
| 744 | be inserted in Vol. III. |
| p. 23 | |
| 745 | THE |
| 746 | HISTORY OF HERODOTUS. |
| 747 | THE SECOND BOOK ENTITLED EUTERPE. |
| 748 | 1. Ox the deatli of Cyrus, Cambyses his son by Cas- |
| 749 | sanclane daughter of Pharnaspes took the kingdom. |
| 750 | Cassandane had died in the lifetime of Cyrus, who had |
| 751 | made a great mourning for her at her death, and had |
| 752 | commanded all the subjects of his empire to observe the |
| 753 | like. Cambyses, the son of this lady and of Cyrus, |
| 754 | regarding the Ionian and ^olian Greeks as vassals |
| 755 | of his father, took them with him in his expedition |
| 756 | against Egypt ^ among the other nations which owned |
| 757 | his sway. |
| 758 | * The date of the expedition of |
| 759 | Cambyses against Egypt cannot be |
| 760 | fixed with absolute certainty. Mane- |
| 761 | tho, whose authority is of the greatest |
| 762 | importance, gave Cambyses, according |
| 763 | to Africanus (ap. Syncell. p. 141), a |
| 764 | reigL of six years in Egypt, which |
| 765 | wordd place his invasion in B.C. 527. |
| 766 | Eusebius, however (Chron. Can. Pars |
| 767 | I. p. 105), reports Manetho differently, |
| 768 | and himself agrees nearly with Dio- |
| 769 | dorus (i. 68), who puts the expedition |
| 770 | in the 3rd year of the 63rd Olympiad, |
| 771 | or B.C. 525. This date, which is the |
| 772 | one ordinarily received, is, on the |
| 773 | whole, the most probable. |
| 774 | It is curious that Herodotus, whose |
| 775 | principal object, in Books i. to v., is |
| 776 | to trace the gradual growth of the |
| 777 | Persian power, shuuld say nothing |
| 778 | VOL. II. |
| 779 | directly of the first four years of Cam- |
| 780 | byses, omitting thereby so important |
| 781 | an event as the subjection of Phoenicia, |
| 782 | which was certainly accomplished by |
| 783 | him. (See below, iii. 34, and comp. |
| 784 | note to Book iii. ch. 19.) This period |
| 785 | probably contained, besides the sub- |
| 786 | mission of Phoenicia, and of Cyprus, |
| 787 | the reduction or submission of Cilicia, |
| 788 | which lay in the same quarter. Cilicia, |
| 789 | which was independent of the great |
| 790 | Lydian kingdom (supra, i. 28), and |
| 791 | which was not reduced, so far as ap- |
| 792 | pears, by either Cyrus or Har^jagus, |
| 793 | — for the contrary statement of Xeno- |
| 794 | phon (Cyrop. i. i. § 4), who ascribes |
| 795 | to Cyrus the conquest of Cilicia, Cy- |
| 796 | prus, Phoenicia, and Egypt (!) deserves |
| 797 | no credit — must have been added to |
| 798 | the empire either by Cambyses or by |
| p. 24 | |
| 799 | ANTIQUITY OF THE EGYPTIANS, |
| 800 | Book II. |
| 801 | 2. Now the Egyptians, before the reign of their king |
| 802 | Psammetichus, believed themselves to be the most |
| 803 | ancient of mankind.^ Since Psammetichus, however, |
| 804 | made an attempt to discover who were actually the |
| 805 | primitive race,^ they have been of opinion that while |
| 806 | they surpass all other nations, the Phrygians surpass |
| 807 | them in antiquity. This king, finding it impossible to |
| 808 | make out by dint of inquiry what men were the most |
| 809 | ancient, contrived the following method of discovery : — |
| 810 | He took two children of the common sort, and gave |
| 811 | them over to a herdsman to bring up at his folds, strictly |
| 812 | charging him to let no one utter a word in their pre- |
| 813 | sence, but to keep them in a sequestered cottage, and |
| 814 | from time to time introduce goats to their apartment, |
| 815 | see that they got their fill of milk, and in all other |
| 816 | respects look after them. His object herein was to |
| 817 | know, after the indistinct babblings of infancy were |
| 818 | Darius, and is most probably a con- |
| 819 | quest of tlie former. These events |
| 820 | would serve to occupy Cambyses dur- |
| 821 | ing his first four years, and explain the |
| 822 | reason why he deferred the Egyptian |
| 823 | expedition, alreadv designed by Cyrus |
| 824 | (i. 153), till his fiTth. |
| 825 | ^ This affectation of extreme anti- |
| 826 | quity is strongly put by Plato in his |
| 827 | Timajus (p. 22. B), where the Greek |
| 828 | nation is taxed by the Egyptians with |
| 829 | being in its infancy as compared witli |
| 830 | them. According to the account |
| 831 | wliich Herodotus gives below (ch. |
| 832 | 142), the priests in some places would |
| 833 | seem to have ]>retended, in their dis- |
| 834 | cussions with foreigners, to an anti- |
| 835 | quity of above 11,000 years for their |
| 836 | nation. The entire number of years, |
| 837 | however, assigned by Manetho to his |
| 838 | 30 d\masties of kings did not greatly |
| 839 | exceed 5000, and Syncellus rei)orts |
| 840 | Manetho as claiming for the monarchy |
| 841 | no longer actual duration than 3555 |
| 842 | years before the conquest by Alex- |
| 843 | ander. (See Miiller's Fr. Hist. Gr., |
| 844 | vol. ii. p. 534.) Even this view, |
| 845 | however, seems to be extravagant, for |
| 846 | it places the accession of .Menes in |
| 847 | B.C. 3883, which is considerably be- |
| 848 | fore the Deluge, according to the |
| 849 | highest computation. Still the Egyp- |
| 850 | tian numbers are moderate compared |
| 851 | with those of some other nations. |
| 852 | The Babylonians counted 468,000 |
| 853 | years from their first king Alorus to |
| 854 | the conquest by Cyrus (Beros. ap. |
| 855 | Euseb. Chron. Can. i. j). 5-18 ; com- |
| 856 | pare Brandis, Eerum Ass. Temp. |
| 857 | Emendata, pp. 16-17); and the Indians |
| 858 | and Chinese trace their history for a |
| 859 | still longer period. |
| 860 | The Egyptian claims to a high |
| 861 | relative antiquity had, no doubt, a |
| 862 | solid basis of truth. It is probable |
| 863 | that a settled monarchy was esta- |
| 864 | blished in Egj'pt earlier than in any |
| 865 | other country. Babylonian history |
| 866 | does not go back beyond b.c. 2234. |
| 867 | Egyptian begins nearly 500 years |
| 868 | earlier. |
| 869 | * Tlie disposition on the part of |
| 870 | Psammetichus towards scientific en- |
| 871 | quiry is noticed again in ch. 28. |
| 872 | Perhaps the contact with the Greeks, |
| 873 | which began in his reign (ch. 154), |
| 874 | caused the development of the Egyp- |
| 875 | tian mind in this direction. |
| p. 25 | |
| 876 | Chap. 2, 3. AND THE PHRYGIANS— " BECOS " STORY. |
| 877 | 3 |
| 878 | over, what word they would first articulate. It hap- |
| 879 | pened as he had anticipated. The herdsman obeyed |
| 880 | his orders for two years, and at the end of that time, |
| 881 | on his one day opening the door of their room and |
| 882 | going in, the children both ran up to him with out- |
| 883 | stretched arms, and distinctly said " Becos." When |
| 884 | this first happened the herdsman took no notice ; |
| 885 | but afterwards when he observed, on coming often to |
| 886 | see after tliem, that the word was constantly in their |
| 887 | mouths, he informed his lord, and by his command |
| 888 | brought the children into his presence. Psammetichus |
| 889 | then himself heard ""them say the word, upon which he |
| 890 | proceeded to make inquiry what people there was who |
| 891 | called anything " becos," and hereupon he learnt that |
| 892 | " becos " was the Phrygian name for bread.* In con- |
| 893 | sideration of this circumstance the Egyptians yielded |
| 894 | their claims, and admitted the greater antiquity of the |
| 895 | Phrygians. |
| 896 | 3. That these were the real facts I learnt at Memj^his |
| 897 | from the priests of Tulcan. The Greeks, among other |
| 898 | foolish tales, relate that Psammetichus had the children |
| 899 | brought up by women whose tongues he had previously |
| 900 | cut out ; but the priests said their bringing up was |
| 901 | such as I have stated above. I got much other in- |
| 902 | formation also from conversation with these priests |
| 903 | while I was at Memphis, and I even went to HeliojDolis |
| 904 | and to Thebes,^ expressly to try whether the priests of |
| 905 | * The word /SeKos has been thought |
| 906 | * to connect with the German " backen " |
| 907 | and our " bake." Lassen, however, |
| 908 | thro'^vs doubt on this connexion, and |
| 909 | suggests a formation from the Sanscrit |
| 910 | root pac, which becomes (he says) in |
| 911 | Greek n-eV-o), Latin co^'-uo, German |
| 912 | coch-en, our " cook," Servian pec-en, |
| 913 | &c. (See his Essay ' LTeber die Ly- |
| 914 | kischen Inschriften, und die Alten |
| 915 | Sprachen Klein Asiens,' p. 369.) But |
| 916 | this connexion, which may be allowed, |
| 917 | does not prevent the other frc)m being |
| 918 | also real. See on this point, and on |
| 919 | the general subject of the Phrygian |
| 920 | language, the Essays appended to |
| 921 | Book i. Essay xi., " On the Ethnic |
| 922 | Affinities of the Nations of Western |
| 923 | Asia," § 12. If the story has any |
| 924 | trath in it, the children probably (as |
| 925 | Larcher observes) were imitating the |
| 926 | bleating of the goats. (See note in |
| 927 | Appendix to this Book, ch. i. § 1.) |
| 928 | * The name of Thebes is almost |
| 929 | always written in the plural by the |
| 930 | Greeks and Romans — Orj^ai, ThebcT3 |
| 931 | B 2 |
| p. 26 | |
| 932 | 4 EGYPTIAN DISCOVERIES — THE SOLAR YEAR. Book II. |
| 933 | those places would agree in their accounts with the |
| 934 | priests at Memphis. The Heliopolitans have the repu- |
| 935 | tation of being the best skilled in history of all the |
| 936 | Egyptians.® What they told me concerning their reli- |
| 937 | gion it is not my intention to repeat, except the names |
| 938 | of their deities, which I believe all men know equally. |
| 939 | If I relate anything else concerning these matters, it |
| 940 | will only be when compelled to do so by the course of |
| 941 | my narrative.'^ |
| 942 | 4. Now with regard to mere human matters, the |
| 943 | accounts which they gave, and in which all agreed, |
| 944 | were the following. The Egyptians, they said, were |
| 945 | the first to discover the solar year, and to portion out |
| 946 | its course into twelve parts. They obtained this know- |
| 947 | ledge from the stars. (To my mind they contrive |
| 948 | their year much more cleverly than the Greeks, for |
| 949 | these last every other year intercalate a whole month,^ |
| 950 | but the Egyptians, dividing the year into twelve |
| 951 | months of thirty days each, add every year a space of |
| 952 | five days besides, whereby the circuit of the seasons is |
| 953 | made to return with uniformity.^) The Egyptians, they |
| 954 | — but Pliny writes, " Thebe portariim |
| 955 | centum nobilis fama." The Egjqotian |
| 956 | name of Thebes was Ap, ov A'pe, the |
| 957 | " head," or " capital." This, with the |
| 958 | feminine article, became Tape', and in |
| 959 | the Memphitic dialect Thape, jiro- |
| 960 | nounced, as by the Copts, Thaba, |
| 961 | whence e^/3at in Ionic Greek. The |
| 962 | oldest known monuments in Western |
| 963 | Thebes were of Amun-m-he I. at Kar- |
| 964 | nak, and of his successor Osirtasen I., |
| 965 | who ruled immediately after the 6th |
| 966 | dynasty ended at Memphis, about |
| 967 | B.C. 2080.— [G. W.] |
| 968 | * Heliopolis was the great seat of |
| 969 | learning, and the imiversity of Egypt ; |
| 970 | and that it was one of the oldest cities |
| 971 | is proved by the obelisk of Osirtasen |
| 972 | I. of the 12th dynasty. See below |
| 973 | note 7 on ch. 8.— [G. W.] |
| 974 | ' For instances of the reserve which |
| 975 | Herodotus here promises, see chajiters |
| 976 | 45, 4:6, 47, 48, Gl, 62, 65, 81, 132, 170, |
| 977 | and 171. The secrecy in matters of |
| 978 | religion, which was no doubt enjoined |
| 979 | upon Herodotus by the Egyptian |
| 980 | priests, did not seem strange to a |
| 981 | Greek, who was accustomed to it in |
| 982 | the "mysteries" of his o'wn country- |
| 983 | men. |
| 984 | ^ Vide supra, i. 32, and see note |
| 985 | ad loc. |
| 986 | ^ This at once proves they inter- |
| 987 | calated the quarter daj% making their |
| 988 | year to consist of 365? days, without |
| 989 | which the seasons could not return to |
| 990 | the same periods. The fact of. He- |
| 991 | rodotus not understanding their me- |
| 992 | thod of intercalation does not argue |
| 993 | (as Goguet seems to think) that the |
| 994 | Egjq^tians were ignorant of it. Their |
| 995 | having fixed the Sothic period in 1322 |
| 996 | B.C., and ascertained that 1460 Sothic |
| 997 | were equal to 1461 vulgar or " vague " |
| 998 | years, as well as the statements of |
| 999 | ancient authors, decide the question. |
| p. 27 | |
| 1000 | Chap. 4. |
| 1001 | THE TWELVE GODS. |
| 1002 | went on to affirm, first brought into use the names of |
| 1003 | the twelve gods,^*^ which the Greeks adopted from them ;. |
| 1004 | and first erected altars, images, and temples to the |
| 1005 | gods ; and also first engraved upon stone the figures |
| 1006 | of animals. In most of these cases they proved to me |
| 1007 | that what they said was true. And they told me that |
| 1008 | the first man^ who ruled over Egypt was Men,^ and that |
| 1009 | in his time all Egypt, except the Thebaic canton, was |
| 1010 | a marsh,^ none of the land below lake Moeris then |
| 1011 | But for the date of a king's reigu they |
| 1012 | used the old year of 360 daj's ; and |
| 1013 | the months were not reckoned from |
| 1014 | his accession, but were part of the |
| 1015 | current year. Thus, if he came to the |
| 1016 | tlu'one on the' 10th of the last month |
| 1017 | of the year, or Mesore', he would date |
| 1018 | in the 1st year, the 12th month, tlie |
| 1019 | 10th day ; and his second year would |
| 1020 | be in the followino; month 'Jlioth, or |
| 1021 | 25 da\'s after his accession. The Jews |
| 1022 | appear to have done the same. (See the |
| 1023 | Appendix to thisBookjCH.ii.) — [G.W.j |
| 1024 | '^ Some suppose these to be the |
| 1025 | twelve Gods of Olympus, the same as |
| 1026 | the Consentes of the Romans, given |
| 1027 | l)y Varro, |
| 1028 | " Juno, Vesta, Minerva, Ceres, Diana, Venus, |
| 1029 | Mars, |
| 1030 | Mercurius, Jovi,Neptunus, Vulcanus, Apollo," |
| 1031 | and that they do not refer to any ar- |
| 1032 | rangement of the Egyptian Pantheon ; |
| 1033 | but in ch. 1-15 Herodotus distinctly |
| 1034 | mentions the tliree orders of Egyptian |
| 1035 | Gods, the first two consisting of eight |
| 1036 | and twelve, and the third " born of |
| 1037 | the twelve." He also shows how |
| 1038 | much older some were considered in |
| 1039 | Egypt than in Greece ; Pan being one |
| 1040 | of the eight oldest, and Hercules of |
| 1041 | the twelve ; and says (ii. 43) that |
| 1042 | Neptune was a " God quite unknown |
| 1043 | to the Egyptians." Again in ch. 4 he |
| 1044 | distinctly states they had twelve Gods. |
| 1045 | The Etruscans had twelve Great Gods ; |
| 1046 | the Romans probably derived that |
| 1047 | number from them. — (See note in |
| 1048 | Appendix, ch. iii. § 1.) — [G. W.J |
| 1049 | ' According to the chronological |
| 1050 | tables of the Egyptians the Gods were |
| 1051 | represented to have reigned first, and |
| 1052 | after them Menes the Thinite ; and |
| 1053 | the same is fouud recorded in the |
| 1054 | Turin Papyrus of Kings, as well as in |
| 1055 | Manetho and other writers. INIanetho |
| 1056 | gives them in this order : — 1. Vulcan |
| 1057 | (Pthah); 2. Helios (He), the Sun ; |
| 1058 | 3. Agathoda^mon (Hor-Hat, or pos- |
| 1059 | sibly Noum) ; 4. Chronos (Seb) ; 5. |
| 1060 | Osiris ; 6. Typhon (properly Seth) ; |
| 1061 | and 7, Horus. In the Papyrus there |
| 1062 | remain only Seb, Osiris, Seth, Horus, |
| 1063 | Thoth, Thmei (or Mei " Truth "), and |
| 1064 | apparently Horus (the Younger), who |
| 1065 | was "the last God who reigned in |
| 1066 | Egypt." (See n, « ch. 43, u. ' ch. 99, |
| 1067 | aiul Tn. P. W., p. 7-11.) Menes (Me- |
| 1068 | nai)is represented by some to have been |
| 1069 | a conqueror ; not that tlie Egyptians |
| 1070 | then obtained possession of the valley |
| 1071 | of the N ile for the first time ; for he was |
| 1072 | from This, and their early immigration |
| 1073 | from Asia happened longbeibre. But |
| 1074 | the establishment of royalty intro- |
| 1075 | duced luxury into Egypt, and Tne- |
| 1076 | phachthus (Tec)matis of Pint, de Is. |
| 1077 | 8), the father of Bocchoris of the 24th |
| 1078 | dynasty, put up a curse "against |
| 1079 | Meinis " (Menes) in a temple at Thebes |
| 1080 | for having led the Egyptians from |
| 1081 | their previous simple and frugal habits. |
| 1082 | Diodorus (i. 45) says also that Menas |
| 1083 | was the first who introduced the wor- |
| 1084 | ship of the Gods, and sacrifices, the |
| 1085 | use of letters, couches, and rich carpets. |
| 1086 | Cp. Cicero, Tusc. Disp. v. 35 on Frugal |
| 1087 | Repasts. See App. ch. viii. — [G. W.] |
| 1088 | '^ Herodotus does not call this king |
| 1089 | Menes, or Menas (as Diodorus, i. 45), |
| 1090 | but Men. The Egyptian form is 3Pna |
| 1091 | according to Bvmsen and Le]isius. |
| 1092 | ^ Note, besides the improbability of |
| 1093 | such a change, the fact that Menes was |
| 1094 | the reputed founder of Memphis, whicji |
| p. 28 | |
| 1095 | 6 |
| 1096 | EGYPT AN ACQUIRED COUNTRY. |
| 1097 | Book' II |
| 1098 | showing itself above the surface of the water. This is |
| 1099 | a distance of seven days' sail from the sea up the |
| 1100 | river. |
| 1101 | 5. What they said of their country seemed to me |
| 1102 | very reasonable. For any one who sees Egypt, with- |
| 1103 | out having heard a word about it before, must perceive, |
| 1104 | if he has only common powers of observation, that the |
| 1105 | Egypt to which the Glreeks go in their ships is an |
| 1106 | acquired country, the gift of the river.* The same is |
| 1107 | true of the land above the lahe, to the distance of three |
| 1108 | days' voyage, concerning which the Egyptians say |
| 1109 | nothing, but which is exactly the same kind of country. |
| 1110 | The following is the general character of the region. |
| 1111 | In the first place, on approaching it by sea, when you |
| 1112 | are still a day's sail from the land, if you let down a |
| 1113 | sounding-line you will bring up mud, and find yourself |
| 1114 | is far to the north of this lake ; and |
| 1115 | that Busiris, near the coast, the reputed |
| 1116 | burial-place of Osiris, Buto, Pelusium, |
| 1117 | and other towns of the Delta, were |
| 1118 | admitted by the Egyptians to be of |
| 1119 | the earliest date. — [Ct. W.j |
| 1120 | * Vide infra, ch. 10, and note ad loc. |
| 1121 | The theory liad been started by He- |
| 1122 | cata3us, who made use of the same |
| 1123 | expression. (See Arrian. Exp. Al. |
| 1124 | V. 6.) |
| 1125 | [Herodotus observes that the same |
| 1126 | might be said of the country above |
| 1127 | for three days' sail ; and exactly the |
| 1128 | same appearance might have struck |
| 1129 | him throughout the whole valley of |
| 1130 | the Nile. But though the depth of |
| 1131 | the soil has greatly increased, and is |
| 1132 | still increasing, in . various ratios in |
| 1133 | different parts of the valley, the first |
| 1134 | deposit did not take place after man |
| 1135 | existed in Egypt ; and as marine pro- |
| 1136 | ductions have not been n;et witli in |
| 1137 | boriug to the depth of 40 feet in the |
| 1138 | Delta, it is evident that its soil was |
| 1139 | de}iositcd from the very first on a |
| 1140 | space already above the level of the |
| 1141 | Mediterranean. The formation of the |
| 1142 | Delta of Egypt is not like tliat of |
| 1143 | some other rivers, wliere the land has |
| 1144 | been protruded far into the sea ; on |
| 1145 | the contrary, the Nile, after pursuing |
| 1146 | its course through the alluvial soil, |
| 1147 | enters the sea at the same distance |
| 1148 | north of the Lake Moeris as it did in |
| 1149 | the age of the early kings of Egypt; |
| 1150 | The sites of the oldest cities are as |
| 1151 | near the sea-shore as when they were |
| 1152 | inhabited of old ; and yet the period |
| 1153 | now elapsed since some of them were |
| 1154 | built is nearly 'double that between |
| 1155 | Menes and Herodotus. I have already |
| 1156 | in another work explained the mistake |
| 1157 | respecting the Pharos I. having once |
| 1158 | been distant from Egypt (At. Eg. W. |
| 1159 | vol. i. p. 7),owing to the name AiyvTrroy |
| 1160 | in Homer signifying (not the country, |
| 1161 | but) the " Nile ;" and the Pharos I. and |
| 1162 | the coast of Alexandria being both roch, |
| 1163 | the distance between them has alwa\s |
| 1164 | been the same. Another great reason |
| 1165 | for the Delta not encroaching on the |
| 1166 | sea is that the land is always sinking |
| 1167 | along the north coast of Egypt (while |
| 1168 | it rises at the head of the lied Sea) ; |
| 1169 | and there is evidence to show that tlie |
| 1170 | Mediterranean has encroached, and |
| 1171 | that the Delta has lost instead of gain- |
| 1172 | ing, along the whole of its extent from |
| 1173 | Canopus to Pelusium. — G. W.j |
| p. 29 | |
| 1174 | Chap, n, 0. |
| 1175 | ITS LENGTH. |
| 1176 | in eleven fathoms' water, which shows that the soil |
| 1177 | washed down by the stream extends to that distance.^ |
| 1178 | 6. The length of the country along shore, according |
| 1179 | to the bounds that we assign to Egypt, namely from |
| 1180 | the Plinthinetic gulf "^ to lake Serbonis, which extends |
| 1181 | along the base of Mount Casius, is sixty schoenes/ The |
| 1182 | nations wdiose territories are scanty measure them by |
| 1183 | the fathom ; those whose bounds are less confined, by |
| 1184 | the furlong ; those who have an ample territory, by |
| 1185 | the parasang ; but if men have a country which is very |
| 1186 | vast, they measure it by the schoene.^ Now the length |
| 1187 | of the parasang is thirty furlongs,^ but the schoine, |
| 1188 | * The distance j^ou see the Medi- |
| 1189 | terranean discoloured hy the Nile |
| 1190 | during the inundation is very great, |
| 1191 | and the same takes place in a minor |
| 1192 | degree at the mouths of rivers on the |
| 1193 | S^'rian coast, but without forming |
| 1194 | any deltas ; nor is the shallow sea off |
| 1195 | the coast of Egypt more a part of the |
| 1196 | Delta of the Nile now than whep |
| 1197 | sormded in Herodotus' time, about |
| 1198 | 2300 years ago ; and 11 orgyies (or |
| 1199 | fatlioms) at a day's sail from the coast |
| 1200 | would alarm a sailor even at the pre- |
| 1201 | sent day. For you only come into |
| 1202 | 11 fathoms water at about 12 or 13 |
| 1203 | miles off the coast, about Abookir ; |
| 1204 | and at 25 or 30 miles you have 60, |
| 1205 | 70, 80, and 90 fathoms, with sand |
| 1206 | and mud. At 5 or 6 miles from the |
| 1207 | mouth of the Nile the water on the |
| 1208 | surface is nearly fresh, and the bottom |
| 1209 | mostly a stiff mud. The longest day's |
| 1210 | sail, according to Herodotus (iv. 86), is |
| 1211 | 700 stadia, about 79 2 Eng. m., or |
| 1212 | (infra, ch. 9) 540 stadia, about 61 |
| 1213 | miles, where the soundings would be |
| 1214 | at least the same number of fathoms. |
| 1215 | -[G. W.] |
| 1216 | " Plinthine was a town near the |
| 1217 | Lake Mareotis (Strabo, xvii. p. 1133 ; |
| 1218 | Ptol. iv. c. 5 ; Scylax. Perip. 105). |
| 1219 | From it the lake, as well as the bay, |
| 1220 | was sometimes called " Plinthinetan." |
| 1221 | The name " Arapotes," given in Pliny |
| 1222 | (v. 10) to this lake is evidently a false |
| 1223 | reading. It should be Racotis, and |
| 1224 | applies to Alexandria. — [G. W.] |
| 1225 | ' The schojne, an Egyi)tian mea- |
| 1226 | sure, varied from 30 and 32 to 40 |
| 1227 | stadia, according to Pliny (v. 10, xii. |
| 1228 | 14) ; and Strabo distinctly says (xvii. |
| 1229 | ]). 1140) it was of various lengths in |
| 1230 | difierent parts of Egypt. Herodotus |
| 1231 | says it was equal to 6(.) stadia, making |
| 1232 | the length of the coast 3600 stadia, |
| 1233 | which, at 600 feet to the stadium, |
| 1234 | would be more than 400 Eng. m. |
| 1235 | The real length of the coast from the' |
| 1236 | Bay of Plinthine at Taposiris, or at |
| 1237 | Plinthine, even to the eastern end of |
| 1238 | the Lake Serbonis, is by the shore |
| 1239 | little more than 300 Eng. m. Diodorus |
| 1240 | estimates the breadth of Egypt by the |
| 1241 | coast at 2000 stadia ; and Strabo gives |
| 1242 | only 1770 stadia from the Temple of |
| 1243 | Jupiter Casius at the Serbonic Lake |
| 1244 | to Pharos, whicli, added to 200 stacha |
| 1245 | to Taposiris, make 1970 stadia. The |
| 1246 | real distance from Casius to Pharos is |
| 1247 | about 1944 stadia, and from Pharos |
| 1248 | to Taposiris or to Plinthine, nearly |
| 1249 | 260, being a total of about 2204 |
| 1250 | stadia.— [G. W.] |
| 1251 | ^ Some might imagine this to be |
| 1252 | confimied by modern custom ; the |
| 1253 | English measuring by miles, the |
| 1254 | French by leagues, the Geniians by |
| 1255 | the " meile," of more than four times |
| 1256 | our mile in length ; but this will not |
| 1257 | hold good generally, and the Piussian |
| 1258 | werst is only about tAvo-thirds hf |
| 1259 | an English mile, or 1167 yards. — |
| 1260 | rG. w.] |
| 1261 | ' See note on Book v. ch. 53. |
| p. 30 | |
| 1262 | 8 |
| 1263 | BREADTH AND GEOLOGICAL FEATURES. |
| 1264 | Book II. |
| 1265 | which is an Egyptian measure, is sixty furlongs.^ Thus |
| 1266 | the coast-line of Egypt would extend a length of three |
| 1267 | thousand six hundred furlongs. |
| 1268 | 7. From the coast inland as far as Heliopolis the |
| 1269 | hreadth of Egypt is considerable, the country is flat, |
| 1270 | without springs, and full of swamps." The length of |
| 1271 | the route from the sea up to Heliopolis is almost ex- |
| 1272 | actly the same as that of the road which runs from the |
| 1273 | ' This would be more than 36,000 |
| 1274 | English feet, or nearly 7 miles. |
| 1275 | The Greek a-xolvos, " rope," is the |
| 1276 | same word which signifies rush, of |
| 1277 | which ropes are still made in Egypt |
| 1278 | and in other countries, and it has |
| 1279 | been singularly transferred to the |
| 1280 | skein of our modern measure for |
| 1281 | thread and silk. — [G. W.J |
| 1282 | * Heliopolis stood on the edge of |
| 1283 | the desert, about 4j miles to the E. |
| 1284 | of tlie apex, of the Delta ; but the |
| 1285 | alluvial land of the Delta extended |
| 1286 | 5 miles farther to the eastward of that |
| 1287 | city, to what is now the Birket-el- |
| 1288 | Hag. The mountains to the S. of |
| 1289 | Heliopolis closing in to the westward |
| 1290 | towards the Nile make the valley |
| 1291 | narrow in that part, and throughout |
| 1292 | the rest of its course from the S. |
| 1293 | The southern point of the Delta ap- |
| 1294 | pears formerly to have extended fur- |
| 1295 | ther up the river (i. e. south) than at |
| 1296 | present, and to have been nearlj' op- |
| 1297 | posite the modern village of Shoobra |
| 1298 | (see M. Eg. W. vol. i. p. 401). At |
| 1299 | the time and long after Cairo was |
| 1300 | founded, the Nile ran more to the |
| 1301 | eastward, as Mr. Lane has shown, |
| 1302 | under its western walls. |
| 1303 | The accumulation of alluvial soil at |
| 1304 | the base of the obelisk of Osirtasen at |
| 1305 | Heliopolis, as around the sitting Co- |
| 1306 | lossi in the plain at Thebes, has been |
| 1307 | often appealed to for determining the |
| 1308 | rise of the alluvial soil within a cer- |
| 1309 | tain period, but as there is no possi- |
| 1310 | bility of ascertaining how far it stood |
| 1311 | above the reach of the inundation |
| 1312 | when first put up, we have no base |
| 1313 | fbr any calculation. The water of |
| 1314 | the inundation having been for ages |
| 1315 | kept out, according to Egyptian cus- |
| 1316 | tom, from the enclosure in which the |
| 1317 | temple stood, the accumulation of de- |
| 1318 | jiosit there was the more rapid when |
| 1319 | in after times the water was admitted, |
| 1320 | which readily accounts for " so great |
| 1321 | a thickness of one kind of sediment |
| 1322 | without any sign of successive dei)0- |
| 1323 | sition," which seems to have presented |
| 1324 | a difficulty to Mr. Horner. |
| 1325 | I have supposed the deposit to |
| 1326 | have been raised at Elephantine' about |
| 1327 | 9 feet in 1700 years, and at Theljes |
| 1328 | about 7 ; but this is very uncertain. |
| 1329 | The increase is of course much less |
| 1330 | the farther you descend the valley, |
| 1331 | and at the mouth of the Nile it is |
| 1332 | very small ; for it is there lessened |
| 1333 | far more than in the same decreasing |
| 1334 | ratio as between Elephantine and He- |
| 1335 | liopolis, owing to the greater extent of |
| 1336 | land, east and west, over which the |
| 1337 | inundation spreads, so that in a sec- |
| 1338 | tion representing the accumulated soil |
| 1339 | and the level of the low Nile, the |
| 1340 | angle of inclination would be much |
| 1341 | smaller from the apex of the Delta |
| 1342 | to the sea, than from Thebes to the |
| 1343 | Delta. " Thus," as Mr. Horner says, |
| 1344 | " while the rise of the river at the |
| 1345 | island of Eoda is 24 feet, near Rama- |
| 1346 | nyeh, about (35 miles in a direct line |
| 1347 | N. of the apex of the Delta, the difter- |
| 1348 | ence between the highest and lowest |
| 1349 | water is about 13 feet, and at Eosetta |
| 1350 | and Damietta not more than 42 |
| 1351 | inches." The Nile at Asouan is said |
| 1352 | to be 300 feet above its level at Cairo, |
| 1353 | and 365 above the Mediterranean. |
| 1354 | The distance from the Rosetta mouth |
| 1355 | to Cairo is 154 miles, from Cairo to |
| 1356 | Asouan 578, following all the bends |
| 1357 | of the river, which give a total of |
| 1358 | 732 miles from the sea to the First |
| 1359 | Cataract. |
| 1360 | According to M. Linant, the volume |
| p. 31 | |
| 1361 | Chap. 7, 8. DISTANCE OF HELIOPOLIS FROM THE SEA. |
| 1362 | 9 |
| 1363 | altar of the twelve gods at Athens ^ to the temple of |
| 1364 | Olympian Jove at Pisa.* If a person made a calcula- |
| 1365 | tion he would find but a very little difference between |
| 1366 | the two routes, not more than about fifteen furlongs ; for |
| 1367 | the road from Athens to Pisa falls short of fifteen hun- |
| 1368 | dred furlongs by exactly fifteen/ whereas the distance |
| 1369 | of Heliopolis from the sea is just the round number.® |
| 1370 | 8. As one proceeds beyond Heliopolis^ up the coun- |
| 1371 | of water ^wured during 24 hours into |
| 1372 | the Mediterranean by the Kile, when |
| 1373 | low, is — |
| 1374 | By the Rosetta brantli . |
| 1375 | By the UamieUa branch |
| 1376 | Cubic metres . |
| 1377 | Cubic metres. |
| 1378 | 79,532,551,728 |
| 1379 | 71,033,840,640 |
| 1380 | 150,566,392,368 |
| 1381 | When high 47^,317,838,960 |
| 1382 | , |
| 1383 | 227,196,S2s,480 |
| 1384 | 705,514,667,440 |
| 1385 | At Sioot, which is about half-\\ay |
| 1386 | from Asouau to Teraneh, the French |
| 1387 | engineers found that in every second |
| 1388 | of time the mass of water that passes |
| 1389 | any one point is 678 cubic metres at |
| 1390 | low Xile, and 10,247 at high Kile; |
| 1391 | and, according to M. Linant, at Cairo |
| 1392 | 414 cubic metres at low, and 9440, |
| 1393 | at high Nile. (See Mr. Horner's Me- |
| 1394 | moir in Trans. E. Society, vol. 145, |
| 1395 | p. 101-138.) |
| 1396 | 1"he average fall of the river be- |
| 1397 | tween Asouan and Cairo is " little |
| 1398 | more than half a foot in a mile, viz. |
| 1399 | 0*54 feet, and from the foot of the |
| 1400 | First Cataract to the sea is 0-524 feet |
| 1401 | in a mile ;" but from Cairo to the |
| 1402 | Damiett{\ mouth, according to the same |
| 1403 | authority (ib. p. 114), "the average |
| 1404 | fall is only 3f inches in a mile." — |
| 1405 | [G. W.] |
| 1406 | * The altar of the twelve gods |
| 1407 | at Athens stood in the Forum, and |
| 1408 | seems from this ]iassage and from |
| 1409 | one or two -inscriptions (Rose, Tab. |
| 1410 | xxxii. p. 251 ;cf. Boeckh, Corp. Ins. i. |
| 1411 | i. p. 32) to have served, like the gilt |
| 1412 | pillar {inillkiriuvi aurtum) in the Fo- |
| 1413 | rum at liome, as a central point from |
| 1414 | which to measure distances. It was |
| 1415 | originally erected by Pisistratus, the |
| 1416 | son of the tyrant Hippias, but was |
| 1417 | afterwards enlarged and beautified by |
| 1418 | the Athenian people. (Tbucyd. vi. |
| 1419 | 54.) Adjacent to this altar was the |
| 1420 | enclosure where votes for ostracism |
| 1421 | were taken. (Leake's Athens, p. 1G3, |
| 1422 | note •>.) |
| 1423 | ■* This mention of Pisa is curious, |
| 1424 | considering that it had been destroyed |
| 1425 | so long before (b.c. 572) by the Eleans |
| 1426 | (Pausan. vi. xxii. § 2), and that it |
| 1427 | had certainly not been rebuilt by the |
| 1428 | close of the Peloponnesian war (Xen. |
| 1429 | Hell. III. ii. § 31, comp. vii. iv. § 28). |
| 1430 | Probably Herodotus intends Olj-mpia |
| 1431 | itself rather than the ancient town, |
| 1432 | which was six stades distant (Scliol. |
| 1433 | ad Pind. 01. x. 55) in the direction |
| 1434 | of Harpinna (Pans. vi. xxi.-xxii.), and |
| 1435 | therefore doubtless in the vicinity of |
| 1436 | the modem village of Mirdku (see |
| 1437 | Leake's Morea, ii. p. 211), with which |
| 1438 | some are inclined to identify it. |
| 1439 | (Muller's Dorians, ii. p. 463, E. T. |
| 1440 | Kiepert, Blatt. vii.) |
| 1441 | * The correctness of this measure- |
| 1442 | ment, as compared with others in |
| 1443 | Herodotus, or indeed in the Greek |
| 1444 | writers generally, has been noticed by |
| 1445 | Col. LeaUe (Journal of Geogi-aph. Soc. |
| 1446 | voL ix. part i. p. 11). There is no |
| 1447 | reason to believe that the road was |
| 1448 | actually measured, but it was so fre- |
| 1449 | quently traversed that the distance |
| 1450 | came to be estimated very nearly at |
| 1451 | its true length. |
| 1452 | " Fifteen hundred furlongs (stades) |
| 1453 | are about equal to 173 English miles. |
| 1454 | ""The real distance of Heliopolis from |
| 1455 | the sea, at the old Sebennytic luouth, |
| 1456 | is about 110 miles, or 100 in a direct |
| 1457 | line.— G. W.] |
| 1458 | ' The site of Heliopolis is still |
| 1459 | marked by the massive walls that |
| p. 32 | |
| 1460 | 10 |
| 1461 | INTERIOR OF EGYPT. |
| 1462 | Book II. |
| 1463 | Egypt |
| 1464 | try, |
| 1465 | liills, whicli |
| 1466 | shuttino- it |
| 1467 | becomes narrow, |
| 1468 | has a direction |
| 1469 | ^ in upon the one |
| 1470 | range upon the other. The former |
| 1471 | without a break, and stretches away to the sea called |
| 1472 | the Erythraean ; it contains the quarries ® whence the |
| 1473 | the Arabian range of |
| 1474 | from north to south, |
| 1475 | side, and the Libyan |
| 1476 | ridge |
| 1477 | runs on |
| 1478 | .surrounded it, and by a granite obelisk |
| 1479 | bearing the name of- Osirtasen I. of |
| 1480 | tlie 12th dynasty, dating about 3900 |
| 1481 | years ago. It was one of two that |
| 1482 | stood before the entrance to the temple |
| 1483 | of the Sun, at the inner end of an |
| 1484 | avenue of sphinxes ; and the apex, |
| 1485 | like some of those at 'J'hebes, was once |
| 1486 | covered with bronze (doubtless gilt), |
| 1487 | as is shown by the stone having been |
| 1488 | cut to receive the metal casing, and |
| 1489 | by the testimony of Arab history. |
| 1490 | Tradition also speaks of tlie other |
| 1491 | obelisk of Heliopolis, and of the |
| 1492 | bronze taken from its apex. Pliny |
| 1493 | (3(), 8) supposes that Mitres, the first |
| 1494 | king who erected an obelisk, held his |
| 1495 | court at Heliopolis, and that those |
| 1496 | monuments were dedicated to the |
| 1497 | Sun ; but that depended upon what |
| 1498 | God the temple belonged to, the |
| 1499 | obelisks at Thebes being erected to |
| 1500 | Amun, and in other places to other |
| 1501 | deities. The name of Heliopolis was |
| 1502 | ei-n-re, " the abode of the Sun," |
| 1503 | from which the Hebrew On or Aon |
| 1504 | cornipted into Aven (Ezek. xxx. 17) |
| 1505 | was taken, and which was translated |
| 1506 | Beth-shemesh, " the house of the Sun" |
| 1507 | (Jerem. xliii. 13). The Arabs called |
| 1508 | it Ain Shems, " fountain of the Sun," |
| 1509 | from the spring there, which the cre- |
| 1510 | dulous Christians believed to have |
| 1511 | been salt until the Virgin's visit to |
| 1512 | Egypt. The Arabic name of the |
| 1513 | neighbouring village, Matareeh, was |
| 1514 | su]iposed to signify " fresh water," |
| 1515 | and to refer to the fountain ; but this |
| 1516 | is an eiTor, as the masculine word |
| 1517 | Ma, " water," would require the name |
| 1518 | to be Ma-taree. (See M. Eg. W., vol. |
| 1519 | i. p. 295 ; and on the balsam of Helio- |
| 1520 | polis see my n. on ch. 107, B. iii.) In |
| 1521 | later times the artificial Amnis Tra- |
| 1522 | janus ran a short distance to the north- |
| 1523 | ward of Heliopolis ; and on that side of |
| 1524 | the city were lakes supplied with water |
| 1525 | from, the neighbouring canal. The , |
| 1526 | large and lofty crude brick walls of |
| 1527 | Heliopolis enclosed an irregular area |
| 1528 | measuring 3750 feet \>y 2870, having |
| 1529 | the houses on the north side covering |
| 1530 | a space of 575,000 square feet, to the |
| 1531 | south of which stood the temple of the |
| 1532 | Sun. This occupied a large portion |
| 1533 | of a separate enclosure, or temerios, at |
| 1534 | one side of the town ; and a long |
| 1535 | avenue of sphinxes, described by |
| 1536 | Strabo, led to. the two obelisks before |
| 1537 | the temple (see jilan). ■ Some of the |
| 1538 | sphinxes may still be traced, as well |
| 1539 | as the ruins of the houses, Avhich, |
| 1540 | like those of Bubastis, stood on a |
| 1541 | higher level than the temenos, owing |
| 1542 | to their foundations having been |
| 1543 | raised from time to time, while the |
| 1544 | temple remained in its original site. |
| 1545 | in Strabo's time the houses were |
| 1546 | shown where Plato and Eudoxus lived |
| 1547 | while studying under the priests*of |
| 1548 | Heliopolis ; but the city, which had |
| 1549 | for ages been the seat of learning, lost |
| 1550 | its importance after the accession of |
| 1551 | the Ptolemies, and the schools of |
| 1552 | Alexandria took the place of the an- |
| 1553 | cient colleges of Heliopolis (see Strab. |
| 1554 | xvii.). The walls are in some places |
| 1555 | double, but throughout of great |
| 1556 | strength ; and here and there the po- |
| 1557 | sitions of the gates may still be |
| 1558 | traced. From one of these on the |
| 1559 | S.E. side a large road ran through the |
| 1560 | desert to the Red Sea, and a smaller |
| 1561 | one led across the Mokuttum hills |
| 1562 | (behind Cairo) by what is called the |
| 1563 | " petrified forest," and rejoined the |
| 1564 | valley of the Nile near the quarries of |
| 1565 | " the Trojan hill." A stone gateway- |
| 1566 | has lately been found at Heliopolis |
| 1567 | with tlie name of Thothmes III. — [G. |
| 1568 | W.] |
| 1569 | ^ The quarries from which the |
| 1570 | stone for the casing of the pyramids |
| 1571 | was taken are in that part of the |
| p. 33 | |
| 1572 | Chap. 8. |
| 1573 | LIBYAN AND ARABIAN RANGES. |
| 1574 | 11 |
| 1575 | stone was cut for the pyramids of Memphis : and |
| 1576 | this is the point where it ceases its first direction, |
| 1577 | and bends awav in the manner above indicated.^ In |
| 1578 | its greatest length from east to west, it is, as I have |
| 1579 | been informed, a distance of two months' journey ; |
| 1580 | towards the extreme east its skirts produce frankin- |
| 1581 | cense. Such are the chief features of this range. On |
| 1582 | the Libyan side, the other ridge wdiereon the pyramids |
| 1583 | , stand, is rocky and covered with sand ; its direction is |
| 1584 | the same as that of the Arabian ridge in the first part |
| 1585 | of its course. Above HeliopoHs, then, there is no great |
| 1586 | breadth of territory for such a country as Egypt, but |
| 1587 | during four days' sail Egypt is narrow ; ^ the valley |
| 1588 | modern El-Mokuttum range of hills |
| 1589 | called by Strabo the " Trojan moun- |
| 1590 | tain " (TpatKov opos. xvii. p. 1147), |
| 1591 | and now Uebel ]\lasarah or Toora INIa- |
| 1592 | sarah, from the two villages below |
| 1593 | them on the Nile. Toora, though |
| 1594 | signifying in Ar. a " canal," is evi- |
| 1595 | dently the Troja of Strabo, which stood |
| 1596 | in this neighbourhood, and which he |
| 1597 | pretends was built by and named after |
| 1598 | the Trojan captives of Menelaus. But |
| 1599 | the probability is that some Egyptian |
| 1600 | name was converted by the Greeks into |
| 1601 | Troja, and by the Arabs into Toora ; |
| 1602 | and we may perhaj^s ascribe to it the |
| 1603 | same origin as the " T\'rian camp" at |
| 1604 | Memphis mentioned by Herodotus (see |
| 1605 | note * on ch. 112). The em] >loymeut of |
| 1606 | the stone in the pyramids, and the |
| 1607 | names of the early kings found there, |
| 1608 | show that these qiiarries were already |
| 1609 | used by the ancient Egyptians from |
| 1610 | the time of the 4th to the 18th dy- |
| 1611 | nasty (as well as after that period), |
| 1612 | and consequently during the Shep- |
| 1613 | herd occupation of Memphis. On |
| 1614 | one tablet was the representation of a |
| 1615 | large stone on a sledge drawn by oxen, |
| 1616 | having the name of Amosis (Ames), |
| 1617 | the first king of the 18th dynasty : |
| 1618 | and on others the date of the 42nd |
| 1619 | year of Amun-m-he (3rd of the 12th |
| 1620 | dynasty) and the names of later |
| 1621 | kings. The quarries are still worked |
| 1622 | by the modern Egyptians, and this |
| 1623 | even-grained magnesiau limestone is |
| 1624 | used for floors of rooms and for other |
| 1625 | building purjioses. — [G. W.] |
| 1626 | ^ That is, towards the Erythra\an |
| 1627 | Sea, or Arabian Gulf. [The bend of |
| 1628 | the mountain is really where Cairo |
| 1629 | now stands, whence it runs towards |
| 1630 | the Red Sea. The notion of Hero- |
| 1631 | dotus respecting its extent to the E. |
| 1632 | was vague, and he evidently con- |
| 1633 | founds, or connects, it with the |
| 1634 | peninsula of Arabia, the country of |
| 1635 | incense ; though he speaks of the |
| 1636 | moimtaiu-range on the E. of the Nile |
| 1637 | extending southwards along the Red |
| 1638 | Sea. Its breadth from the Nile to |
| 1639 | the Red Sea direct is 82 miles in lat. |
| 1640 | 30°, increasing to 175 in lat. 24°. — |
| 1641 | G. W.J |
| 1642 | ' That is, from Heliopolis south- |
| 1643 | ward ; and he says it becomes broader |
| 1644 | again, beyond that point. His 200 |
| 1645 | stadia are about 22J to 23 miles. The |
| 1646 | whole breadth of the valley from the |
| 1647 | Eastern to the Western hills is only |
| 1648 | from 12 to 15 m. This must have ap- |
| 1649 | peared a very great change after leav- |
| 1650 | ing the spacious Delta, a level plain, |
| 1651 | without any mountains being seen |
| 1652 | to the E. or W. The four days, reck- |
| 1653 | oning, as he does, 540 stadia to a day, |
| 1654 | would be about 245 Eng. m., or to |
| 1655 | about the vicinity of Sioot; but it |
| 1656 | cannot be the spot, where he thinks |
| 1657 | the valley " becomes broader," ac- |
| p. 34 | |
| 1658 | 12 |
| 1659 | EGYPT ONCE A GULF OF THE SEA. |
| 1660 | Book IT. |
| 1661 | between tlic two ranges is a level plain, and seemed |
| 1662 | to me to be, at the narrowest point, not more tlian |
| 1663 | two hiuidred furlongs across from the Arabian to the |
| 1664 | Libyan hills. Above this point Egypt again widens.^ |
| 1665 | 9. From Heliopolis to Thebes is nine days' sail up |
| 1666 | the river ; the distance is eighty-one schoenes, or 4860 |
| 1667 | furlongs.^ If we now put together the several measure- |
| 1668 | ments of the country we shall find that the distance |
| 1669 | along shore is, as I stated above, 3600 furlongs, and |
| 1670 | the distance from the sea inland to Thebes 6120 fur- |
| 1671 | longs. Further, it is a distance of eighteen hundred |
| 1672 | furlongs from Thebes to the place called Elephantine. |
| 1673 | 10. The greater portion of the country above de- |
| 1674 | scribed seemed to me to be, as the priests declared, a |
| 1675 | tract gained by the inhabitants. For the whole region |
| 1676 | above Memphis, lying between the two ranges of hills |
| 1677 | that have been spoken of, appeared evidently to have |
| 1678 | formed at one time a gulf of the sea.^ It resembles (to |
| 1679 | compare small things with great) the parts about Ilium |
| 1680 | and Teuthrania, EjDhesus, and the j)lain of the Mceander.^ |
| 1681 | cording to his calculation of nine days |
| 1682 | to Thebes, which would require it to |
| 1683 | be less than half-way, or about Gebel- |
| 1684 | aboofaydeh, and this would agree still |
| 1685 | less with his description of the in- |
| 1686 | creasing breadth of the valley, which |
| 1687 | is there only 7 miles from the Eastern |
| 1688 | to the Western hills.— [G. W.j |
| 1689 | ^ Compare the descrijjtion of Scylax |
| 1690 | (Pcripl. p. 103), who says that Egypt |
| 1691 | is shaped like a douhle-l^eaded |
| 1692 | battle-axe (TrfXtKvs or hipermis), the |
| 1693 | neck which joins the two heads |
| 1694 | being in the vicinitj^ of Memphis. |
| 1695 | ^ The nine days' sail, which Hero- |
| 1696 | dotus reckons at 4S60 stadia, would |
| 1697 | give about 552 Eng. miles ; but the |
| 1698 | distance is only about 421, even follow- |
| 1699 | ing the course of the river. From the |
| 1700 | sea to Thebes he reckons G120 stadia, |
| 1701 | at the least computation — about 700 |
| 1702 | miles — but the distance is by modern |
| 1703 | measurement only 5G6 miles ; and his |
| 1704 | distance of 1800 stadia from Thebes |
| 1705 | to Elephantine, at least 206 miles, ex- |
| 1706 | ceeds the truth by above 700 stadia, |
| 1707 | being really 124 miles. — [G. W.] |
| 1708 | ^ See above, notes on ch. 5. Hero- |
| 1709 | dotus says, most of the country is |
| 1710 | " acquired by the Egyptians," and " a |
| 1711 | gift of the river ;" but as the same de- |
| 1712 | posit continues throughout the whole |
| 1713 | valley, these remarks can oul}' apjily |
| 1714 | to the oriyinul formation of the land ; |
| 1715 | the soil since the time that Pjgypt |
| 1716 | was first inhabited being only deejjer, |
| 1717 | and more extended E. and W. towards |
| 1718 | the mountains ; and whatever form |
| 1719 | the valley may have had in the earlj"^ |
| 1720 | ages of the world, it could not have |
| 1721 | been a gulf of the sea since P^gypt |
| 1722 | was inhabited. — [G. W.] |
| 1723 | * In some of these jilaces the gain |
| 1724 | of the land upon the sea has been very |
| 1725 | great. This is particularly the case at |
| 1726 | the mouth of the Slwander, where the |
| 1727 | alluvial ]ilain has advanced in tlie |
| 1728 | historic times a distance of 12 or 13 |
| p. 35 | |
| 1729 | Chap. 9, 10. |
| 1730 | EFFECTS OF RIVEE-DEPOSITS. |
| 1731 | 13 |
| 1732 | In all these regions the land has been formed by rivers, |
| 1733 | whereof the greatest is not to compare for size with |
| 1734 | any one of the five mouths of the Nile.^ I could men- |
| 1735 | tion other rivers also, far inferior to the Nile in magni- |
| 1736 | tude, that have effected very great changes. Among |
| 1737 | these not the least is the Acheloils, which, after passing |
| 1738 | through Acarnania, empties itself into the sea opposite |
| 1739 | the islands called Echinades,^ and has already joined |
| 1740 | one half of them to the continent.^ |
| 1741 | miles. (See note to Book i. cli. 142.) |
| 1742 | At Ephesiis tliere is now a plain of |
| 1743 | three miles between the temple and |
| 1744 | the sea (Leake's Asia Minor, p. 259, |
| 1745 | note), which has been entirely created |
| 1746 | since the days of Herodotus. At the |
| 1747 | mouths of the Scamander and the |
| 1748 | Ca'icus (which drained Teuthrania, |
| 1749 | Strab. xiii. p. 883, Plin. H. N. v. 30), |
| 1750 | the advance of the land, though less, |
| 1751 | is still very perceptible. |
| 1752 | * This signifies the natural branches |
| 1753 | of the Nile ; and when seven are reck- |
| 1754 | oned, they include the two artificial |
| 1755 | ones, the Bolbitine and Bucolic or |
| 1756 | Phatmetic, which .Herodotus says |
| 1757 | were the work of man. |
| 1758 | ch. 17.— [G. W.] |
| 1759 | See note ' on |
| 1760 | ' These islands, which still bear the |
| 1761 | same name among the educatedGreeks, |
| 1762 | consist of two clusters, linked together |
| 1763 | by the barren and rugged Fetald. The |
| 1764 | northern cluster contains 15 or 16 |
| 1765 | islands, the principal of which is |
| 1766 | Dliragondra. The southern contains |
| 1767 | only five or six : the most important |
| 1768 | are Oxid, Makri, and Vromona. They |
| 1769 | are British dependencies, being in- |
| 1770 | cluded in the Ionian islands. Except |
| 1771 | Oxid, they all lie north of the pre- |
| 1772 | sent mouth of the Acheloiis {Aspro). |
| 1773 | See Leake's Northern Greece, vol. iii. |
| 1774 | pp. 30-1. |
| 1775 | ^ That the Acheloiis in ancient |
| 1776 | times formed fresh land at its mouth |
| 1777 | with very great rapidity is certain, |
| 1778 | Map of the country about the mouth of the River Acheloiis, chiefly after Ivicpcrt. |
| 1779 | N.B. The dark lines mark the uneient coast ami islands. |
| p. 36 | |
| 1780 | 14 |
| 1781 | THE TWO PAKALLEL GULFS. |
| 1782 | Book II, |
| 1783 | 11. In Arabia, not far from Egypt, there is a long |
| 1784 | and narrow gulf running inland from the sea called |
| 1785 | the Erythraean,^ of which I will here set down the di- |
| 1786 | mensions. Starting from its innermost recess, and using |
| 1787 | a row-boat, you take forty days to reach the open main, |
| 1788 | while you may cross the gulf at its widest part in the |
| 1789 | space of half a day. In this sea there is an ebb and |
| 1790 | flow of the tide every day.^ My opinion is, that Egypt |
| 1791 | was formerly very much such a gulf as this — One gulf |
| 1792 | penetrated from the sea that washes Egypt on the |
| 1793 | north,^ and extended itself towards Ethiopia ; another |
| 1794 | entered from the southern ocean, and stretched towards |
| 1795 | Syria; the two gulfs ran into the land so as almost |
| 1796 | to meet each other, and left between them only a very |
| 1797 | narrow tract of country. Now if the Nile should |
| 1798 | choose to divert his waters from their present bed into |
| 1799 | from the testimony of various writers |
| 1800 | besides Herodotus. Thucj^dides (ii. |
| 1801 | 102), Scylax (Peripl. p. 31), and |
| 1802 | Strabo (i. p. 87), all speak in equally |
| 1803 | strong terms on the subject. Thucy- |
| 1804 | dides even conjectures that in a short |
| 1805 | space of time all the Echinades would |
| 1806 | become portions of the continent. |
| 1807 | This prediction has failed ; and at |
| 1808 | ])resent, owing probably to the i)ro- |
| 1809 | jection of the coast and the sweep of |
| 1810 | the current round it, the advance of |
| 1811 | the land is very slow and gradual. |
| 1812 | (Leake, iii. p. 570.) So far as appears, |
| 1813 | no island has been added to the shore |
| 1814 | since the time of Strabo. Col. Leake |
| 1815 | indeed says that he could only find |
| 1816 | two heights in this vicinity which |
| 1817 | seemed to him to have once been |
| 1818 | islands, viz., the peninsula of Eurt- |
| 1819 | zolari (Strabo's Artemita), and a small |
| 1820 | hill opposite Petald ; but it may be |
| 1821 | questioned whether the representation |
| 1822 | of Kiepert (Blatt. xiii.) does not give |
| 1823 | a truer idea of the actual growth 'of |
| 1824 | the land. |
| 1825 | ^ The Greeks generally did not give |
| 1826 | the name Erythraean, or Eed Sea, to the |
| 1827 | Arabian Gulf, but to all that part of the |
| 1828 | Indian Ocean reaching from the Persian |
| 1829 | Ciulf to India (as in ii. 102 ; and iv. |
| 1830 | 39). It was also applied to the Persian |
| 1831 | Gulf (i. 1, 180, 18V)), and Herodotus |
| 1832 | sometimes gives it to the Arabian |
| 1833 | Gulf, and even the Avestem branch |
| 1834 | between Mount Sinai and Egj^pt (ii. |
| 1835 | 158). Even Taprobane' (now Ceylon) |
| 1836 | was placed in the Erythraean Sea, |
| 1837 | towards the Golden Chersonesus. |
| 1838 | Agatharcides is careful in distin- |
| 1839 | guishing tlie "Eed Sea" from the |
| 1840 | Arabian Gulf. Herodotus reckons |
| 1841 | the length of this gulf at 40 days' |
| 1842 | passage in a rowing boat, and its |
| 1843 | breadth at half a day in the broad- |
| 1844 | est part ; but in this last he probably |
| 1845 | had in view the upper part of the |
| 1846 | Suez Gulf. The real length of the |
| 1847 | Pied Sea, or Arabian Gulf, from the |
| 1848 | straits of Bab-el-Mandeb to Suez, is |
| 1849 | 1400 Eng. m., and its greatest breadth, |
| 1850 | in lat.l8°, is 175 ; and the broadest |
| 1851 | part of the Suez Gulf is 25 miles. |
| 1852 | — [G. W.] |
| 1853 | ' Herodotus is perfectly right in |
| 1854 | speaking of the tide in this gulf. At |
| 1855 | Suez it is from 5 to 6 feet, but much |
| 1856 | less to the southward. — [G. W.] |
| 1857 | ^ The Mediterranean, called by the |
| 1858 | Arabs " the White Sea " as well as |
| 1859 | "the North Sea."— [G. W.] |
| p. 37 | |
| 1860 | Chap. 11, 12. |
| 1861 | EGYPT ALLUVIAL. |
| 1862 | 15 |
| 1863 | this Arabian gulf, what is there to hinder it from being |
| 1864 | filled up by the stream within, at the utmost, twenty- |
| 1865 | thousand years ? For my part, I think it would be |
| 1866 | filled in half the time. How then should not a gulf, |
| 1867 | even of much greater size, have been filled up in the |
| 1868 | ages that passed before I w^as born, by a river that is at |
| 1869 | once so large and so given to working changes ? |
| 1870 | 12. Thus I give credit to those from whom I received |
| 1871 | this account of Egypt, and am myself, moreover, strongly |
| 1872 | of the same opinion, since I remarked that the country |
| 1873 | projects into the sea further than the neighbouring |
| 1874 | shores, and I observed that there were shells upon the |
| 1875 | hills,^ and that salt exuded from the soil to such an |
| 1876 | extent as even to injure the pyramids; and I noticed |
| 1877 | also that there is but a single hill in all Egypt where |
| 1878 | sand is found,* namely, the hill above Memphis ; and |
| 1879 | further, I found the country to bear no resemblance |
| 1880 | either to its border-land Arabia, or to Libya ^ — nay, nor |
| 1881 | ^ The shells imbedded in rocks |
| 1882 | have led to much absurd reasoning |
| 1883 | till a very late time ; and the accuracy |
| 1884 | of Strabo's judgment is the more sur- |
| 1885 | prising since his mode of accounting |
| 1886 | for the upheavings and subsidings of |
| 1887 | the land, and the retirement and en- |
| 1888 | croachments of the sea, as well as the |
| 1889 | gradual changes always going on from |
| 1890 | subterraneous agencies, accord with |
| 1891 | our most recent discoveries. "The |
| 1892 | reason," he says, " that one is raised |
| 1893 | and the other subsides, or that the sea |
| 1894 | inundates some places and recedes |
| 1895 | from others, is not from some being |
| 1896 | lower and others higher, but because |
| 1897 | the same ground is raised or de- |
| 1898 | pressed . . . The cause must there- |
| 1899 | fore be ascribed either to the ground |
| 1900 | under the sea, or to that inundated |
| 1901 | by it, but rather to that below it. . . . |
| 1902 | and we ought to draw our conclusions |
| 1903 | from things that are evident, and in |
| 1904 | some degree of daily occurrence, as |
| 1905 | deluges, earthquakes, and (volcanic) |
| 1906 | eruptions, and sudden risings of the |
| 1907 | land under the sea . . . and not only |
| 1908 | islands but continents are raised up. |
| 1909 | and large and small tracts subside, |
| 1910 | some being swallowed up by earth- |
| 1911 | quakes." (Strabo, i. p. 74 et seqq.) |
| 1912 | On Volcanos, see Ly ell's Princ. of Geol. |
| 1913 | vol. i. c. 2 to 5.— [G. W.] |
| 1914 | ^ The only mountain where sand |
| 1915 | abounds is certainly the African range, |
| 1916 | and though there are some lofty drifts |
| 1917 | in one place on the opposite side, just |
| 1918 | below the modern Suez road, the east- |
| 1919 | ern part of the valley of the Nile is |
| 1920 | generally free from it. It does not, |
| 1921 | however, encroach on the W. to the |
| 1922 | extent that some have imagined ; and |
| 1923 | if downs of sand have been raised |
| 1924 | here and there along the edge of the |
| 1925 | cultivated land, the general encroach- |
| 1926 | ment is greatly in favour of the allu- |
| 1927 | vial deposit. In Ethiopia the sand |
| 1928 | has invaded the W. bank, but this is |
| 1929 | owing to the fall in the level of the |
| 1930 | Nile, mentioned in n. ', ch. iii. and |
| 1931 | App. CH. iv. 4.— G. W.] |
| 1932 | * It is perfectly true that neither in |
| 1933 | soil nor climate is Egypt like any other |
| 1934 | country. The soil is, as Herodotus |
| 1935 | says, " black and crumbly." The de- |
| 1936 | posit of the Nile, when left on a I'ock |
| p. 38 | |
| 1937 | 16 |
| 1938 | VARIATION IN THE RISE OF THE NILE. |
| 1939 | Book II. |
| 1940 | even to Syria, which forms the seaboard of Arabia ; |
| 1941 | but whereas the soil of Libya is, we know, sandy and |
| 1942 | of a reddish hue, and that of Arabia and Syria inchnes |
| 1943 | to stone and clay, Egypt has a soil that is black and |
| 1944 | crumbly, as being alluvial and formed of the deposits |
| 1945 | brought down by the river from Ethiopia. |
| 1946 | 13. One fact which 1 learnt of the priests is to me a |
| 1947 | strong evidence of the origin of the country. They |
| 1948 | said that when Mceris was king, the Nile overflowed all |
| 1949 | Egypt below Memphis, as soon as it rose so little as |
| 1950 | eight cubits. Now Moeris had not been dead 900 years |
| 1951 | at the time when I heard this of the priests ; ^ yet at |
| 1952 | the present day, unless the river rise sixteen, or, at the |
| 1953 | very least, fifteen cubits, it does not overflow the lands. |
| 1954 | It seems to me, therefore, that if the land goes on |
| 1955 | and dried by the sun, resembles pot- |
| 1956 | tery in its appearance and by its frac- |
| 1957 | ture, from the silica it contains ; but |
| 1958 | as long as it retains its moisture it has |
| 1959 | the appearance of clay, from its slimy |
| 1960 | and tenacious quality. It varies ac- |
| 1961 | cording to circumstances, sometimes |
| 1962 | being mixed with sand, but it is gene- |
| 1963 | rally of a black colour, and Egjqit is |
| 1964 | said to have been called hence "black," |
| 1965 | from the pjrevailing character of its |
| 1966 | soil. The analysis given by Eegnault |
| 1967 | in the Description de I'Egypte is — |
| 1968 | II* |
| 1969 | 9- |
| 1970 | 6- |
| 1971 | 4- |
| 1972 | 4- |
| 1973 | IS- |
| 1974 | 48- |
| 1975 | 100 |
| 1976 | water. |
| 1977 | carbon. |
| 1978 | oxide of iron. |
| 1979 | silica. |
| 1980 | carbonate of niagiiBsia. |
| 1981 | carbonate of lime. |
| 1982 | alumen. |
| 1983 | That the soil of Libya is red and |
| 1984 | sandy is true, and the abundance of |
| 1985 | iron, especially at the Little Oasis, |
| 1986 | makes it in some parts like that of |
| 1987 | Devonshire. — [Gr. W.] |
| 1988 | ® This would make the date of Mce- |
| 1989 | ris about 1355 b.c. ; but it neither |
| 1990 | agrees with the age of Amun-ni-he |
| 1991 | III. of the Labyrinth, nor of Thoth- |
| 1992 | mes III., whom some have supposed |
| 1993 | to be Moeris, nor of IMairc, or Papi |
| 1994 | (Apappus) of the (3th dynasty. The |
| 1995 | Moeris, however, from whom these |
| 1996 | dates are calculated, appears to have |
| 1997 | been Meno2:)hres, whose ajra was so |
| 1998 | remarkable, and was fixed as the |
| 1999 | Sothic period, B.C. 1322, which hap- |
| 2000 | pened about 900 years before Hero- |
| 2001 | dotus' visit, only falling short of that |
| 2002 | sum by 33 years. It is reasonable to |
| 2003 | suppose that by Moeris he would refer |
| 2004 | to that king who was so remarkable for |
| 2005 | his attention to the levels of the Nile, |
| 2006 | shown by his making the lake called |
| 2007 | after him ; and who, from the records |
| 2008 | at Semneh, and from his name being |
| 2009 | again found in the Labyrinth (by |
| 2010 | Dr. Lepsius), is shown to have been |
| 2011 | Amun-m-lie III. ; but if his date is |
| 2012 | to be taken from Herodotus, it will |
| 2013 | not accord with this king of the 12th |
| 2014 | d^masty, w'ho lived about 1500 years |
| 2015 | before the historian ; and the Egyp- |
| 2016 | tians were not in the habit of dimi- |
| 2017 | nishing antiquity, nor of curtailing |
| 2018 | dates. Herodotus perhaps confounded |
| 2019 | two or more kings, to whom the name |
| 2020 | of Mceris had been given by the |
| 2021 | Greeks ; as the statue of Amunoiili, |
| 2022 | and a palace and a tomb of two Re- |
| 2023 | meses, were ascribed to Memnon. |
| 2024 | See note ^ on ch. 100, note "^ on ch. 142, |
| 2025 | and note' on ch. 148.— [G. W.] |
| p. 39 | |
| 2026 | Chap. 13, 14. INCREASING ELEVATION OF THE LAND. |
| 2027 | 17 |
| 2028 | rising and growing at this rate, the Egyptians who |
| 2029 | dwell helow lake Moeris, in the Delta (as it is called) |
| 2030 | and elsewhere, will one day, by the stoppage of the |
| 2031 | inundations, suffer permanently the fate which they told |
| 2032 | me they expected would some time or other befall the |
| 2033 | Greeks. On hearing that the whole land of Greece is |
| 2034 | watered by rain from heaven, and not, like their own, |
| 2035 | inundated by rivers, they observed — " Some day the |
| 2036 | Greeks will be disappointed of their grand hope, and |
| 2037 | then they will be wretchedly hungry ;" which was as |
| 2038 | much as to say, " If God shall some day see fit not to |
| 2039 | grant the Greeks rain, but shall afflict them with a long |
| 2040 | drought, the Greeks will be swept away by a famine, |
| 2041 | since they have nothing to rely on but rain from Jove, |
| 2042 | and have no other I'esource for water." ^ |
| 2043 | 14. And certes, in thus speaking of the Greeks the |
| 2044 | Egyptians say nothing but what is true. But now |
| 2045 | let me tell the Egyptians how the case stands with |
| 2046 | themselves. If, as I said before, the country below |
| 2047 | Memphis,'' which is the land that is always rising, |
| 2048 | continues to increase in height at the rate at which |
| 2049 | it has risen in times gone by, how will it be possible |
| 2050 | for the inhabitants of that region to avoid hunger, |
| 2051 | when they will certainly have no rain,^ and the river |
| 2052 | '' This resembles the common re- |
| 2053 | mark of the Egyptians at the present |
| 2054 | day regarding those conntries which |
| 2055 | dejiend for water on rain. — [G. W.] |
| 2056 | ^ This with the Delta Herodotns |
| 2057 | seems to consider the only part raised |
| 2058 | by the amiual deposit (^avTT) yap itm |
| 2059 | 1) av^nvojjLevq), which is of course erro- |
| 2060 | neous, as the alluviiun is left through- |
| 2061 | out the vallev from Abyssinia to the |
| 2062 | sea.— [G. W"] |
| 2063 | " Poinponius Mela calls Egypt |
| 2064 | " terra cxpers imbrium," and Proclus |
| 2065 | says if showers fell in Lower Egypt |
| 2066 | they were confined to that district, |
| 2067 | and heavy rain was a prodigy in the |
| 2068 | Thebaid. Herodotus indeed affirms (iii. |
| 2069 | 10) that rain at 'iliebes portended some |
| 2070 | great calamity, and the conquest of |
| 2071 | VOL. ir. |
| 2072 | Egypt by the Persians was thought |
| 2073 | to have been foretold by this unusual |
| 2074 | ]ihenomenon at that place. In LTpper |
| 2075 | Egypt showers only occur about five |
| 2076 | or six times in the year, but every |
| 2077 | fifteen or twenty years heavy rain |
| 2078 | fiills there, which will account for the |
| 2079 | dee]! ravines cut in the valleys of the |
| 2080 | Theban hills, about the Tombs of tlie |
| 2081 | Kings ; in Lower Egypt rain is more |
| 2082 | frequent ; and in Alexandria it is as |
| 2083 | abundant in winter as in the south of |
| 2084 | Europe. These ravines, and the pre- |
| 2085 | cautions taken to protect the roofs of |
| 2086 | the temples at Thebes against rain, |
| 2087 | show that it fell there of old as now ; |
| 2088 | but a continuation of heavy rain in |
| 2089 | Upper Egypt, or even at Cairo, for |
| 2090 | two or three days would be considered |
| 2091 | c |
| p. 40 | |
| 2092 | 18 |
| 2093 | ADVANTAGES OF THE INUNDATION. |
| 2094 | Book II. |
| 2095 | will not be able to overflow their corn-lands ? At |
| 2096 | present, it must be confessed, tliey obtain the fruits of |
| 2097 | the field with less trouble than any other people in the |
| 2098 | world, the rest of the Egyptians included, since they have |
| 2099 | no need to break up the ground with the plough, nor to |
| 2100 | use the hoe, nor to do any of the work which the rest |
| 2101 | of mankind find necessary if they are to get a crop ;^ |
| 2102 | a great wonder, and would cause many |
| 2103 | houses to fall down, as in 1823. (Cp. |
| 2104 | Exod. ix. 18, where the hailstorm is |
| 2105 | not said to have been the only one, |
| 2106 | but such as was unlil^e any before it in |
| 2107 | Egypt.) The Eastern desert, between |
| 2108 | the Nile and the Eed Sea, where the |
| 2109 | mountains are higher, is frequently |
| 2110 | visited by heavy rain and thunder- |
| 2111 | storms in tine winter, though the cli- |
| 2112 | mate is drier than the valley of the |
| 2113 | Nile ; and every four or five years |
| 2114 | the torrents run down to the Eed Sea |
| 2115 | on one side and to the Nile on the |
| 2116 | other. In less than a month's time |
| 2117 | after this the beds of those torrents |
| 2118 | are covered with green herbs and nu- |
| 2119 | merous small flowers, and the Arabs |
| 2120 | take their flocks to graze there till |
| 2121 | the Khamseen winds and the hot sun |
| 2122 | of May have dried them up, and no- |
| 2123 | thing remains except a few acacia- |
| 2124 | trees and the usual hardy shrubs of |
| 2125 | those arid districts. There are scarcely |
| 2126 | any springs in the valley of the Nile, |
| 2127 | and the few found there are jirobably |
| 2128 | caused by the filtration of the Nile- |
| 2129 | water through the soil. — [G. W.] |
| 2130 | ' That the labour for growing corn |
| 2131 | was less in Egypt than in other |
| 2132 | countries is certainly true ; and in |
| 2133 | the low lands of the Delta, to which |
| 2134 | Herodotus here alludes, as well as |
| 2135 | in the hollows away from the river, |
| 2136 | near the edge of the desert, where |
| 2137 | the level of the land is the lowest, |
| 2138 | they probably dispensed with the |
| 2139 | plough, as at the present day, and |
| 2140 | simply dragged the mud with bushes |
| 2141 | aCter the seed had been thrown upon |
| 2142 | it, driving in a number of sheep. |
| 2143 | goats, or pigs, to tread in the grain ; |
| 2144 | but for other crops considerable la- |
| 2145 | bour was required in raising water |
| 2146 | to irrigate the land ; and during the |
| 2147 | summer and autumn few soils re- |
| 2148 | quire more attention than in the dry |
| 2149 | climate of Egypt. Though the fields |
| 2150 | were occasionally sown, as now, by |
| 2151 | casting the seed into the mud on the |
| p. 41 | |
| 2152 | Chap. 14. |
| 2153 | EGYPTIAN FARMING. |
| 2154 | 19 |
| 2155 | but the husbandman waits till the river has of its own |
| 2156 | accord spread itself over the fields and withdrawn |
| 2157 | retiring of the waters, this was not I sented in the agricultural scenes, |
| 2158 | the universal custom among the Egyp- both in Upper Egypt and on the |
| 2159 | tians, and the plough is always repre- 1 |
| 2160 | monuments about Memphis. The |
| 2161 | C^^r^ |
| 2162 | N |
| p. 42 | |
| 2163 | 20 |
| 2164 | TREADING IX THE GRAIN |
| 2165 | Book II. |
| 2166 | again to its bed, and then sows liis plot of ground, and |
| 2167 | after sowing turns liis swine into it — the swine tread |
| 2168 | in the corn ^ — after which he has only to await the har- |
| 2169 | furrows were not deep ; and Diodonis |
| 2170 | and Golumella say that they were |
| 2171 | contented to " trace slight furrows |
| 2172 | with a liglit plough on the surface of |
| 2173 | the land," a mode of tillage resem- |
| 2174 | bling the scarificatio of the Romans, |
| 2175 | continued in Egypt at the present |
| 2176 | day. After the ])lough followed the |
| 2177 | hoe to break the clods ; and the land |
| 2178 | having been prepared, the sower was |
| 2179 | sent in, who threw the seed broadcast |
| 2180 | over the field. The land was all open, |
| 2181 | having no hedge-rows, but merely |
| 2182 | simple land -marks to define the |
| 2183 | boundaries of a farm or field, as with |
| 2184 | the Jews (Deut. xix. 14), and some- |
| 2185 | times an estate was separated from |
| 2186 | its neighbour by a large canal, from |
| 2187 | which smaller channels distributed the |
| 2188 | water in proper directions through the |
| 2189 | fields. When the Nile was low, the |
| 2190 | water was raised by the pole and |
| 2191 | bucket, the shadoof of modern Egypt, |
| 2192 | and by other means ; and this at- |
| 2193 | tention to artificial irrigation, instead |
| 2194 | of depending for it on rain, is alluded |
| 2195 | to in Deuteronomy xi. 10. There is |
| 2196 | one instance, and one only, of men |
| 2197 | drawing the plough in Egypt. The |
| 2198 | painting, which is from a tomb at |
| 2199 | Thebes, is preserved in the Louvre. |
| 2200 | Two men are at tlie end of the pole, |
| 2201 | and two others pull a rope attached |
| 2202 | ti> the base where tlic handle, pole, and |
| 2203 | share unite ; another holds the plough |
| 2204 | as usual, and the rest of the scene is like |
| 2205 | that in otlier agricultural scenes, with |
| 2206 | the hoeing, sowing broadcast, and the |
| 2207 | harvest operations. — [G. W.J |
| 2208 | ^ Plutarch, iElian ( Nat." Animal. |
| 2209 | X. 16, on the authority of Eudoxus), |
| 2210 | and Pliny, mention this custom of |
| 2211 | treading in the gram " with pigs" |
| 2212 | in Egypt ; but no instance occurs of |
| 2213 | it in the tombs, though goats are |
| 2214 | sometimes so represented in the jiaint- |
| 2215 | ings. It is indeed more probable that |
| 2216 | pigs were turned in upon the land to |
| p. 43 | |
| 2217 | Chap. 14. |
| 2218 | WITH TIGS. |
| 2219 | 21 |
| 2220 | eat up the weeds and roots ; and a |
| 2221 | painting at Thebes, where pigs are |
| 2222 | introduced with water-plants, seems |
| 2223 | to point to this fact ; their habits |
| 2224 | were ill suited to benefit the farmer |
| 2225 | after the seed had been sown ; and to |
| 2226 | muzzle each pig, when goats or other |
| 2227 | animals abounded, would have been |
| 2228 | lost labour. In the district of Gower, |
| 2229 | in South Wales, corn is trodden in |
| 2230 | by sheep to this day. — [G. W.] |
| p. 44 | |
| 2231 | 22 |
| 2232 | NOTIONS OF THE lONIANS |
| 2233 | Book II. |
| 2234 | vest. The s^xdne serve liim also to thrash the grain,^ |
| 2235 | which is then carried to the garner. |
| 2236 | 15. If then we choose to adopt the views of the |
| 2237 | ^ The paintings show that oxen |
| 2238 | were commonly used to tread out the |
| 2239 | grain from the ear at harvest-time, |
| 2240 | and occasionally, though rarely, asses |
| 2241 | were so employed ; but pigs not being |
| 2242 | sufSciently heavy for the purpose, are' |
| 2243 | not likely to have been substituted |
| 2244 | for oxen. This process was performed, |
| 2245 | as it is still in Italy, Spain, and other |
| 2246 | coun tries, by driving the oxen (horses |
| 2247 | or mules) over the corn strewed upon |
| 2248 | the ground, or iipon a paved area near |
| 2249 | the field ; and the Jews, who also |
| 2250 | adopted it, were forbidden to muzzle |
| 2251 | the ox when treading out the corn |
| 2252 | (Deut. XXV. 4). In later times the |
| 2253 | Jews appear also to have used |
| 2254 | " threshing instruments,'' and the |
| 2255 | word dus, " treading," in the sentence |
| 2256 | "Oman was threshing wheat" (1 |
| 2257 | Chron. xxi. 20, 23), may merely have |
| 2258 | been retained from the earlier custom |
| 2259 | of triturating by oxen. Another more |
| 2260 | distinct mention of a "new sharp |
| 2261 | threshing instrument having teeth " |
| 2262 | is found in Isaiah (xli, 15), which |
| 2263 | calls to mind the Isoreg, or corn-drag, |
| 2264 | of modern Egypt, a name closely re- |
| 2265 | sembling the Hebrew Moreg, applied |
| 2266 | to the threshing instrimients of Oman |
| 2267 | (as in Isaiah), and the oxen he offered |
| 2268 | to David were doubtless those that |
| 2269 | had been yoked h> it. The modern |
| p. 45 | |
| 2270 | Chap. 15. |
| 2271 | CONCERNING EGYPT. |
| 2272 | 23 |
| 2273 | lonians * concerning Egypt, we must come to the con- |
| 2274 | clusion that the Egyptians had formerly no country at |
| 2275 | all. For the lonians say that nothing is really Egypt^ |
| 2276 | Egyptian N6re(j is drawn by two |
| 2277 | oxen, and consists of a wooden frame, |
| 2278 | with three axles, on which are lixed |
| 2279 | circular iron plates, the first and last |
| 2280 | having each four, the centre one three |
| 2281 | plates ; and these not only force out |
| 2282 | the grain but chop the straw as the |
| 2283 | machine is dragged over it. It ap- |
| 2284 | pears to be very similar to the trihu- |
| 2285 | lum of the Eomans mentioned by |
| 2286 | Varro (de Ee rustica, i. 52), who de- |
| 2287 | scribes it as " a frame made rough by |
| 2288 | stones, or pieces of iron, on which the |
| 2289 | driver or a weight was placed, and |
| 2290 | this being drawn by beasts yoked to |
| 2291 | it pressed out the grain." The " \Ao~ |
| 2292 | stemum Pcenicum " was doubtless in- |
| 2293 | troduced into Spain by the Phoe- |
| 2294 | nicians.— [G. W.J |
| 2295 | ■* Under the general expression of |
| 2296 | " lonians" in' this passage, Herodotus |
| 2297 | has been thought to mean principally, |
| 2298 | if not solelv, Hecata?us. (Miiller ad |
| 2299 | Hecat. Fragm. Fr. 295 and 296.) |
| 2300 | Col. Mure shows satisfactorily (Lite- |
| 2301 | rature of Greece, vol. iv. p. 148, note ') |
| 2302 | that this is not the case, since the per- |
| 2303 | sons here spoken of divided the world |
| 2304 | into three parts (infra, ch. 16), He- |
| 2305 | catanis into two. (See the map, note |
| 2306 | to Book iv. ch. 36.) Perhaps the al- |
| 2307 | lusion is to Anaximander, who as a |
| 2308 | geographer had preceded Hecata^us. |
| 2309 | {Strab. i. p. 10; Agathemer. i. 1.) |
| 2310 | * There is no appearance of the |
| 2311 | name " Egypt" on the ancient monu- |
| 2312 | ments, where the country is called |
| 2313 | " Chemi," represented in hierogl}"i)hics |
| 2314 | by the tail of a crocodile. Chemi, " the |
| 2315 | black land," " the land of Ham," or of |
| 2316 | Khem (the Egyptian God Pan, or the |
| 2317 | Generative principle of Nature) is said |
| 2318 | by Plutarch to ha\-e been so called from |
| 2319 | the "blackness of the soil." Khem is |
| 2320 | singularly like the Greek x^fJ-ai. Ham |
| 2321 | (Kham), the Hebrew name of the |
| 2322 | patriarch, signifies also " soot," and |
| 2323 | is like the Arabic hem, hami, " hot ;" |
| 2324 | and the Hebrew Jiom (or khom), |
| 2325 | signifying brown (or black), as in |
| 2326 | Gen. XXX. 32, 40, is also " burnt |
| 2327 | up." ^Egyptus was in old times |
| 2328 | tlie name of the Nile, which was |
| 2329 | so called by Homer (Odys. iv. 477 ; |
| 2330 | xiv. 257) ; and Strabo (xvii. p. 691) |
| 2331 | says the same was the opinion of |
| 2332 | Nearchus. Manetho pretends that |
| 2333 | the country received the name from |
| 2334 | Jilgyptus, a surname of King Sethos |
| 2335 | (or Sethi). Aristotle thinks that |
| 2336 | " J^]gypt was fonnerly called Thebes," |
| 2337 | and Herodotus states, in opposition to |
| 2338 | the opinion of the " lonians," that |
| 2339 | " Thebes (L e. the Thebaid) had of |
| 2340 | old the name of Egypt." And if this |
| 2341 | is not confirmed by the monuments, |
| 2342 | the word "Egypt" was at all events |
| 2343 | connected with Coptos, a city of the |
| 2344 | Thebaid. From Kebt, Koft, or Coptos |
| 2345 | the modern inhabitants have been |
| 2346 | called Copts : its ancient name in |
| 2347 | hieroglyphics was Kebt-hor ; and Mr. |
| 2348 | Poole is evidently right in sxipposing |
| 2349 | this to be the same as the Biblical |
| 2350 | Cai^htor. He thinks the name to be |
| 2351 | composed of A?a, " land," and Tinrros ; |
| 2352 | and to be traced in the Ai-Caphtor, |
| 2353 | " land (or coast) of Caphtor,'' in Jere- |
| 2354 | miah (xlvii. 4). The word Coptitic |
| 2355 | is found in a Gnostic papyrus, sup- |
| 2356 | posed to be of the second century (see |
| 2357 | note ^ on ch. 83). Egypt is said to have |
| 2358 | bfeen called originally Aetia, and the |
| 2359 | Nile Aetos and Siris. Upper Egypt, or |
| 2360 | the Thebaid, has even been confounded |
| 2361 | with, and called, Etliiopia : jierliaps |
| 2362 | too by Pliny (vi. 35 ; see note ® |
| 2363 | on ch. 110): Kahum (iii. 9) calls |
| 2364 | Ethiopia and Egypt the strength of |
| 2365 | No (Thebes); and Strabo says (i. p. |
| 2366 | 57) that Menelaus' journey to Ethiopia |
| 2367 | reall}- meant to Thebes. The modern |
| 2368 | name Mufsr or Mis/- is the same as |
| 2369 | the Biblical Mizraim, i. e. " the two |
| 2370 | Misrs " applied to Egypt, which cor- |
| 2371 | responds to " the two regions" of the |
| 2372 | I sculptures ; but the word Misr does |
| 2373 | not occur on the monuments. Mr. |
| 2374 | Poole notices the meaning of the |
| 2375 | Arabic Misr, " red mud," and the |
| 2376 | name Eahab, "the proud," given to |
| 2377 | Egypt in the Bible, (^f Caphtor, see |
| 2378 | Deut. ii. 23 ; Amos ix. 7. See note* |
| 2379 | on ch. 106.— [G. W.] |
| p. 46 | |
| 2380 | 24 EEFUTATION OF THE IONL\.NS. Book II. |
| 2381 | but the Delta, wliicli extends along shore from the |
| 2382 | Watch-tower of Perseus,® as it is called, to the Pelusiac |
| 2383 | Salt-pans,^ a distance of forty schoines, and stretches |
| 2384 | inland as far as the city of Cercasorus,*^ where the Nile |
| 2385 | divides into the two streams which reach the sea at |
| 2386 | Pelusium and Canobus respectively. The rest of what |
| 2387 | is accounted Egypt belongs, they say, either to Arabia |
| 2388 | or Libya. But the Delta, as the Egyptians affirm, and |
| 2389 | as I myself am j^ersuaded, is formed of the deposits of |
| 2390 | the river, and has only recently, if I may use the ex- |
| 2391 | pression, come to light. If then they had formerly no |
| 2392 | territory at all, how came they to be so extravagant as |
| 2393 | to fancy themselves the most ancient race in the world ? |
| 2394 | Surely there was no need of their making the experi- |
| 2395 | ment with the children to see what language they |
| 2396 | would first speak. But in truth I do not believe that |
| 2397 | the Egyptians came into being at the same time with |
| 2398 | the Delta, as the lonians call it ; I think they have |
| 2399 | always existed ever since the human race began ; as |
| 2400 | the land went on increasing, part of the population |
| 2401 | came down into the new country, part remained in |
| 2402 | their old settlements. In ancient times the Thebai's |
| 2403 | bore the name of Egypt, a district of which the entire |
| 2404 | circumference is but 6120 furlongs. |
| 2405 | " This tower stood to the AV. of the |
| 2406 | Cauopic mouth ; aud, as Eennell sup- |
| 2407 | poses, on the point of Aboukir, not, as |
| 2408 | Strabo thinks, on a sandy point at the |
| 2409 | Bulbitine mouth. The Canopic "was |
| 2410 | by some called the Heracleotic mouth, |
| 2411 | from the tity of Hercules (see n.' ch. |
| 2412 | 113). The name Canopus, written |
| 2413 | more correctly by Herodotus Kdvco^os, |
| 2414 | said to signify ^^pvaeov i'dafjios, has |
| 2415 | been derived from kahi noub, " golden |
| 2416 | land." The term " Canopic," api^lied |
| 2417 | to sei>ulchral vases with a human |
| 2418 | head, is quite arbitrary. — [Gr, AV.] |
| 2419 | ^ The Greek, like the modern, name |
| 2420 | of Pelusium, is thought to have been |
| 2421 | derived from the mud that surrounded |
| 2422 | it, TTyXof in Greek, and Teen in Arabic, |
| 2423 | signifying " mud." It is now called |
| 2424 | Teeneh. It is, however, very pro- |
| 2425 | bably taken from the old Egyptian |
| 2426 | name, and not Greek. Larcher con- |
| 2427 | siders the rapixfiai to be called from |
| 2428 | the embalmed mummies preserved |
| 2429 | there, but the name evidently applies |
| 2430 | to the salt-pans, as in ch. 113, where |
| 2431 | Herodotus mentions others near the |
| 2432 | Canopic mouth. — [G. W.] Lepsius |
| 2433 | suggests that Pelusium means " Phi- |
| 2434 | listine-town" (Chronologic der ^Egyp- |
| 2435 | ter, vol. i. p. 341), and regards it as so |
| 2436 | called because it was the last town |
| 2437 | held by the Hyksos, whom he believes |
| 2438 | to have been Philistines, before their |
| 2439 | final exjailsiou from Egypt. |
| 2440 | " Or Cercasorum. It is impossible |
| 2441 | to sav which form Hcrt^dotus intended. |
| p. 47 | |
| 2442 | Chap. 16, 17. TRUE BOUNDARY-LINE OF ASIA. |
| 2443 | 25 |
| 2444 | IG. If then my judgment on these matters be right, |
| 2445 | the loiiians are mistaken in what they say of Egypt. |
| 2446 | If, on the contrary, it is they who are right, then I |
| 2447 | undertake to show that neither the lonians nor any |
| 2448 | of the other Greeks know how to count. For they all |
| 2449 | say that the earth is divided into three parts, Europe, |
| 2450 | Asia, and Libya, whereas they ought to add a fourth |
| 2451 | part, the Delta of Egypt, since they do not include it |
| 2452 | either in Asia or Libya.^ For is it not their theory |
| 2453 | that the Nile separates Asia from Libya ? As the Nile |
| 2454 | therefore splits in two at the apex of the Delta, the |
| 2455 | Delta itself must be a separate country, not contained |
| 2456 | in either Asia or Libya. |
| 2457 | 17. Here I take my leave of the opinions of the |
| 2458 | lonians, and proceed to deliver my own sentiments on |
| 2459 | these subjects. I consider Egypt to be the whole coun- |
| 2460 | try inhabited by the Egyptians, just as Cilicia is the |
| 2461 | tract occupied by the Cilicians, and Assyria that j)os- |
| 2462 | sessed by the Assyrians. And I regard the only proj^er |
| 2463 | boundary-line between Libya and Asia to be that wliich |
| 2464 | is marked out by the Egyptian frontier. For if we |
| 2465 | take the boundary-line commonly received by the |
| 2466 | ^ Though Egypt really belongs to |
| 2467 | the continent of Africa, the inhabitants |
| 2468 | were certainly of Asiatic origin ; and |
| 2469 | the whole of the valley of the Nile has |
| 2470 | been peopled by the primeval ioinji- |
| 2471 | gration of a Caucasian race. This |
| 2472 | seems to be indicated also by the Bible |
| 2473 | history, where the grandsons of Noah |
| 2474 | are made the inhaliitants of Etliiopia, |
| 2475 | Egypt, Libya, and Canaan ; and Juba, |
| 2476 | according to I'liny, affirms with reason |
| 2477 | that the people of the banks of the Nile |
| 2478 | from Syene to Meroe, were not Ethio- |
| 2479 | pians (blacks) but Arabs. Till a later |
| 2480 | time half Egyj^t was ascribed to Africa, |
| 2481 | " which extended to the sources of the |
| 2482 | Nile" (Strabo, ii. p. 170), and "the |
| 2483 | Tanais and Nile weie the limits of |
| 2484 | Asia " (Plin. iii. Prooem.) ; but more |
| 2485 | reasonable people, says Strabo (i. p. |
| 2486 | •31), think the Aral)ian Gulf the proper |
| 2487 | separation of the two continents rather |
| 2488 | than the Nile. Ptolemy gives both |
| 2489 | banks of the Nile to Africa (iv. 5). |
| 2490 | Herodotus justly blames the incon- |
| 2491 | sistency of making Egypt belong to |
| 2492 | neither continent, and of considering |
| 2493 | the country and its people a new cre- |
| 2494 | ation. In Book iv. chs. 39 and 41, |
| 2495 | Herodotus does not mean to exclude |
| 2496 | Egypt both from Asia and from Libya, |
| 2497 | as he shows by mentioning the shijis |
| 2498 | of Neco sailing from the Arabian Gulf |
| 2499 | round Libya to the Mediterranean |
| 2500 | coasts of Egj'pt (ch. 42) ; he treats |
| 2501 | Libya as a distinct region, lying W. |
| 2502 | of Egypt, and makes Egypt itself the |
| 2503 | division between it and Asia. But in |
| 2504 | a geographical point of view his de- |
| 2505 | scription is very unsatisfactory. Dio- |
| 2506 | dorus seems to think that Herodotus |
| 2507 | made the Nile the boundary of Libya. |
| 2508 | — [G. W.] |
| p. 48 | |
| 2509 | 26 |
| 2510 | THE NILE, |
| 2511 | Book II. |
| 2512 | Greeks,'" we must regard Egyj)t as divided, along its |
| 2513 | whole length from Elephantine and the Cataracts to |
| 2514 | Cercasorus, into two parts, each belonging to a different |
| 2515 | portion of the world, one to Asia, the other to Libya ; |
| 2516 | since the Nile divides Egypt in two from the Cataracts |
| 2517 | to the sea, running as far as the city of Cercasorus' in a |
| 2518 | single stream, but at that point separating into three |
| 2519 | branches, whereof the one which bends eastward is |
| 2520 | '" That is, the course of the Nile ; |
| 2521 | which is made the boundary by Strabo |
| 2522 | (ii. p. 170), Mela (i. 1, 2, and 4), Uio- |
| 2523 | nysius Periegetes (1. 230), and, in one |
| 2524 | ])lace, by A2;athemer (i. 1). Scylax |
| 2525 | (Peripl. p. 105) and Pliny (H. N. v. 9) |
| 2526 | agree with Herodotus in assigning the |
| 2527 | whole of Egypt to Asia. Ptolemy |
| 2528 | (Geog. i. 1) is the first extant geo- |
| 2529 | grapher who formally assigns the Ped |
| 2530 | Sea and the Isthmus of tSuez as the |
| 2531 | true boundary. In this he is followed |
| 2532 | by the Aimenian Geography (§ 16), |
| 2533 | and, in his description of the three |
| 2534 | continents, by Agathemer (ii. 6, 7). |
| 2535 | ' Strabo calls it Cercesura, others |
| 2536 | Cercasorum. It is noticed again in |
| 2537 | chs. 15 and 97. Strabo shows it to |
| 2538 | have been in the same parallel as |
| 2539 | Heliopolis ; and Herodotus considers |
| 2540 | the Delta to end at Heliopolis (ii. 7), |
| 2541 | which brings the point of the Delta |
| 2542 | nearly opposite the present Shoobra. |
| 2543 | Here the river separated into three |
| 2544 | branches, the Pelusiac or Bubastite. |
| 2545 | to the E., the Canopic or Heracleotic |
| 2546 | to the W., and the Sebennytic which |
| 2547 | ran between them, continuing in the |
| 2548 | same general line of direction north- |
| 2549 | ward which the Nile had up to this |
| 2550 | point, and piercing the Delta through |
| 2551 | its centre. The Tanitic, which ran |
| 2552 | out of the Sebennytic, was at first the |
| 2553 | same as the Busiritic, but afterwards |
| 2554 | received the name of Tanitic, from |
| 2555 | the city of Tanis (now Sari), which |
| 2556 | stood on its eastern bank ; and between |
| 2557 | the Tanitic and Pelusiac branches |
| 2558 | was the isle of Myecphoris, which |
| 2559 | Herodotus says was opposite Bubastis |
| 2560 | (ii. 166). The Mendesian, which also |
| 2561 | ran eastward from the Sebennytic, |
| 2562 | passed by the modern town of Man- |
| 2563 | soordJi, and thence running by Mendes |
| 2564 | (from which it was called) entered the |
| 2565 | sea to the W. of the Tanitic. The |
| 2566 | Bolbitine mouth was that of the mo- |
| 2567 | dern Rosetta branch, as the Bucolic |
| 2568 | or Phatnietic was that of Damietta, |
| 2569 | and the lower parts of both these |
| 2570 | branches were artificial, or made by |
| 2571 | the hand of man ; on which account, |
| 2572 | though Herodotus mentions seven, he |
| 2573 | confines the number of the moutlis of |
| 2574 | the Nile to five. These two artificial |
| 2575 | outlets of the Nile are the only ones |
| 2576 | now remaining, the others having |
| 2577 | either disappeared, or being dry in |
| 2578 | most places during the summer ; and |
| 2579 | this fact seems to confirm an other- |
| 2580 | wise inexplicable prophecy of Isaiah |
| 2581 | (xi. 15), thought by some to apply to |
| 2582 | the Euphrates - (He) "shall smite it |
| 2583 | in its seven streams, and make men go |
| 2584 | over dry-shod." Most ancient writers |
| 2585 | agree in reckoning seven mouths, the |
| 2586 | order of which, beginning from the |
| 2587 | E., was — 1. the Pelusiac or Bubas- |
| 2588 | tite ; 2. the Sa'itic or Tanitic ; 3. the |
| 2589 | Mendesian ; 4. the Bucolic or Phat- |
| 2590 | metic (now of Damietta) ; 5. the Se- |
| 2591 | bennytic ; 6. the Bolbitine (now of |
| 2592 | Rosetta) ; 7. the Canopic or Heracle- |
| 2593 | otic ; but eleven are mentioned by |
| 2594 | Pliny, to which he adds four others |
| 2595 | called " false mouths." Most of these |
| 2596 | false mouths are described liy Strabo |
| 2597 | as very shallow, being probably dry |
| 2598 | in summer ; and there is reason to |
| 2599 | believe that the three great mouths |
| 2600 | were the Pelusiac, the Sebennytic, and |
| 2601 | the Canoi)ic, which last was originally |
| 2602 | the only one (Herod, ii. 179) which |
| 2603 | strangers were allowed to enter. See |
| 2604 | note«onch. 178.— [G. W.] |
| p. 49 | |
| 2605 | Chap. 18. |
| 2606 | AND ITS SEVEN MOUTHS. |
| 2607 | 27 |
| 2608 | called the Pelusiac moutb,^ and that which slants to |
| 2609 | the west, the Canobic. Meanwhile the straig'ht course |
| 2610 | of the stream, Avhich comes down from the upper coun- |
| 2611 | try, and meets the apex of the Delta, continues on, |
| 2612 | dividing the Delta down the middle, and emjDties itself |
| 2613 | into the sea by a mouth, which is as celebrated, and |
| 2614 | carries as large a body of water, as most of the others, |
| 2615 | the mouth called the Sebennvtic. Besides these there |
| 2616 | are two other mouths which run out of the Sebennvtic |
| 2617 | called respectively the Saitic and the Mendesian. The |
| 2618 | Bolbitine mouth, and the Bucolic, are not natural |
| 2619 | branches, but channels made by excavation. |
| 2620 | 18. My judgment as to the extent of Egypt is con- |
| 2621 | firmed by an oracle delivered at the shrine of Amnion, |
| 2622 | of which I had no knowledge at all until after I had |
| 2623 | formed my opinion. It happened that the people of |
| 2624 | the cities Marea^ and Apis, who live in the part of |
| 2625 | Egypt that borders on Libya, took a dislike to the |
| 2626 | religious usages of the country concerning sacrificial |
| 2627 | animals, and wished no longer to be restricted from |
| 2628 | eating the flesh of cows.* So, as they believed them- |
| 2629 | ^ From the Greek word for "mouth," |
| 2630 | (TTOfia, or from the Latin ostium, the |
| 2631 | Arabs have given the name osfodm |
| 2632 | or oshtodm to each of the mouths of |
| 2633 | the Nile, with its regular plural asha- |
| 2634 | teem. The o is prefixed from the |
| 2635 | repugnance of Arabic to words begin- |
| 2636 | ning with s followed by auotlier con- |
| 2637 | sonant. Thus too the French has |
| 2638 | etahle, ecole, etat, the Spanish ispejo, |
| 2639 | and even the Italian places Jo instead |
| 2640 | of il before speccldo. — [&. W.] |
| 2641 | ^ The town of Marea stood near the |
| 2642 | lake to which it gave the name Mare- |
| 2643 | otis (see note ® ch. 6). It was cele- |
| 2644 | brated for the wine produced in its |
| 2645 | vicinity, which appears to be included |
| 2646 | in the " wine of the Northern country," |
| 2647 | so often mentioned in the lists of offer- |
| 2648 | ings in the Egyptian tombs. Strabo |
| 2649 | says in this district is the gi-eatest |
| 2650 | abundance of wine, which is confinned |
| 2651 | by Athenajus, ttoXXt) Se r^ wept ttjv |
| 2652 | yTjV TavTqv afXTreXos. Virgil (Georg. |
| 2653 | ii. 91) says, " Sunt Thasiaj vites, sunt |
| 2654 | et Mareotides alba? ;" and the expres- |
| 2655 | sion of Horace, " lymphatam jflare- |
| 2656 | otico," meaning "Egyptian wine," |
| 2657 | l^oints it out as the most noted of |
| 2658 | that countr}^. Athena?us says " its |
| 2659 | colour is white, its quality excellent, |
| 2660 | and it is sweet and light, with a fra- |
| 2661 | grant bouquet, by no means astrin- |
| 2662 | gent, nor affecting the head ;" and |
| 2663 | Strabo gives it the additional merit of |
| 2664 | keeping to a great age. Athenajus, |
| 2665 | however, considers it inferior to the |
| 2666 | I'eniotic, and that of Anthylla appears |
| 2667 | to have been preferred to it and to all |
| 2668 | others. See below, n. * on ch.37, n.^ |
| 2669 | on ch. GO, and n.* on ch. 77. — [G. W.] |
| 2670 | * Though oxen were lawful food to |
| 2671 | the Egyptians, cows and heifers were |
| 2672 | forbidden to be killed, either for the |
| 2673 | altar or the table, being consecrated |
| 2674 | (not as Herodotus states, ch. 41, to Isis, |
| p. 50 | |
| 2675 | 28 |
| 2676 | EXTENT OF EGYPT. |
| 2677 | 13ooK ir. |
| 2678 | selves to be Libyans and not Egyj)tians, tbey sent to |
| 2679 | the shrine to say that, having nothing in common |
| 2680 | with the Egyptians, neither inhabiting the Delta nor |
| 2681 | using the Egyptian tongue, they claimed to be allowed |
| 2682 | to eat whatever they pleased. Their request, however, |
| 2683 | was refused by the god, who declared in reply that |
| 2684 | Egypt was the entire tract of country which the Nile |
| 2685 | overspreads and irrigates, and the Egyptians were the |
| 2686 | people who lived below Elephantine,^ and drank the |
| 2687 | waters of that river. |
| 2688 | 19. So said the oracle. Now the Nile, when it over- |
| 2689 | flows, floods not only the Delta, but also the tracts of |
| 2690 | country on both sides the stream which are thought to |
| 2691 | belong to Libya and Arabia,^ in some places reaching |
| 2692 | to the extent of two days' journey from its banks, in |
| 2693 | some even exceeding that distance, but in others falling |
| 2694 | short of it. |
| 2695 | Concerning the nature of the river, I was not able to |
| 2696 | gain any information either from the priests or from |
| 2697 | others. I was particularly anxious to learn from them |
| 2698 | why the Nile, at the commencement of the summer |
| 2699 | solstice, begins to rise,'' and continues to increase for a |
| 2700 | but as Strabo says) to Athor, who |
| 2701 | was represented under the form of a |
| 2702 | S}»tted cow, and to whose temple at |
| 2703 | Atarbecliis, " the city of Athor," as |
| 2704 | Herodotus afterwards shows, the |
| 2705 | bodies of those that died were carried |
| 2706 | {ch. 41). It is, however, very excus- |
| 2707 | able in him to confound the two God- |
| 2708 | desses, as they often assume each |
| 2709 | other's attributes, and it is then diffi- |
| 2710 | cult to distinguisli them without the |
| 2711 | hieroglypliic legends. See note* on |
| 2712 | ch. 40, and note"^ on ch. 41.— [G. W.] |
| 2713 | ' Syene and Elephantine were the |
| 2714 | real frontier of Egypt on the S. ; |
| 2715 | Egypt extending " from the tower |
| 2716 | (Migdol) of Syene " to the sea (Ezek. |
| 2717 | xxix. 10). When the frontier was ex- |
| 2718 | tended southward by the conquests of |
| 2719 | the Pharaohs, lower Ethiopia to the |
| 2720 | second cataract (the modern Nubia) |
| 2721 | was still considered out of Egypt, |
| 2722 | thougli part of its dominions; and the |
| 2723 | places there are often designated as |
| 2724 | " foreign."— [G. W.] |
| 2725 | " By the " tracts thought to belong |
| 2726 | to Libya and Arabia," Herodotus |
| 2727 | means the lands about the lake Mare- |
| 2728 | otis, and those on the canal which |
| 2729 | communicated with the Red Sea, as |
| 2730 | well as on the E. bank of the Pelusiac |
| 2731 | branch.— [G. W.] |
| 2732 | ' Herodotus was surprised that the |
| 2733 | Nile should rise in the summer sol- |
| 2734 | stice and become low in winter. In |
| 2735 | the latitude of Memphis it begins to |
| 2736 | rise at the end of Jime, about the |
| 2737 | 10th of August it attains to the height |
| 2738 | requisite for cutting the canals and |
| 2739 | admitting it into the interior of the |
| 2740 | plain ; and it is generally at its high- |
| 2741 | est about the end of September. This |
| p. 51 | |
| 2742 | Chap, 19. |
| 2743 | CAUSE OF THE INUNDATION. |
| 2744 | 29 |
| 2745 | linndred days — and why, as soon as that number is past, |
| 2746 | it forthwith retires and contracts its stream, continuing |
| 2747 | low during the whole of the winter until the summer |
| 2748 | solstice comes round again. On none of these points |
| 2749 | could I obtain any explanation from the inhabitants,* |
| 2750 | makes from 92 to 100 days, as Hero- |
| 2751 | dotus states. At the Cataracts the |
| 2752 | first rise is perceived some time sooner, |
| 2753 | about the end of May or the beginning |
| 2754 | of June, which led Seneca to say that |
| 2755 | "the first increase of the Nile was |
| 2756 | observable about the islands of Phila\" |
| 2757 | But in proportion as yon go higher |
| 2758 | into Ethiopia, the inundation is earlier, |
| 2759 | and at Khartoom it begins about the |
| 2760 | 2nd of May, or, according to some, |
| 2761 | " early in April." But it sometimes |
| 2762 | happens that it rises a little and then |
| 2763 | falls again before the regular inunda- |
| 2764 | tion sets in, which is owing to partial |
| 2765 | rains in the upper part of its couise. |
| 2766 | In Egypt the first change from the |
| 2767 | pi'evious clearness of the stream in |
| 2768 | May is observed in its red and turbid |
| 2769 | colour, and it soon afterwards assumes |
| 2770 | a green appearance, when the water |
| 2771 | is no longer considered wholesome. |
| 2772 | For this reason a sup]ily previously |
| 2773 | laid up in jars was then used by the |
| 2774 | ancient Egyj^tians until it re-assumed |
| 2775 | a turbid but wholesome red colour ; |
| 2776 | which explains a remark of Aristides |
| 2777 | (Orat. Egypt, vol. ii.) that the Egyp- |
| 2778 | tians are the only people who preserve |
| 2779 | water in jars, and calculate its age as |
| 2780 | others do that of wine. It was not long |
| 2781 | before the water of the river became |
| 2782 | wholesome again, and the latter part |
| 2783 | of his assertion, respecting its improve- |
| 2784 | ment by age when preserved in jars, is |
| 2785 | only one of those antitheses in which |
| 2786 | the Greeks delighted. In large reser- |
| 2787 | voirs it may be kept two or three |
| 2788 | years, as in some houses of Cairo, but |
| 2789 | not inijiroved like wine. Though |
| 2790 | very wholesome, the water of the Nile |
| 2791 | sometimes disagrees for a few days |
| 2792 | with strangers, or with persons who |
| 2793 | have sojourned for a few months in |
| 2794 | the desert ; which accounts for the |
| 2795 | Persians having brought water into |
| 2796 | Egypt from Asia, and agrees with the |
| 2797 | remark of Athcnanis (Deipn. ii. p. 41), |
| 2798 | who attributes it to the nitre it con- |
| 2799 | tains. On the supposed causes of the |
| 2800 | inundation, see Eur. Hel. i. 3 ; Athen. |
| 2801 | ii. p. 278 seq. ed. Bip. ; and Palme- |
| 2802 | rius n. in Oudendorji's Lucan, b. x. |
| 2803 | 215 seq.-[G. W.] |
| 2804 | ^ The cause of the inundation is |
| 2805 | the water that falls during the rainy |
| 2806 | season in Abyssinia ; and the range |
| 2807 | of the tropical rains extends even as |
| 2808 | far N. as latitude 17" 43'. Homer |
| 2809 | was therefore right in giving to the |
| 2810 | Nile the e2:)ithet of buTrereos voTafiolo, |
| 2811 | and the passages quoted from the |
| 2812 | Koran relating to " the water sent |
| 2813 | by God from Heaven," inscribed on |
| 2814 | the Nilometer of the isle of Pioda, |
| 2815 | show that the Arabs were at a very |
| 2816 | early time correctly informed respect- |
| 2817 | ing the cause of the inundation. In |
| 2818 | the highlands of Abyssinia the rains |
| 2819 | continue from the middle of June to |
| 2820 | the middle of September, but at the |
| 2821 | sources of the While river the rains |
| 2822 | seem to set in about the middle of |
| 2823 | March, and also to last three months. |
| 2824 | The Bahr-el-Azrek, together with the |
| 2825 | more northerly Atbara, and their tri- |
| 2826 | butary streams, continue their supply |
| 2827 | of water from Abyssinia imtil the end |
| 2828 | of the inundation. The two main |
| 2829 | branches of the Southern Nile are the |
| 2830 | Bahr-el-A'biad and the Bahr-el-Az- |
| 2831 | rek, which unite at the modern Khar- |
| 2832 | toom, a new town on the point of |
| 2833 | land, about IBO miles to the N. of |
| 2834 | Sennar ; but though the latter is the |
| 2835 | smaller of the two, it is the one which |
| 2836 | 2)ossesses the real characteristics of |
| 2837 | the Nile, having the same black allu- |
| 2838 | vial deposit, and the same beneficent |
| 2839 | properties when it inundates the land. |
| 2840 | The AVhite river, on the contrary, has |
| 2841 | a totally difTerent character, and its |
| 2842 | waters ]iossess none of those fertilizing |
| 2843 | qualities for which the Nile is cele- |
| 2844 | brated ; and this is probably the |
| 2845 | reason why the source of the Abys- |
| p. 52 | |
| 2846 | 30 |
| 2847 | THEORIES OF THE GREEKS. |
| 2848 | Book IT. |
| 2849 | though I made every inquiry, wishing to know what |
| 2850 | was commonly reported — they could neither tell me |
| 2851 | what special virtue the Nile has which makes it so |
| 2852 | opposite in its nature to all other streams, nor why, |
| 2853 | unlike every other river, it gives forth no hreezes ® from |
| 2854 | its surface. |
| 2855 | 20. Some of the Greeks, however, wishing to get a |
| 2856 | sinian iDranch has teen so often looked |
| 2857 | u^ion as the real " fountain of the |
| 2858 | Nile." The names (Bahr el) Ahiacl |
| 2859 | and Azrek appear to signify the |
| 2860 | "white" and "black" rather than |
| 2861 | the "white" and "blue" (river). |
| 2862 | For though Aswed is commonly put |
| 2863 | in opposition to Abiad (as " black " |
| 2864 | and " white)," Azrek, which is pro- |
| 2865 | perh' "blue," is also used for what |
| 2866 | we call "jet black ;" and Hossdn Az- |
| 2867 | rek is a " dark black," not a " blue |
| 2868 | horse." It is true that " blue " is |
| 2869 | applied to rivers, as Nil ah, " blue |
| 2870 | water " (or " river") to the Indus, and |
| 2871 | the Sutlej is still the "blue river;" |
| 2872 | but the name Azrek seems to be given |
| 2873 | to the Abyssinian branch to distin- |
| 2874 | guish it from the AVestem or White |
| 2875 | Nile. Neel, or Nil, itself signifies |
| 2876 | "blue," and indigo is therefore "Nee- |
| 2877 | leh ;" biit the word is Indian not |
| 2878 | Arabic, Nila in Sanscrit being " blue." |
| 2879 | Though the Greeks called the river |
| 2880 | " Nile," as the Arabs do, that name is |
| 2881 | not found in the hieroglyi^hics, where |
| 2882 | the God Nilus and the river are both |
| 2883 | called " Hapi." The Hindoo Puranas |
| 2884 | also call the Nile " A7Za," but it was |
| 2885 | not an old Egyptian name, and those |
| 2886 | writings are of late date. It is called |
| 2887 | in Coptic iaro, " river," or io7n, " sea " |
| 2888 | (cp. 'QKeavos), analogous to the modern |
| 2889 | Arabic name bahr, " river," properly |
| 2890 | "sea" (see note ' on ch. 111). Nahum |
| 2891 | (iii. 3) speaks of "populous No |
| 2892 | (Thebes) whose rampart was the sea.'^ |
| 2893 | The resemblance of the |
| 2894 | Q J name Hapi, " Nilus," |
| 2895 | m "^ ■ and the bull-God Hapi |
| 2896 | w ^ <^ or Apis (see ch. 28, B. |
| 2897 | -A. ■ V iii.) recalls the Greek |
| 2898 | representation of a |
| 2899 | the form of a bull. |
| 2900 | under |
| 2901 | river |
| 2902 | like the Acheloiis and others (see |
| 2903 | ^lian Var. Hist. ii. 33). Nilus is not |
| 2904 | taken from Nahr or Nahl, "river;" |
| 2905 | but Nahr, " river," is applied to the |
| 2906 | Euphrates, and Nahl to a ravine or |
| 2907 | torrent-bed, as (in 2 Kings xxiv. 7) |
| 2908 | to the ''to7rens jEgypti.''^ Nahl is |
| 2909 | not a "river," but, like Nullah, a |
| 2910 | " ravine," in India. Cp. Nahr, Nar, |
| 2911 | Naro, and other names of rivers, the |
| 2912 | Nereids, &c. (Seen.^'on ch. 50.) For |
| 2913 | black applied to water, cp. [xeXav vdap |
| 2914 | of Homer. The Nile was said to have |
| 2915 | received its name from King Nilus, but |
| 2916 | this is doubtless a fable ; and Homer |
| 2917 | calls it -^gj-ptus. The sources of the |
| 2918 | White Nile are still unknown ; and |
| 2919 | recent discoveries seem to assign a |
| 2920 | different position from that conjectured |
| 2921 | by the explorers sent by Mohammed |
| 2922 | Ali, who brought it from the eastward, |
| 2923 | at the back or S. of the Galla moun- |
| 2924 | tains ; as did a very intelligent native |
| 2925 | of the Jimma countiy I met at Cairo, |
| 2926 | who afSrmed that he had crossed the |
| 2927 | White river in going from his native |
| 2928 | land to Adderay or Huniir and the So- |
| 2929 | mauli district, on his way to the port |
| 2930 | of Berbera. Seneca's description of the |
| 2931 | Upper Nile, "magnas solitudines per- |
| 2932 | vagatus, et in paludes diiiusns, gen- |
| 2933 | tibus sparsus," might suit the cha- |
| 2934 | racter of the White Nile, though he |
| 2935 | is wrong in supposing it only assumed |
| 2936 | a new one bv forming a single stream |
| 2937 | " about Philffi." See Nat. Qua>st. b, |
| 2938 | iv. s. 2 ; cp. Plin. vi. 30.— [G. AV.] |
| 2939 | ^ If this signifies that breezes are |
| 2940 | not generated by, and do not rise |
| 2941 | from, the Nile, it is true ; but not if |
| 2942 | it means that a current of air does |
| 2943 | not blow up the valley. Diodoms |
| 2944 | (i. 38) is wrong in stating that " the |
| 2945 | Nile has no clouds about it, does not |
| 2946 | engender c«ld winds, and has no |
| 2947 | fogs." The fogs are often very thick. |
| p. 53 | |
| 2948 | Chap. 20, 21. THE ETESIAN WINDS— THE OCEAN. |
| 2949 | 31 |
| 2950 | reputation for cleverness, have offered explanations of |
| 2951 | the j)henomena of the river, for which they have ac- |
| 2952 | counted in three different ways. Two of these I do not |
| 2953 | think it worth Avhile to speak of, further than simply |
| 2954 | to mention what they are. One pretends that the |
| 2955 | Etesian winds ^ cause the rise of the river by pre- |
| 2956 | venting the Nile-water from running off into the sea. |
| 2957 | But in the first place it has often happened, when the |
| 2958 | Etesian winds did not blow, that the Nile has risen |
| 2959 | according to its usual wont ; and further, if the |
| 2960 | Etesian winds produced the effect, the other rivers |
| 2961 | which flow in a direction opposite to those winds ought |
| 2962 | to present the same phenomena as the Nile, and the |
| 2963 | more so as they are all smaller streams, and have a |
| 2964 | weaker current. But these rivers, of which there are |
| 2965 | many both in Syria^ and Libya, are entirely unlike the |
| 2966 | Nile in this respect. |
| 2967 | 21. The second opinion is even more unscientific |
| 2968 | than the one just mentioned, and also, if I may so say, |
| 2969 | more marvellous. It is that the Nile acts so strangely, |
| 2970 | because it flows from the ocean, and that the ocean |
| 2971 | flows all round the earth .^ |
| 2972 | thousjh they disappear before mid- |
| 2973 | day.—[G. W.] |
| 2974 | ' The annual N.W. winds blow |
| 2975 | from the Mediterranean during the |
| 2976 | inundation ; but they are not the |
| 2977 | cause of the rise of the Nile, though |
| 2978 | they help in a small degree to impede |
| 2979 | its course northwards. For the navi- |
| 2980 | gation of the river they are invalu- |
| 2981 | able, as well as for the health of the |
| 2982 | inhabitants ; and a very large boat |
| 2983 | could scarcely ascend the river during |
| 2984 | the immdation miless aided by them. |
| 2985 | Nor can they be said to cause the in- |
| 2986 | undation by driving the clouds to |
| 2987 | Abyssinia, as the rise of the Nile |
| 2988 | begins before they set in, though |
| 2989 | they may add to the water by later |
| 2990 | showers. — ' Gr. W.j |
| 2991 | ^ It is possible to justify this state- |
| 2992 | ment, which at first sight seems un- |
| 2993 | true, by considering that the direction |
| 2994 | of the Etesian winds was north-iuest- |
| 2995 | erly rather than north. (Arist. Me- |
| 2996 | teor, ii. 6 ; Diod. Sic. i. 39.) This was |
| 2997 | natural, as they are caused by the rush |
| 2998 | of the air from the ^Mediterranean and |
| 2999 | Egean, to fill up the vacuum caused |
| 3000 | by the rarefaction of the atmosphere |
| 3001 | over tlie desert lands in the neigh- |
| 3002 | bourhood of the sea, which desert |
| 3003 | lands lie as much in Syria and Arabia |
| 3004 | on the east, as in Africa on the south. |
| 3005 | Though Syria therefore has only a |
| 3006 | torrent-bed generally dry (the Wady |
| 3007 | el Arish, or River of Egypt) which |
| 3008 | faces the north, it has many rivers |
| 3009 | which the Etesian winds might affect |
| 3010 | — all those, namelj', which face the |
| 3011 | west, |
| 3012 | =• That the Nile flowed from the |
| 3013 | ocean, and that the ocean flowed all |
| p. 54 | |
| 3014 | 32 |
| 3015 | MELTED SNOW. |
| 3016 | Book II. |
| 3017 | 22. The thii'd explaiiation, which is very much more |
| 3018 | plausible than either of the others, is positively the |
| 3019 | furthest from the truth ; for there is really nothing in |
| 3020 | what it says, any more than in the other theories. |
| 3021 | It is, that the inundation of the Nile is caused by |
| 3022 | the melting of snows.* Now, as the Nile flows out |
| 3023 | of Libya,^ through Ethiopia, into Egypt, how is it |
| 3024 | possible that it can be formed of melted snow, running, |
| 3025 | as it does, from the hottest regions of the world into |
| 3026 | cooler countries ? Many are the proofs whereby any |
| 3027 | one capable of reasoning on the subject may be con- |
| 3028 | vinced that it is most unlikelv this should be the case. |
| 3029 | The first and strongest argument is furnished by the |
| 3030 | winds, which always blow hot from these regions. |
| 3031 | The second is, that rain and frost are unkno^ai there. ^ |
| 3032 | round the earth, were certainly opi- |
| 3033 | nions of Hecatanis (Fr. 278). It is |
| 3034 | prohahle, therefore, that his account |
| 3035 | of the inundation is here intended. |
| 3036 | * Tliis was the opinion of Anaxa- |
| 3037 | goras, as well as of his pupil Euripides |
| 3038 | and others. (Diodor. i. 38 ; Euripid. |
| 3039 | Helena, begs. ; Seneca, Nat. Quajst. |
| 3040 | W. 2 ; Ptol. Geog. iv. 9.) Herodotus |
| 3041 | and Diodorus are wrong in supposing |
| 3042 | snow could not be found on mountains |
| 3043 | in the hot climate of Africa ; per- |
| 3044 | petual snow is not confined to certain |
| 3045 | latitudes ; and ancient and modern |
| 3046 | discoveries prove that it is found in |
| 3047 | the ranges S. of Abyssinia. Nor is the |
| 3048 | heat alwaj-s there what Herodotus |
| 3049 | imagines, and the cold of winter is |
| 3050 | often sensibly felt in the plains of |
| 3051 | Ethiopia aliout Gebel Birkel, far dis- |
| 3052 | tant from liigh mountains, though the |
| 3053 | thermometer does not range below |
| 3054 | freezing. " The lower limit of per- |
| 3055 | petual snow is not a mere function of |
| 3056 | geographical latitude, or of mean an- |
| 3057 | nual temperature ; nor is it at the |
| 3058 | ecpiator, or even within the tropics, |
| 3059 | that the snow-line reaches its greatest |
| 3060 | elevation above the level of the sea." |
| 3061 | (Humlioldt, Cosmos, i. p. 328.) At |
| 3062 | the equator, on the Andes of Quito, |
| 3063 | tlie limit is at 15,790 feet above the |
| 3064 | sea ; on the southern declivity of the |
| 3065 | Himalaya it lies at 12,982 feet, and |
| 3066 | on the northern declivity at 16,030 ; |
| 3067 | and the volcano of Aconcagua in lat. |
| 3068 | 32° 30', which was found " to be more |
| 3069 | than 1400 ft. higher than Chimborazo, |
| 3070 | was once seen free from snow." (ji. |
| 3071 | 329.) See also Lyell's Pr. of Geology, |
| 3072 | c. vii.— [G. W.] |
| 3073 | ^ That is from Central Africa, Avhich |
| 3074 | was and still is the opinion of some |
| 3075 | geographers. Ihere apjiears more rea- |
| 3076 | son to place the source of the " White |
| 3077 | Nile " to the S. of the Abyssinian |
| 3078 | ranges, between lat. 7° and 8° N. ; |
| 3079 | thougli a branch does come from the |
| 3080 | "W., called Adda or Jengeh, which |
| 3081 | seem to be two names of the same |
| 3082 | stream. — [G. W\j |
| 3083 | ® Herodotus was not aware of the |
| 3084 | rainy season in Sennar and the S.S.W. |
| 3085 | of Abyssinia, nor did he know of the |
| 3086 | Abyssinian snow which is mentioned |
| 3087 | in the inscription of Ptolemy Phila- |
| 3088 | delphus at Adulis, on the mountains |
| 3089 | beyond the Nile, " to tlie depth of a |
| 3090 | man's knee." (See Plin. vi. 34, and |
| 3091 | Vincent's Periphis.) The tropical rains |
| 3092 | do not extend as far N. as the Dar |
| 3093 | Shege'eh (Shaike'eh) and the great bend |
| 3094 | of the Nile, where showers and storms |
| 3095 | only occur occasionalh% generally |
| p. 55 | |
| 3096 | Chap. 22. |
| 3097 | NO SNOW IN CENTRAL LIBYA. |
| 3098 | 33 |
| 3099 | Now, whenever snow falls, it must of necessity rain |
| 3100 | within five days ;'^ so that, if there w^ere snow, there |
| 3101 | must be rain also in those parts. Thirdly, it is certain |
| 3102 | that the natives of the country are black with the |
| 3103 | heat, that the kites and the swallows remain there |
| 3104 | the whole year, and that the cranes, when they fly |
| 3105 | from the rigours of a Scythian winter, flock thither to |
| 3106 | pass the cold season.^ If then, in the country whence |
| 3107 | about the be2;iimiug of the inundation, |
| 3108 | and where a whole |
| 3109 | passes without |
| 3110 | year soinetunes |
| 3111 | rain. The tropical |
| 3112 | i-ains begin about the end of March or |
| 3113 | begiiuiing of April on the White Nile |
| 3114 | in lat. 4° N., and both the White and |
| 3115 | Blue Niles begin to rise at Khartoom |
| 3116 | the first week in May. The climate |
| 3117 | there is then very unhealthy, even |
| 3118 | for the natives. The rain falls for |
| 3119 | many hours, but with intervals of |
| 3120 | clear weather and a strong sun, raising |
| 3121 | a vapour that causes a bad fever. The |
| 3122 | vegetation is very rapid and luxurious. |
| 3123 | That part of the valley immediately |
| 3124 | to the N. of the range of the rains is |
| 3125 | then infested with clouds of flies — a |
| 3126 | perfect plague — but they do not ex- |
| 3127 | tend into the desert. Philostratus |
| 3128 | (Vit. Apoll. Tyan. ii. 9) says he does |
| 3129 | "not mean to gainsay the snows of |
| 3130 | the Ethiopians, or the hills of the |
| 3131 | Catadupi ;" but he evidently disbe- |
| 3132 | lieves the accounts given of them. |
| 3133 | The cause of the two branches rising |
| 3134 | at the same time at Khartoom is the |
| 3135 | rain that falls at no great distance |
| 3136 | from that spot. The effect of the more |
| 3137 | southerly rains is felt afterwards. Cal- |
| 3138 | listhenes, the pupil of Aristotle, and |
| 3139 | afterwards Agatharcides and Strabo |
| 3140 | attributed the inundation to the rainy |
| 3141 | season in Ethiopia ; and correctly, for |
| 3142 | it is caused by this, and not by the |
| 3143 | melting of snow. See Athena^us, Epit. |
| 3144 | ii, 89 ; Diod. i. 41 ; Strabo, xvii. p. |
| 3145 | 1121.— [G. W.] |
| 3146 | ^ I have found nothing in any |
| 3147 | writer, ancient or mt)dern, to confirm, |
| 3148 | or so much as to cxi)lain, this asser- |
| 3149 | tion. Aulus Gellius seems to have |
| 3150 | noticed it as an instance of "over |
| 3151 | rapid generalisation " (Epitom. lib. |
| 3152 | VOL. II. |
| 3153 | viii. c. 3) ; but his remarks on the |
| 3154 | subject are lost. It does not appear |
| 3155 | that at present, either in Asia Minor |
| 3156 | or in Soutliern Italy, rain necessarily |
| 3157 | follows snow within a certain number |
| 3158 | of days. But the meteorology of the |
| 3159 | countries bordering on the Mediter- |
| 3160 | ranean has no doubt undergone great |
| 3161 | changes since the time of Herodotus. |
| 3162 | In some parts of England tliere is a |
| 3163 | saying, that " three days of white |
| 3164 | frost are sure to bring rain." |
| 3165 | * Cranes and other wading birds |
| 3166 | are found, in the winter, in Upper |
| 3167 | Egypt, but far more in Ethiopia, and |
| 3168 | in spring immense flights of storks |
| 3169 | (Cicauia alba') collect together, which |
| 3170 | after soaring round in circles at a |
| 3171 | great height, return for the sumUiCr to |
| 3172 | the N. From the migration of cranes |
| 3173 | to Ethiopia arose the fable of the Cranes |
| 3174 | and Pygmies. The Ardea cinerea and |
| 3175 | garzetta, the platalea or spoonbill, the |
| 3176 | pelican, and some others remain the |
| 3177 | whole year in Egypt. The Grus cine- |
| 3178 | rea winters in Ethiopia about Gebel |
| 3179 | Berkel. This last lias been strangely |
| 3180 | mistaken for an ostrich at Beni Hassan, |
| 3181 | and is probably the Grus undeter- |
| 3182 | mined by Pickering (p. 169). The Ibis |
| 3183 | is rarely seen except near the Lake |
| 3184 | Menzaleh, where ducks, coots, and nu- |
| 3185 | merous water-fowl abound. The avocet |
| 3186 | was a native of Egypt as early as the |
| 3187 | I'ith dynasty. Tlie Numidian demoi- |
| 3188 | selle (ij);?/u'o/(0?V/es Virgo) is found, but |
| 3189 | not common, in Upper Egypt. Kites |
| 3190 | remain all the winter, and swallows |
| 3191 | also, though in small numbers, even at |
| 3192 | Thebes. The swallow was always the |
| 3193 | harliinger of spring, as in Greece and |
| 3194 | the rest of Europe ; and the subject is |
| 3195 | re]:»resented on Greek vases, where a |
| p. 56 | |
| 3196 | 34 |
| 3197 | TRUE REASON OF THE NILE'S SWELLING. Book II. |
| 3198 | the Nile has its source, or in that through which it |
| 3199 | flows, there fell ever so little snow, it is absolutely |
| 3200 | impossible that any of these circumstances could take |
| 3201 | place. |
| 3202 | 23. As for the writer who attributes the phenomenon |
| 3203 | to the ocean,® his account is involved in such obscurity, |
| 3204 | that it is impossible to disprove it by argument. For |
| 3205 | my part I know of. no river called Ocean, and I think |
| 3206 | that Homer, or one of the earlier poets, invented the |
| 3207 | name, and introduced it into his poetry. |
| 3208 | 24. Perhaps, after censuring all the opinions that |
| 3209 | have been put forward on this obscure subject, one |
| 3210 | ought to propose some theory of one's own. I will |
| 3211 | therefore proceed to explain what I think to be the |
| 3212 | reason of the Nile's swelling in the summer time. |
| 3213 | During the winter, the sun is driven out of his usual |
| 3214 | course by the storms, and removes to the upper parts of |
| 3215 | Libya. This is the whole secret in the fewest possible |
| 3216 | youth exclaims " Behold the swallow!" |
| 3217 | and another answers " Then it is now |
| 3218 | sprino;." (See Panofka's Bilder ant. |
| 3219 | Lebens, pi. xvii. fig. 6.) Boys (as |
| 3220 | Mr. Cumby observes) went about in |
| 3221 | Rhodes to collect gifts on tlie return |
| 3222 | of the swallow, as for the " grotto " |
| 3223 | at the beginning of our oyster season, |
| 3224 | though with greater pretensions, as |
| 3225 | Athenajus, quoting Theognis, shows |
| 3226 | (viii. p. 360), since they sometimes |
| 3227 | threatened to carry ofl" what was not |
| 3228 | granted to their request : — " We will |
| 3229 | go away if yon give us something ; |
| 3230 | if not, we will never let you alone. |
| 3231 | We will either carry off the door, or |
| 3232 | the lintel, or the woman who sits |
| 3233 | within ; she is small, and we can easily |
| 3234 | lift her. If you give any gift, let it |
| 3235 | be large. Open, open the door to the |
| 3236 | swallow, for we are not old men, but |
| 3237 | boys."— [G. W.] |
| 3238 | " The person to whom Herodotus |
| 3239 | alludes is Hecattv!us. He mentions |
| 3240 | it also as an opinion of the Greeks of |
| 3241 | Bontns, that the ocean flowed round |
| 3242 | the whole earth (B. iv. ch. 8). That the |
| 3243 | Nile flowed from the Ocean was main- |
| 3244 | tained by Hecataius, and by Euthy- |
| 3245 | menes of Marseilles (Pint, de PI. |
| 3246 | Phil, iv . 1), who related that, " hav- |
| 3247 | ing sailed round Africa, he found, as |
| 3248 | long as the Etesian winds blew, the |
| 3249 | water forced into the Nile caused it |
| 3250 | to overflow, and that when they |
| 3251 | ceased, the Nile, no longer receiving |
| 3252 | that impulse, subsided again. The |
| 3253 | taste of tlie water of the sea was also |
| 3254 | sweet, and the animals similar to |
| 3255 | those in the Nile." This mistake was |
| 3256 | owing to another river on the coast of |
| 3257 | Africa having been foimd to produce |
| 3258 | crocodiles and hippopotami. The name |
| 3259 | "Ocean" having be?n giveu by the |
| 3260 | Egyptians to the Nile does not appear |
| 3261 | to be connected with the remark of |
| 3262 | Herodotus, as it is not noticed hy him |
| 3263 | but by Diodorus (i. 96), and Herodotus |
| 3264 | says he "never knew of a river being |
| 3265 | called Ocean." We see from Pint. |
| 3266 | Plac. Ph. iv. 1, that Eudoxus knew |
| 3267 | that the summer and winter seasons |
| 3268 | were different in the N. and S. hemi- |
| 3269 | spheres.— [G, W.] |
| p. 57 | |
| 3270 | Chap. 23-25. THE SUN DRIVEN SOUTHWARD IN WINTER. 35 |
| 3271 | words ; for it stands to reason that the country to which |
| 3272 | the Sun-god approaches the nearest, and which he passes |
| 3273 | most directly over, will be scantest of water, and that |
| 3274 | there the streams which feed the rivers will shrink the |
| 3275 | most. |
| 3276 | 25. To explain, however, more at length, the case is |
| 3277 | this. The sun, in his passage across the upper parts of |
| 3278 | Libya, affects them in the following way. As the air |
| 3279 | in those regions is constantly clear, and the country |
| 3280 | warm through the absence of cold winds, the sun in his |
| 3281 | passage across them acts upon them exactly as he is |
| 3282 | wont to act elsewhere in summer, when his path is in |
| 3283 | the middle of heaven — that is, he attracts the water. ^ |
| 3284 | After attracting it, he again repels it into the upper |
| 3285 | regions, where the winds lay hold of it, scatter it, and |
| 3286 | reduce it to a vapour, whence it naturally enough |
| 3287 | comes to pass that the winds which blow from this |
| 3288 | quarter — the south and south-west — are of all winds the |
| 3289 | most rainy. And my own opinion is that the sun does |
| 3290 | not get rid of all the water which he draws year by |
| 3291 | year from the Nile, but retains some about him. When |
| 3292 | the winter begins to soften, the sun goes back again to |
| 3293 | his old place in the middle of the heaven, and proceeds |
| 3294 | to attract water equally from all countries. Till then |
| 3295 | the other rivers run big, from the quantity of rain-water |
| 3296 | which they bring down from countries where so much |
| 3297 | moisture falls that all the land is cut into gullies ; but |
| 3298 | in summer, when the showers fail, and the sun attracts |
| 3299 | their water, they become low. The Nile, on the con- |
| 3300 | trary, not deriving any of its bulk from rains, and being |
| 3301 | in winter subject to the attraction of the sun, naturally |
| 3302 | runs at that season, unlike all other streams, with a less |
| 3303 | ' Herodotus does not here allude to |
| 3304 | the old notion of the sun being "/ecZ |
| 3305 | by water," but to the moisture it |
| 3306 | attracts which is carried by the winds |
| 3307 | to the S., and then returned in the |
| 3308 | form of rain by the southerly winds. |
| 3309 | Compare Aristot. Meteor, ii. 2 ; Ana- |
| 3310 | creon, Od. xix. Trivfi. ... 6 S' rjXios |
| 3311 | 6aka(T<Tav, Cic. Nat. Deer. b. ii.— |
| 3312 | [G. W.J |
| 3313 | D 2 |
| p. 58 | |
| 3314 | 36 |
| 3315 | SOURCES OF THE NILE. |
| 3316 | Book II. |
| 3317 | burthen of water tlian in tlie summer time. For in |
| 3318 | summer it is exposed to attraction equally with all other |
| 3319 | rivers, but in winter it suffers alone. The sun, there- |
| 3320 | fore, I regard as the sole cause of the phenomenon. |
| 3321 | 26. It is the sun also, in my opinion,which, by heating |
| 3322 | the space through which it passes, makes the air in Egypt |
| 3323 | so dry. There is thus perpetual summer in the upper |
| 3324 | parts of Libya. Were the position of the heavenly |
| 3325 | regions reversed, so that the place where now the north |
| 3326 | wind and the winter have their dwelling became the |
| 3327 | station of the south wind and of the noon-day, while, |
| 3328 | on the other hand, the station of the south wind became |
| 3329 | that of the north, the consequence would be that the |
| 3330 | sun, driven from the mid-heaven by the winter and the |
| 3331 | northern gales, would betake himself to the upper parts |
| 3332 | of Europe, as he now does to those of Libya, and then |
| 3333 | I believe his passage across Europe would affect the |
| 3334 | Ister exactly as the Nile is affected at the present day. |
| 3335 | 27. Andwith respect to the fact that no breeze blows |
| 3336 | from the Nile, I am of opinion that no wind is likely |
| 3337 | to arise m very hot countries, for breezes love to blow |
| 3338 | from some cold quarter. |
| 3339 | 28. Let us leave these things, however, to their |
| 3340 | natural course, to continue as they are and have been |
| 3341 | from the beginning. With regard to the sources of the |
| 3342 | Nile,^ I have found no one among all those with whom |
| 3343 | * The sources of the great eastern |
| 3344 | branch of the Nile have long been |
| 3345 | \ discovered . They were first visited by |
| 3346 | the Portuguese Jesuit, Father Loho, |
| 3347 | and afterwards by Bruce ; those of |
| 3348 | the White river are still luiknown |
| 3349 | (see above n. ^ on oh. 19). Herodotus |
| 3350 | affirms that of all the persons |
| 3351 | he had consulted, none pretended to |
| 3352 | give liini any information about the |
| 3353 | sources, except a scribe of the sacred |
| 3354 | treasury of Minerva at Sa'is, who said |
| 3355 | it rose from a certain abyss beneath |
| 3356 | two pointed hills between Syene and |
| 3357 | Filcpliantine. This is an important |
| 3358 | passage in his nairative, as it involves |
| 3359 | the question of his having visited |
| 3360 | the Thebaid. He soon afterwards |
| 3361 | (ch. 29) asserts that " as far as Ele- |
| 3362 | phantine he was an eye-witness " of |
| 3363 | what he describes ; and yet, though |
| 3364 | so much interested about this great |
| 3365 | question, and persuaded that the |
| 3366 | hierogrammat of Sais was joking, he |
| 3367 | did not when at Elejihantine look or |
| 3368 | inquire whether the Nile actually rose |
| 3369 | beneath the peaked hills of Crophi |
| 3370 | and Mophi, nor detect the fallacy of |
| 3371 | the story alx3ut the river flowing from |
| 3372 | the same soiu'ce northwards into |
| p. 59 | |
| 3373 | Chap. 26-28. STATEMENT BY THE SCRIBE OF SAIS. |
| 3374 | 37 |
| 3375 | I have conversed, whether Egyptians, Libyans, or |
| 3376 | Greeks,^ who professed to have any knowledge, except |
| 3377 | a single person. He was the scribe* who kept the |
| 3378 | reo'ister of the sacred treasures of Minerva in the citv of |
| 3379 | Sai's, and he did not seem to me to be in earnest when |
| 3380 | Egypt and southwards into Ethiopia. |
| 3381 | Its course was as well l^no^^^l in his |
| 3382 | day at Elephantine as now. This, and |
| 3383 | the fact of his making so much of the |
| 3384 | Labyrinth, wlien the monuments of |
| 3385 | Thebes would have excited his admi- |
| 3386 | ration in a far gi-eater degree, have |
| 3387 | Iwen thought to argiie against his |
| 3388 | having been at Thebes and Elejihan- |
| 3389 | tine ; and any one on visiting Elephan- |
| 3390 | tine would lie expected to speak of it |
| 3391 | as an island rather than as a " city." |
| 3392 | It is, however, possible that his omit- |
| 3393 | ting to describe the monuments of |
| 3394 | Thebes, which. to this day excite the |
| 3395 | wonder of all who see them, may have |
| 3396 | been owing to their having been fully |
| 3397 | described by Hecata?us. The names |
| 3398 | Crophi and ^lophi are like the un- |
| 3399 | meaning words used in joke, or in |
| 3400 | the nursery, by Orientals, at the |
| 3401 | present day ; the second ref>eating the |
| 3402 | sound of the first, and always begin- |
| 3403 | ning with hi, as " fersh mersh," " salta |
| 3404 | inalta," &c. Crophi and Mophi do not, |
| 3405 | as has been supposed, signifv " bad " |
| 3406 | and "good."— [G. W.J |
| 3407 | Colonel Mure (Lit. of Greece, vol. |
| 3408 | iv. p. 387) compares the Crophi and |
| 3409 | Mophi of the Saitic scribe to the Gog |
| 3410 | and Magog " of our own nursery my- |
| 3411 | thology,'''' apparently forgetting that |
| 3412 | the words Gog and Magog come to us |
| 3413 | from Scripture (Ezek. xxxviii. 2; |
| 3414 | Rev, XX. 8). The formation of un- |
| 3415 | meaning or absurd words by means of |
| 3416 | a rhyming re])etition, together with a |
| 3417 | change of the initial letter, is common |
| 3418 | in our own language. With us the |
| 3419 | second word beiiins ordinarily, not |
| 3420 | with m, but with the labial nearest |
| 3421 | to m, viz. h, or with its cognate |
| 3422 | tenuis, p. Examples of this usage |
| 3423 | are — liurly-hurly, hocus-pocus, hi(j- |
| 3424 | gledy-ingglfdy, hubbub, nirainy-pi- |
| 3425 | miny, namhy-pamhy, &c. In huyyer- |
| 3426 | mnyger and pjell-melJ, we keep to the |
| 3427 | Oriental usage, and employ the m. |
| 3428 | In helter-skelter, hurn-rlrura, and j er- |
| 3429 | haps a few other Avords, we adopt an |
| 3430 | entirely diflerent sound. |
| 3431 | ^ This was one of the great i))-o- |
| 3432 | blems of antiquity, as of later times ; |
| 3433 | and Ca?sar is even reported to have |
| 3434 | said : — " spes sit mihi certa videndi |
| 3435 | Xiliacos fontes, belluni civile relinquani." |
| 3436 | — Luc. Phans. x. 191. Cp. Hor. iv. |
| 3437 | Od. xiv. 45 : — |
| 3438 | " Fontium qui celat origines |
| 3439 | Nilus." |
| 3440 | See above, note « ch. 19.— [G. W.] |
| 3441 | * The scribes had diflerent offices |
| 3442 | and grades. The sacred scribes held |
| 3443 | a high post in the jiriesthood ; and |
| 3444 | tlie royal scribes were the king's sons |
| 3445 | and military men of rank. There |
| 3446 | were also ordinary scribes or notaries, |
| 3447 | who were conveyancers, vrroie letters |
| 3448 | on business, settled accounts, and per- |
| 3449 | formed different offices in the market. |
| 3450 | The sacred scribes, or hierogi-ammats, |
| 3451 | had also various duties. Some, as |
| 3452 | the one here mentioned, were scribes |
| 3453 | of the treasury, others of the grana- |
| 3454 | ries, others of the documents belong- |
| 3455 | ing to the temple, &c. The scribes |
| 3456 | always had \\\t\\ them a bag, or case |
| 3457 | having wooden sides, ornamented with |
| 3458 | coloured devices generally on leather, |
| 3459 | and a pendent leatlier mouth tied by |
| 3460 | a thong to hold the ink-palette with |
| 3461 | its reed-pens, the pa]yms-rolls, and |
| 3462 | other tilings they required, which was |
| 3463 | carried by an attendant slunsc at his |
| 3464 | back ; but in the house a box was |
| 3465 | sometimes used in its stead. Lucian |
| 3466 | says (Macrob. s. 4) thej' were remark- |
| 3467 | able for longevity, like the Brachnianes |
| 3468 | (Brahmins) of India, and others, |
| 3469 | owing to their mode of life. (Of |
| 3470 | their dress and duties, see note ^ ch. |
| 3471 | 37, figs. 8, 9, and woodcut note ^ ch. |
| 3472 | 177.)— [G. W.] |
| p. 60 | |
| 3473 | 38 |
| 3474 | CROPHl AND MOPHI. |
| 3475 | Book II. |
| 3476 | he said that he knew them perfectly welL His story |
| 3477 | was as follows : — " Between Syene, a city of the Thebais, |
| 3478 | and Elephantine, there are " (he said) " two hills with |
| 3479 | sharp conical tops ; the name of the one is Crophi, of |
| 3480 | the other, Mophi. Midway between them are the |
| 3481 | fountains of the Nile, fountains which it is impossible |
| 3482 | to fathom. Half the water runs northward into Egypt, |
| 3483 | half to the south towards Ethiopia." The fountains |
| 3484 | were known to be unfathomable, he declared, because |
| 3485 | Psammetichus, an Egyptian king, had made trial of |
| 3486 | them. He had caused a rope to be made, many thou- |
| 3487 | sand fathoms in length, and had sounded the fountain |
| 3488 | with it, but could find no bottom. By this the scribe |
| 3489 | gave me to understand, if there was any truth at all in |
| 3490 | what he said, that in this fountain there are certain |
| 3491 | strong eddies, and a regurgitation, owing to the force |
| 3492 | wherewith the water dashes against the mountains, |
| 3493 | and hence a sounding-line cannot be got to reach the |
| 3494 | bottom of the spring. |
| 3495 | 29. No other information on this head could I obtain |
| 3496 | from any quarter. All that I succeeded in learning |
| 3497 | further of the more distant portions of the Nile, by |
| 3498 | ascending myself as high as Elephantine, and making |
| 3499 | inquiries concerning the parts beyond, was the follow- |
| 3500 | ing : — As one advances beyond Elephantine, the land |
| 3501 | rises .^ Hence it is necessary in this part of the river to |
| 3502 | * This fact should have convinced |
| 3503 | Herodotus of the improbability of the |
| 3504 | story of the river flowing southwards |
| 3505 | into Ethioi^ia. That boats are obliged |
| 3506 | to be dragsied by ropes in order to pass |
| 3507 | the rapids is true ; and in performing |
| 3508 | this arduous duty great skill and |
| 3509 | agility are required, the men being |
| 3510 | often obliged to swim from rock to |
| 3511 | rock to secure the ropes and alter the |
| 3512 | direction of the draft. After passing |
| 3513 | the first cataract at Asouan (the an- |
| 3514 | cient Syene), which is done in about |
| 3515 | five hours, the lx)at sails unimpeded |
| 3516 | to the second cataract, a distance of |
| 3517 | 232 miles ; a rocky bed of the river |
| 3518 | called Batn - el - Hadjar, " belly of |
| 3519 | stone," continues thence about 45 m. |
| 3520 | to Semneh, after which it is navigable |
| 3521 | here and there, with occasional rapids, |
| 3522 | as far as the third cataract of Hannek, |
| 3523 | below Tombos, about lat. 19° 40'. |
| 3524 | Beyond this is an unimpeded sail of |
| 3525 | 200 m. (passing the moilern Ordee and |
| 3526 | Old Dongola) to the fourth cataract, |
| 3527 | about 18 m. above Gebel Berkel. |
| 3528 | From thence to the N. end of the isle |
| 3529 | of Meroe is a sail of about 240 m., the |
| 3530 | river being open some way further to |
| 3531 | the S., beyond the site of the city of |
| p. 61 | |
| 3532 | Chap. 29. |
| 3533 | THE NILE ABOVE ELEPHANTINE. |
| 3534 | 39 |
| 3535 | attach a rope to the boat on each side, as men harness an |
| 3536 | ox, and so proceed on the journey. If the rope snaps, |
| 3537 | the vessel is borne away down stream by the force of |
| 3538 | the current. The navigation continues the same for |
| 3539 | four days, the river winding greatly, like the Maiander,'' |
| 3540 | and the distance traversed amounting to twelve schoenes. |
| 3541 | Here you come upon a smooth and level jolain, where |
| 3542 | the Nile flows in two branches, round an island called |
| 3543 | Tachompso.'^ The country above Elephantine is inha- |
| 3544 | Meroe and the modern Shendy. Be- |
| 3545 | tween Meroe and Dongola is the |
| 3546 | great bend or " elbow " of the Nile, |
| 3547 | where the course of the river changes |
| 3548 | from a northerly to a southerly direc- |
| 3549 | tion, as described by Strabo (b. xvii. |
| 3550 | begs.) Part of the route from Asouan |
| 3551 | to Meroe may be performed by land, |
| 3552 | leaving the Nile at Korosko, below |
| 3553 | Dcrr the capital of Nubia, from which |
| 3554 | point is a caravan round to the great |
| 3555 | bend at Aboo-Hamed above Gebel- |
| 3556 | Berkel, a journey of eight days with |
| 3557 | camels. — [G. W.] |
| 3558 | ^ The windings of the Ma^ander are |
| 3559 | perhaps at the present day still more |
| 3560 | remarkable than they were anciently, |
| 3561 | owing to the gi'owth of the alluvial |
| 3562 | plain through which it flows. Chandler |
| 3563 | observes : " The river runs from the |
| 3564 | mouth of the lake luith many windings, |
| 3565 | through groves of tamarisk, toward |
| 3566 | Miletus, proceeding by the right wing |
| 3567 | of the theatre in mazes to the sea, |
| 3568 | which is in view, and distant, as we |
| 3569 | computed, about eight miles." (Tra- |
| 3570 | vels, i. ch. 53.) A good representation |
| 3571 | of these sinuosities will be found in |
| 3572 | the Ionian Antiquities (vol. i. ch. iii. |
| 3573 | plate 1). By the age of Augustus the |
| 3574 | word "Ma3ander" had come to be used |
| 3575 | in its modern generic sense (Strab. xii. |
| 3576 | p. 835 ; Virg. Mn. v. 251). |
| 3577 | ' The distances given by Herodotus |
| 3578 | are 4 days through the district of Do- |
| 3579 | decaschoenus to Tachompso Isle, then |
| 3580 | 40 days by land, then 12 days by boat |
| 3581 | to Meroe, altogether 56 days. The |
| 3582 | Nile, however, is not tortuous like |
| 3583 | the Maeander, nor is there any gi-eat |
| 3584 | bend before that near Korosko, and |
| 3585 | his isle of Tachompso is uncertain ; |
| 3586 | but as he speaks of its being inhabited |
| 3587 | partly by Egyptians, i^artly by Ethi- |
| 3588 | ojiians, it is possible that he may have |
| 3589 | confounded it with Philfe, which |
| 3590 | Strabo calls " an abode common to " |
| 3591 | those two people. Ptolemy places |
| 3592 | Metacompso opposite Pselcis, where a |
| 3593 | large Egyptian fortress of very early |
| 3594 | date still remains, and which must |
| 3595 | have continued to be a strong post in |
| 3596 | the time of the Pomans. It was at |
| 3597 | Pscelcis that Petronius defeated the |
| 3598 | generals of Candace, before he ad- |
| 3599 | vanced to Napata, and the island |
| 3600 | mentioned by Strabo, to which the |
| 3601 | routed enemy swam for protection, |
| 3602 | was perhaps the Tachompso of Hero- |
| 3603 | dotus. If so, that island has since |
| 3604 | been carried away. The large lake, |
| 3605 | said to have been in its vicinity, was |
| 3606 | merely the open Nile (a reach being |
| 3607 | probably called, as it now is, a " lake " |
| 3608 | or birkeh) ; and from thence was a |
| 3609 | march of 40 days by land to that part |
| 3610 | where the Nile was again navigable |
| 3611 | (at the island now called Tombos, on |
| 3612 | the frontier of Dongola). From this |
| 3613 | was a sail of 12 days more to Meroe. |
| 3614 | The omission of all mention of Napata, |
| 3615 | the old capital of Ethiopia, by the in- |
| 3616 | formant of Herodotus, might at first |
| 3617 | sight lead us to suppose the land- |
| 3618 | journey was through the desert (to |
| 3619 | Aboo-Hamed) ; but the distance of 12 |
| 3620 | days thence to Meroe is far too much ; |
| 3621 | and Herodotus evidently speaks of |
| 3622 | the journey by the river-side to the |
| 3623 | spot where the Nile was again navi- |
| 3624 | gable. Gebel Berkel is apparently |
| 3625 | the "sacred moimtain" mentioned by |
| 3626 | Strabo (xvi.), and it is always so called |
| 3627 | in the hieroglyphics. The distances |
| p. 62 | |
| 3628 | 40 |
| 3629 | THE ISLAND TACHOMPSO. |
| 3630 | Book II, |
| 3631 | bited by the Ethiopians, who possess one half of this |
| 3632 | island, the Egyptians occupying the other. Above |
| 3633 | from Syeiie to Napata, and from this |
| 3634 | to Meroe, do not a2;ree with the po- |
| 3635 | sition of Gebel Berkel, and if Napata |
| 3636 | M.P. |
| 3637 | ,S.yene to Napata . 514 |
| 3638 | Napata to Meroe . 360 |
| 3639 | Enj;. miles, |
| 3640 | nearly 474 |
| 3641 | above 331i |
| 3642 | was placed lower down at old Dongola, |
| 3643 | that position wonld agree better with |
| 3644 | the ancient measurements. They are — |
| 3645 | 874 .. about 8041 |
| 3646 | Eng. milce. |
| 3647 | Asouan to Old Dongola 484 |
| 3648 | Dongola to Gebel Berkel . 80 | Dongola to ") „„^ |
| 3649 | G. Berkel to Meroe Island 257 ( Meroe Island 5 ' |
| 3650 | Total 821 |
| 3651 | The Roman mile may be reckoned |
| 3652 | at 4860 feet ; for though I found 4785 |
| 3653 | to be its length, by measuring two, |
| 3654 | marked by milestones on the coast of |
| 3655 | Syria, and other authorities giye it |
| 3656 | 4842 and 4828, or 4820 feet, 'Caya? |
| 3657 | Canina has sho\\m it to be 4861 English |
| 3658 | feet, or metres 1487-730. The great |
| 3659 | remains at Gebel Berkel, and the many |
| 3660 | pyramids near it, ar2;ue that it was the |
| 3661 | capital, unless indeed it was merely |
| 3662 | the " holy hill," like that of Sarabat |
| 3663 | el Kliadem in the peninsula of Mount |
| 3664 | Sinai, chosen by the Egyptians as |
| 3665 | early as the reign of Osirtasen I. |
| 3666 | If "the small city of Napata" stood |
| 3667 | at old Dongola (formerly called Dan- |
| 3668 | kala), which was evidently the site of |
| 3669 | an ancient town, and has Ions been |
| 3670 | the capital of that part of Ethiopia, |
| 3671 | this micrht account for Meroe having |
| 3672 | a similar name, " Dunkalah." On |
| 3673 | theother hand, the distance, 80 Roman |
| 3674 | miles, from Tergedum to Napata, |
| 3675 | aerees well with that from old Don- |
| 3676 | >Tola to Gebel Berkel ; and the large |
| 3677 | island (now Tangol or Tangos) just |
| 3678 | above old Dongola might answer to the |
| 3679 | I. of Gagaudes. On the whole, there |
| 3680 | is <rood reason for placing Na]\ata at |
| 3681 | Gebel Berkel ; and it is one of the |
| 3682 | gi-eatest errors to suppose the ancients |
| 3683 | must always lie ridit in their dis- |
| 3684 | tances, or in any other information. |
| 3685 | The name n-ape-t seems to signify |
| 3686 | " of Ane-t " or " Tape," as if it were |
| 3687 | derived from or an offset " of Thebes " |
| 3688 | (in Harris's Standards) ; and it was |
| 3689 | not unusual to give the names of |
| 3690 | Egyptian cities to those of Ethiopia, |
| 3691 | as was often done in Nubia. |
| 3692 | The Itinerary of Antoninus ,gives |
| 3693 | these names of phiccs in Lower Ethi- |
| 3694 | o[)ia (or Nubia) : — |
| 3695 | Contra-Syene to Parembole (Dabod) |
| 3696 | Tzitzi |
| 3697 | „ Taphis (Tefi, 'I'rfyfee) . |
| 3698 | Talmis ( Kalabsbee) . |
| 3699 | ,, Tutzis (Gerf Hossayn) |
| 3700 | „ Pselcis (Dakkeh) . |
| 3701 | „ Corte (Kortee) . |
| 3702 | „ Ileirasycaniinon (Ma- |
| 3703 | harraka) .... |
| 3704 | 12 |
| 3705 | 2 |
| 3706 | 14 |
| 3707 | 8 |
| 3708 | 20 |
| 3709 | 12 |
| 3710 | 4 |
| 3711 | 80 |
| 3712 | (About 73^ English miles ; the real distance being |
| 3713 | about 711 by land, and by water about 84.) |
| 3714 | On the opjiosite bank : — |
| 3715 | Heirasycaminon to Contra-Pselcis |
| 3716 | „ „ Contra-Talniis |
| 3717 | „ „ Contra-Taphis |
| 3718 | Philaj . . |
| 3719 | „ ,. Syene . . |
| 3720 | M.P. |
| 3721 | u |
| 3722 | 24 |
| 3723 | 10 |
| 3724 | 24 |
| 3725 | 3 |
| 3726 | 72 |
| 3727 | (About 66i English miles.) |
| 3728 | Pliny (b. xxix.) mentions the towns |
| 3729 | taken by Petronius on his way to Na- |
| 3730 | pata : — |
| 3731 | Pselcis. |
| 3732 | Primis. |
| 3733 | Aboccis. |
| 3734 | Phthuris. |
| 3735 | Cambusis. |
| 3736 | Attena. |
| 3737 | Stadysis, remarkable for its cataract. |
| 3738 | Napata, plundered by him ; and he went |
| 3739 | 870 M.r. above Syene. |
| 3740 | The distances given by Pliny are— |
| 3741 | MP. |
| 3742 | From Syene to Heirasycaminon ... 54 |
| 3743 | „ „ Tama |
| 3744 | 75 |
| 3745 | „ ,, the Ethiopian district of |
| 3746 | Euonymiton . . .120 |
| 3747 | „ „ Acina |
| 3748 | 54 |
| 3749 | „ „ Pitara ..... 25 |
| 3750 | „ „ Tergedum (between which |
| 3751 | two is the island Ga- |
| 3752 | gaudes) |
| 3753 | 106 |
| 3754 | „ „ Napata, a small city . . 80 |
| 3755 | Then to Meroe island, the city being 60 m.p. |
| 3756 | from the beginning of the island . |
| 3757 | 514 |
| 3758 | 360 |
| 3759 | 874 |
| 3760 | (About 80-1 i English miles.) |
| 3761 | Ptolemy (Geog. iv. 5, 7 & 8) omits |
| p. 63 | |
| 3762 | Chap. 29. |
| 3763 | MERGE. |
| 3764 | 41 |
| 3765 | tlie island there is a great lake, the shores of which are |
| 3766 | inhabited by Ethiopian nomads ; after passing it, you |
| 3767 | come again to the stream of the Nile, which runs into |
| 3768 | the lake. Here you land, and travel for forty days |
| 3769 | along the banks of the river, since it is impossible to |
| 3770 | proceed further in a boat on account of the sharp peaks |
| 3771 | which jut out from the water, and the sunken rocks |
| 3772 | which abound in that part of the stream. When you |
| 3773 | have passed this portion of the river in the space of |
| 3774 | forty days, you go on board another boat, and proceed |
| 3775 | by water for twelve days more, at the end of which |
| 3776 | time you reach a great city called Meroe, which is said |
| 3777 | to be the capital of the other Ethiopians.* The only gods |
| 3778 | the names of towns lietween Syene |
| 3779 | and Pselcis ; but opposite Pselcis he |
| 3780 | places Metacompso ; and then " after |
| 3781 | Pselcis and the great cataract (of |
| 3782 | Wadee Halfeh) he mentions Tasitia, |
| 3783 | BoUm (Bowi/), Autoba, Plithuri, Piere, |
| 3784 | Ptemythis (nre/:iv^ts), Abuncis, Cam- |
| 3785 | hysis ceraritmi, Erchoas, Satachtha, |
| 3786 | Mori (jSlofjov), Kacis, and Tathis, on |
| 3787 | the W. bank ; and on the opposite |
| 3788 | side Pnups, Berethis, Gerbo, Pataeta, |
| 3789 | Ponteris, Primis-parva, Arabis, Na- |
| 3790 | pata, Sacole, Sandace, Orbadari, Pri- |
| 3791 | mis-magna, and then the island |
| 3792 | forming the district of Meroe, lying |
| 3793 | between the Nile which flows to the |
| 3794 | W. of it, and the Astaboras which is |
| 3795 | to the E., beyond which is Sacolche, |
| 3796 | Eser, Dororum (Aapcov) Vicus, and |
| 3797 | then the junction of the Nile and As- |
| 3798 | tapus. But his adding " and then the |
| 3799 | junction of the Astaboras and the |
| 3800 | Astapus" tends to mislead; and he |
| 3801 | probably meant "of the Astasobas |
| 3802 | and the Astapus."— [G. W.] |
| 3803 | ^ This is in contradistinction to the |
| 3804 | j/o/idSes, which in this instance may |
| 3805 | have been merely a corruption of " No- |
| 3806 | bata3," since an agricultural people |
| 3807 | could not have been nomade. For |
| 3808 | though late writers pretend that the |
| 3809 | Nobatse were a Libyan people, intro- |
| 3810 | duced into the valley of the Nile under |
| 3811 | the Piomau Empire, it is evident that |
| 3812 | the name was of early date and Ethi- |
| 3813 | opian, having been taken from the |
| 3814 | ram-headed deity principally wor- |
| 3815 | shipped there, Noub, Noum, or Nou, |
| 3816 | who was the Great Qod of Ethiopia |
| 3817 | from the most remote periods (see next |
| 3818 | note, and App. cii. iii. § 2). Aldioyjr |
| 3819 | was evidently a corruption of the |
| 3820 | Egyptian name for southern Ethiopia |
| 3821 | or Nubia, " Ethaush " or " Ethosh," |
| 3822 | the^^s being substituted for sh, a sound |
| 3823 | the Greeks could neither write nor pro- |
| 3824 | nounce. The Greeks (like the Arabs) |
| 3825 | often adopted a word having some sig- |
| 3826 | nification in their own language, if it |
| 3827 | resembled a foreign one, and the Greek |
| 3828 | derivation of AWioyj/ is on a par with |
| 3829 | that of Isis, from elais, " knowledge " |
| 3830 | (Plut. de Is. s. 2), and many others. |
| 3831 | The isle of Meroe, formed bj' three |
| 3832 | rivers, as Strabo and Josephus state, |
| 3833 | Avas the peninsula contained between |
| 3834 | the main branch of the Nile on the |
| 3835 | west ; the Astapus or the modem |
| 3836 | Abawee Nile, or Bahr-el-Azrek, with |
| 3837 | its tributary the Rahad (probably the |
| 3838 | Astasobas) on the south ; and the As- |
| 3839 | taboras, now the A'tbara, on the east ; |
| 3840 | and according to Strabo (xvi. and xvii. |
| 3841 | pp. 1095, 1162) it had the form of an |
| 3842 | oblong shield, measuring 3000 stadia |
| 3843 | (at kast 341 miles) and 1000 stadia |
| 3844 | (about 113| miles) in breadth (see |
| 3845 | Plin. vi. 29). The city of Meroe |
| 3846 | stood near the modern Dankalah, re- |
| 3847 | markable for its numerous pyramids, |
| 3848 | 27 m. N.E. of the modern Shendy. |
| 3849 | Napata was also the capital of Ethi- |
| p. 64 | |
| 3850 | ,42 |
| 3851 | GODS OF ETHIOPIA. |
| 3852 | Book II. |
| 3853 | worshipj^ed by the inhabitants are Jupiter and Bacchus f |
| 3854 | to whom great honours are paid. There is an oracle of |
| 3855 | opia, and that too at a very remote |
| 3856 | period ; and INIeroe was probably tlie |
| 3857 | seat of an independent kingdom. The |
| 3858 | appearance of the pyramids of Dan- |
| 3859 | kalali indeed show it to have been |
| 3860 | very ancient, and after tlie Egj'ptian |
| 3861 | kings of the 12th and 18th dynasties |
| 3862 | had established themselves at Napata, |
| 3863 | Meroe became the sole capital of the |
| 3864 | Ethiopian kings ; and thongh Xapata |
| 3865 | was the ro3'al seat in the time of the |
| 3866 | Sabacos and Tirhaka, Meroe was still |
| 3867 | the metropolis of Southern Ethiopia, |
| 3868 | as it was in the days of Herodotus |
| 3869 | and of the Ptolemies ; but it had lost |
| 3870 | all its importance in the time of the |
| 3871 | Roman Empire. The pyramids of |
| 3872 | Noori doubtless belonged also to ISTa- |
| 3873 | pata, the neighbouring ones at Gebel |
| 3874 | Berkel (Napata) itself being of a rather |
| 3875 | more recent date ; and though the py- |
| 3876 | ramids of Pankalah have so great an |
| 3877 | appearance of age, the tropical rains |
| 3878 | have had an effect on them to which |
| 3879 | those of Noori were not subject, and no |
| 3880 | ruinsof temples exist at Meroe of an |
| 3881 | antiquity at all comparable to that |
| 3882 | of the oldest ones at Gebel Eerkel. |
| 3883 | The notion of Diodorus and Strabo |
| 3884 | that Meroe was built by Cambyses |
| 3885 | is too extravagant to be noticed. |
| 3886 | There are some curiously fortified |
| 3887 | lines on the hills about five or six |
| 3888 | miles below Gebel Berkel, com- |
| 3889 | manding the approaches to that |
| 3890 | place, by the river and on the |
| 3891 | shore, apparently of Ethiopian |
| 3892 | time. I believe they have not |
| 3893 | been noticed ; and I was led to |
| 3894 | examine them by perceiving their |
| 3895 | stone walls upon the irregularly |
| 3896 | indented cliffs they cover. Thej^ |
| 3897 | extend 'about half-a-mile inland |
| 3898 | from the rivei*, and from their |
| 3899 | following ever}- projecting corner |
| 3900 | of the hills, the total number of |
| 3901 | feet of wall is nearly 10,000 ; |
| 3902 | but there are no vestiges of houses |
| 3903 | or other buildings within the area |
| 3904 | they enclose. — [G. W.] |
| 3905 | Meroe is frequently mentioned under |
| 3906 | the name oi Mirukh in the Assyrian |
| 3907 | inscriptions. |
| 3908 | " Amim and Osiris answered to |
| 3909 | Jupiter and Bacchus ; and both the |
| 3910 | Amim of Thebes and the ram-headed |
| 3911 | Nou (Noum, Noub, or Kneph) were |
| 3912 | worshipped in Ethiopia. But it is this |
| 3913 | last deity to whom Herodotus alludes ; |
| 3914 | for he says " the Egj-ptians call Ju- |
| 3915 | piter Ammon," and in later times the |
| 3916 | ram-headed God was also supposed to |
| 3917 | answer to Jupiter. Tliis is shown by |
| 3918 | inscriptions at the Oasis and at Syeue, |
| 3919 | where he was worshipped under the |
| 3920 | name of Jupiter- Ammon-Cenubis, in |
| 3921 | company with Sate (Juno) and Anou- |
| 3922 | k6 (Yesta), who formed the triad of the |
| 3923 | cataracts. (See note ^ ch. 42.) Osiris, |
| 3924 | the God of the dead, was worshipped |
| 3925 | in Ethiopia, as throughout Egypt, the |
| 3926 | religious rites of that country having |
| 3927 | been borrowed from the Egyptians ; |
| 3928 | but it cannot be said that these two |
| 3929 | were the only Gods of Ethiopia. Strabo |
| 3930 | mentions the worship of Hercules, Pan, |
| 3931 | and Isis, as well as a barbaric God, at |
| 3932 | Meroe (xvii. 565) ; and in the temples |
| 3933 | of that coimtry, whether erected by |
| 3934 | Ethiopians or by Egyptian mouarchs |
| 3935 | who ruled there, many other Gods |
| p. 65 | |
| 3936 | Chap. 30. |
| 3937 | THE DESERTERS. |
| 3938 | 43 |
| 3939 | Jupiter in the city, which directs the warhke expeditions |
| 3940 | of the Ethiopians ; when it commands they go to war,^ |
| 3941 | and in whatever direction it bids them march, thither |
| 3942 | straightway they carry their arms. |
| 3943 | 30. On leaving this city, and again mounting the |
| 3944 | stream, in the same space of time which it took you to |
| 3945 | reach the capital from Elephantine, you come to the |
| 3946 | Deserters,^ who bear the name of Asmach. This word. |
| 3947 | shared in the worship paid to the prin- |
| 3948 | cipal deity of the sanctuary. Besides |
| 3949 | many of the usual Egyptian deities are |
| 3950 | some of uncommon form peculiar to |
| 3951 | Ethiopia ; and at Wady Owatayb is one |
| 3952 | with three lion's heads and four arms, |
| 3953 | more like an Indian tlian an Egjqjtian |
| 3954 | God, though he wears a head-di'ess |
| 3955 | common to Gods and Kings, espe- |
| 3956 | cially in Ptolemaic and Roman times. |
| 3957 | He was perhaps the barbaric God |
| 3958 | mentioned by Strabo. The whole cha- |
| 3959 | racter of the temple is copied from |
| 3960 | Egypt, and the Amun of Thebes and |
| 3961 | the ram-headed Noum or Noub hold |
| 3962 | the most conspicuous ])laces there. |
| 3963 | Indeed the ram-headed God was the |
| 3964 | chief deity throughout Ethiopia ; and |
| 3965 | though a lion-headed God is found at |
| 3966 | Amara, as well as at Wady Owatayb, |
| 3967 | there is no appearance of his having |
| 3968 | been of the same early age as Noum, |
| 3969 | and the king whose name occurs on |
| 3970 | both temples is of late time. It is to |
| 3971 | these two, Jupiter and Osiris, that |
| 3972 | Strabo alludes when he says " tlie |
| 3973 | Ethiopians acknowledge two Gods, one |
| 3974 | immortal, the cause of all things, the |
| 3975 | other mortal, who has no name," or |
| 3976 | more jiroperly whose name was not |
| 3977 | uttered, the mysterious Osiris, who |
| 3978 | had lived on earth, and, dying, had |
| 3979 | become the judge of men in a future |
| 3980 | state. He also mentions other in- |
| 3981 | ferior Gods.— ^G. W.] |
| 3982 | ' The influence of the priests at |
| 3983 | Meroe, through the belief that they |
| 3984 | spoke the commands of the Deity, is |
| 3985 | more fully shown by Strabo and Dio- |
| 3986 | dorus, who say it was their custom |
| 3987 | to send to the king, when it jjleased |
| 3988 | them, and order him to put an end to |
| 3989 | himself, in obedience to the will of |
| 3990 | i33 |
| 3991 | the oracle imparted to them ; and to |
| 3992 | such a degree had they conti-ived to |
| 3993 | enslave the understanding of those |
| 3994 | princes by superstitious fears, that |
| 3995 | they were obeyed without opposition. |
| 3996 | At length a king, called Ergamenes, |
| 3997 | a contemporary of Ptolemy Philadel- |
| 3998 | phus, dared to disobey their orders, |
| 3999 | and having entered " the golden |
| 4000 | chapel " with his soldiers, caused them |
| 4001 | to be put to death in his stead, and |
| 4002 | abolished the custom (Diod. iii. 6 ; |
| 4003 | Strabo, xvii. p. 1163). Ergamenes had |
| 4004 | " studied the philosophy of Greece," |
| 4005 | and had the sense to distinguish be- |
| 4006 | tween priestly rule and religion, know- |
| 4007 | ing that blind obedience to |
| 4008 | the priests did not signify |
| 4009 | obedience to the divine will ; |
| 4010 | but these, vested rights on |
| 4011 | man's credulity seem to |
| 4012 | have been afterwards revived |
| 4013 | among the Ethiopians, and |
| 4014 | the expedition sent by Mo- |
| 4015 | hammed Ali up the White |
| 4016 | Nile learnt that the same |
| 4017 | custom of ordering the king |
| 4018 | to die now exists among |
| 4019 | some of their barbarous descendants. |
| 4020 | The name of Ergamenes is found in |
| 4021 | the temple of Dakkeh, in Nubia. — |
| 4022 | [G. W.] |
| 4023 | 2 The descendants of the 240,000 |
| 4024 | deserters from Psammetichus lived, |
| 4025 | according to Herodotus, 4 months' |
| 4026 | journey above Elephantine (ch. 31), |
| 4027 | from which Meroe stood half-way. |
| 4028 | He reckons (ch. 29) 56 days from |
| 4029 | Elephantine to Meroe, the double of |
| 4030 | which would be 112, instead of 120 |
| 4031 | days; and Meroe being half-way |
| 4032 | would require the country of the |
| 4033 | Automoli to be in the modern Abys- |
| 4034 | 9i- |
| 4035 | «# |
| 4036 | li |
| p. 66 | |
| 4037 | 44 |
| 4038 | MEANING OF " ASMACH." |
| 4039 | Book II. |
| 4040 | anguage, means |
| 4041 | translated into our h |
| 4042 | stand on the left hand of the kmg." ^ |
| 4043 | u the men who |
| 4044 | These Deserters |
| 4045 | sinia. They were called ^Aafiiix, in |
| 4046 | allusion to their original ) ost on the |
| 4047 | "left," not of the king, but of the |
| 4048 | Egj'ptiau arm}% the cause of their |
| 4049 | desertion (see following note). This |
| 4050 | word may be traced in the shemal, |
| 4051 | "left," of the Arabic; and Esar, a |
| 4052 | city mentioned by Pliny, 17 days |
| 4053 | from Meroe, where the Egyptian de- |
| 4054 | serters lived 300 years, is remarkable |
| 4055 | from having the same signification in |
| 4056 | Arabic, yesdr being also " the left." |
| 4057 | Some have derived the name of Axum |
| 4058 | in Abyssinia from 'Ka-fxax- According |
| 4059 | to Strabo (xvii. p. 541) they were |
| 4060 | called Sembrites, or SebritcT, meaning |
| 4061 | " strangers," wlaich may either be |
| 4062 | compounded of the Egyptian shemmo, |
| 4063 | " stranger," and heri (or mheri), |
| 4064 | " new ;" or be taken from tlie name |
| 4065 | of the country they inhabited, Sciba ; |
| 4066 | for " Sembrites" is the same as |
| 4067 | " Sebrites," mb being often pro- |
| 4068 | nounced simply h. It is remarkable |
| 4069 | that Strabo places the country tliey |
| 4070 | inhabited, called Tenesis, inland from |
| 4071 | the port of Saba (xvii. p. 530). They |
| 4072 | lived in an island above that of Meroe, |
| 4073 | and in his time they were subject to |
| 4074 | one of the many queens who at va- |
| 4075 | rious periods ruled Ethiopia : for there |
| 4076 | was a queen Candace in the time of |
| 4077 | Petronius ; and this title, rather than |
| 4078 | name, passed, according to Pliny |
| 4079 | (vi. 29), from one queen to another |
| 4080 | for many years. The monuments of |
| 4081 | Gebel Berkel, and other places, also |
| 4082 | show that queens frequently held the |
| 4083 | sceptre in Ethiopia ; but the queen |
| 4084 | of Sheba in Solomon's time, claimed |
| 4085 | by the Abyssinians, was evidently not |
| 4086 | from that country, for Sheba was pro- |
| 4087 | bably in the southern part of Arabia, |
| 4088 | and the Araliians, like the Ethiopians, |
| 4089 | were frequently governed by queens. |
| 4090 | (See note to Book iii. ch. 107). The |
| 4091 | name Saba may point out a connexion |
| 4092 | Avith tlie country where the ?joH-god was |
| 4093 | worshipped (sa6« meaning " lion ") ; |
| 4094 | and Josephus (Antiq. ii. 5) says that |
| 4095 | Saba was a name of Meroe. The |
| 4096 | withdrawal of the Egyptian troops to |
| 4097 | Ethiopia is readily accounted for by |
| 4098 | the intercourse that had so long sub- |
| 4099 | sisted between the two countries, the |
| 4100 | royal family of Ethiopia being often |
| 4101 | related by marriage to that of Egypt, |
| 4102 | which accounts for some jarinces of |
| 4103 | Cush having the title " royal son" in |
| 4104 | the Theban sculptures (though these |
| 4105 | are mostly Egyptian viceroys, and sons |
| 4106 | of Pharaohs) ; and the fact of the royal |
| 4107 | succession having been maintained in |
| 4108 | the female line ex[)lains the reason of |
| 4109 | so many queens having ruled in Ethi- |
| 4110 | opia. This too gave the Ethiopians a |
| 4111 | claim on the throne of Egypt wlien |
| 4112 | the direct line failed, and accounts for |
| 4113 | the Sabacos and others occasionally |
| 4114 | obtaining the crown of Egypt byright |
| 4115 | and not by conquest. — |^G. W.J |
| 4116 | ^ Diodorus says that the reason of |
| 4117 | the Egyptian troojts deserting from |
| 4118 | Psammetichus was his having placed |
| 4119 | them in the left wing, while the right |
| 4120 | was given to tlie strangers in his |
| 4121 | army, which is not only more pro- |
| 4122 | bable than the I'eason assigned by |
| 4123 | Herodotus, but is strongly confirmed |
| 4124 | by the discovery of an iuscri[>tion at |
| 4125 | Aboosimbel in Nubia, Avritten ajipa- |
| 4126 | rently by the Greeks who accom- |
| 4127 | panied Psammetichus when in pursuit |
| 4128 | of the deserters. These Greeks were |
| 4129 | the lonians and Carians taken into |
| 4130 | his paj'^, in order, as Herodotus was |
| 4131 | told (ch. 152), to aid in dethroning his |
| 4132 | colleagues, though in reality from the |
| 4133 | advantage of employing the Greeks |
| 4134 | against the increasing power of his |
| 4135 | Asiatic neighbours (see note * on ch. |
| 4136 | 152). The first Greeks known to |
| 4137 | the Egyptians being lonians led to |
| 4138 | the name Ionian being afterwards |
| 4139 | used b}^ them for all Greeks, as we |
| 4140 | find in the Posetta stone, and other |
| 4141 | documents. The Asiatics, ior a |
| 4142 | similar reason, called the Greeks |
| 4143 | " lonians," " the race of Javan." Ionia |
| 4144 | in the Nakhshi-Piustam Inscription is |
| 4145 | " Yavana," or Yund, and the ancient |
| 4146 | Greeks are still known in Arabic |
| 4147 | as the "Yunani," or "Imiani." The |
| 4148 | inscrij)tion states that Psammetichus |
| 4149 | himself went as far as Ele})hantine, |
| 4150 | the Greeks being sent forward with |
| p. 67 | |
| 4151 | Chap. 30. |
| 4152 | HISTORY OF THE DESERTEES. |
| 4153 | 45 |
| 4154 | are Egyptians of the warrior cast, who, to the number |
| 4155 | of two hundred and forty thousand, went over to the |
| 4156 | Ethiopians in the reign of king Psamnieticlms. The |
| 4157 | cause of their desertion was the following : — Three |
| 4158 | garrisons were maintained in Egypt at that time,* one |
| 4159 | some of his adherents into Ethiopia ; |
| 4160 | and the point where they had a parley |
| 4161 | with the deserters was apparently', |
| 4162 | from the inscription, near Kerkis, |
| 4163 | some distance ahove Aboosimbel, |
| 4164 | wliere on their return they left this |
| 4165 | record of their journey. It is also |
| 4166 | curious from its style ; and from the |
| 4167 | early indication of the long vowels, |
| 4168 | H and Q, (the latter apparently an O |
| 4169 | with a dot in the centre), which — as |
| 4170 | well as other arguments — proves that |
| 4171 | they came gradually into use, and long |
| 4172 | before the time of Simonides, who was |
| 4173 | not born till 556 B.C. The reign of |
| 4174 | Psammetichus dates in the middle of |
| 4175 | the 7th century B.C. The inscription, |
| 4176 | of which the following is a transcript, |
| 4177 | FASlASoSEA0OisfTo^$^$A^q>ANTlNAN^An/^TIXO |
| 4178 | rt^ vrA^r/^AtANTo/5 vNNkAM ^Tixo f To I ® EOK^"^' |
| 4179 | ETAEoMBA® ON^JEKE PKI o^KATVrEP^QfviSoroTAMo |
| 4180 | ANlBA^o^Ao5o/oBXE^oTA5/MToAlrv^T/o5^E'^^'^^';< |
| 4181 | is thus translated by Colonel Leake : — - |
| 4182 | " King Psamatichus having come to |
| 4183 | Elephantine, those who were with Psa- |
| 4184 | matichus, the son of Theocles, wrote |
| 4185 | this. They sailed, and came to above |
| 4186 | Kerkis, to where the river rises (?) |
| 4187 | the Egyptian Amasis. The |
| 4188 | writer is Damearchou the son of |
| 4189 | Amoebichus, and Pelephus (?) the son |
| 4190 | of Udamus " (?). (This Ph looks rather |
| 4191 | like the old K or Q.) In the same |
| 4192 | place are several other inscriptions, |
| 4193 | some of the same style and time, and |
| 4194 | others written by Phcenicians in their |
| 4195 | language, the date of which is un- |
| 4196 | known. If this was the 3rd, instead |
| 4197 | of the 1st Psammetichus, " the Egyp- |
| 4198 | tian Amasis " may have been the |
| 4199 | general, afterwards king of Egypt ; |
| 4200 | for Herodotus, who only mentions one |
| 4201 | Psammetichus, may have been wrong |
| 4202 | in supposing the desertion of the troops |
| 4203 | took place under the son of Neco. |
| 4204 | This would bring the date of the in- |
| 4205 | scription within 600 B.C. (See note " |
| 4206 | on ch. 161, and hist, notice App. ch. |
| 4207 | viii. § 34.) There is a coin of Thrace |
| 4208 | of date about 550 B.C. which has |
| 4209 | the ii (in Millingen), though many |
| 4210 | much later have not the long vowels. |
| 4211 | Coins and vases are no authorities |
| 4212 | against their use, as the archaic stjle |
| 4213 | was imitated to a late time. Some |
| 4214 | inscriptions, as that of Potidea in the |
| 4215 | British Museum, as late as 432, have |
| 4216 | no H nor i2. The S is X2, and the |
| 4217 | ^ is $2 ; and it has been supposed |
| 4218 | that there was no il in public docu- |
| 4219 | ments till the archonship of Euclid, |
| 4220 | B.C. 403. But the long vowels were |
| 4221 | used earlier by the Greeks of Asia |
| 4222 | Minor. The i2 and 2 were changed |
| 4223 | to (o and C in the age of the later |
| 4224 | Ptolemies, and were re-introduced in |
| 4225 | the reign of Adrian. — '^G. W.J |
| 4226 | * It was always the custom of the |
| 4227 | Egyptians to have a garrison stationed, |
| 4228 | as Herodotus states, on the frontier, at |
| 4229 | Elephantine, at Daphne, of Pelusium, |
| 4230 | and at Marea ; but in the time of the |
| 4231 | victorious kings of the 18th dynasty |
| 4232 | others were stationed at Semneh, |
| 4233 | above the second cataract, and also |
| 4234 | farther south in Upper Ethiopia, as |
| 4235 | well as in various parts of Asia where |
| 4236 | they had extended their conquests, |
| 4237 | which last were only finally taken from |
| 4238 | them in the time of Neco 11., the son |
| 4239 | and successor of this Psammetichus. — |
| 4240 | [G. W.] |
| p. 68 | |
| 4241 | 46 |
| 4242 | CIVILISATION OF THE ETHIOPIANS. |
| 4243 | Book II. |
| 4244 | in the city of Elephantine against the Ethiopians, |
| 4245 | another in the Pehisiac Daphna3,^ against the Syrians |
| 4246 | and Arabians, and a third, against the Libyans, in |
| 4247 | Marea. (The very same posts are to this day occupied |
| 4248 | by the Persians, whose forces are in garrison both in |
| 4249 | Daphnje and in Elej^hantine.) Now it liappened, that on |
| 4250 | one occasion the garrisons were not reheved during the |
| 4251 | space of three years ; the soldiers, therefore, at the end |
| 4252 | of that time, consulted together, and having determined |
| 4253 | by common consent to revolt, marched away towards |
| 4254 | Ethiopia. Psammetichus, informed of the movement, |
| 4255 | set out in pursuit, and coming up with them, besought |
| 4256 | them with many words not to desert the gods of their |
| 4257 | comitry, nor abandon their wives and children. " Nay, |
| 4258 | but," said one of the deserters with an unseemly gesture, |
| 4259 | " wherever we go, we are sure enough of finding wives |
| 4260 | and children." Arrived in Ethiopia, they placed them- |
| 4261 | selves at the disposal of the king. In return, he made |
| 4262 | them a present of a tract of land which belonged to |
| 4263 | certain Ethiopians with whom he was at feud, bidding |
| 4264 | them expel the inhabitants and take possession of their |
| 4265 | territorv. From the time that this settlement was |
| 4266 | formed, their acquaintance with Egyptian manners has |
| 4267 | tended to civilise the Ethiopians.^ |
| 4268 | * Daphn^e, Daphne, or Daphnes was |
| 4269 | 16 Roman miles from Pelusium, accord- |
| 4270 | ing to the Itinerary of Antoninus. It |
| 4271 | was the Tahpanhes of Scripture. See |
| 4272 | Jer. xliii. 8 ; Ezek. xxx. 18.— ;G. W.] |
| 4273 | ^ This would be a strong argument, |
| 4274 | if required, against the notion of |
| 4275 | civilisation having come from the |
| 4276 | Ethiopians to Egypt ; but the monu- |
| 4277 | ments prove beyond all question that |
| 4278 | the Ethiopians borrowed from Egypt |
| 4279 | their religion and their habits of |
| 4280 | civilisation. They even adopted the |
| 4281 | Eg\'ptian as the language of religion |
| 4282 | and of the court, which it continued |
| 4283 | to be till the power of the Pharaohs |
| 4284 | had fallen, and their dominion was |
| 4285 | again confined to the frontier of |
| 4286 | Ethiopia. It was through Egypt too |
| 4287 | that Christianity passed into Ethiopia, |
| 4288 | even in the age of the Apostles (Acts |
| 4289 | viii. 27), as is shown by the eunuch of |
| 4290 | queen Candace (see note ^ on this chap- |
| 4291 | ter). Other proofs of their early conver- |
| 4292 | sion are also found, as in the inscriptions |
| 4293 | at Farras, above Aboosimbel, one of |
| 4294 | which has the date of Diocletian, |
| 4295 | though the Nobata; are said not to |
| 4296 | have become Christians till the reign |
| 4297 | of Justinian. The erroneous notion |
| 4298 | of Egypt having borrowed from Ethi- |
| 4299 | opia may perhaps have been derived |
| 4300 | from the return of the Egj'ptian court |
| 4301 | to Egypt after it had retired to Ethi- |
| 4302 | opia on the invasion of the Shepherds. |
| 4303 | -[G. W.J |
| p. 69 | |
| 4304 | Chap. 31, 32. EXTENT OF KNOWN COURSE OP THE NILE. 47 |
| 4305 | 31. Thus the course of the Nile is known, not only |
| 4306 | throughout Egypt, but to the extent of four months' |
| 4307 | journey either by land or water above the Egyptian |
| 4308 | boundary ; for on calculation it will be found that it |
| 4309 | takes that length of time to travel from ElejDhantine |
| 4310 | to the country of the Deserters. There the direction |
| 4311 | of the river is from west to east.^ Beyond, no one has |
| 4312 | any certain knowledge of its course, since the country |
| 4313 | is uninhabited by reason of the excessive heat. |
| 4314 | 32. I did hear, indeed, what I will now relate, from |
| 4315 | certain natives of Cyrene. Once upon a time, they |
| 4316 | said, they were on a visit to the oracular shrine of |
| 4317 | Amnion,^ when it chanced that in the course of conver- |
| 4318 | ' This ouly applies to the white |
| 4319 | river, or western branch of the Nile. — |
| 4320 | [G. \y.] |
| 4321 | ® This was in the modern Oasis of |
| 4322 | See-wall (Siwah), where remains of |
| 4323 | the temple are still seen. The oracle |
| 4324 | long continued in great repute, and |
| 4325 | though in Straho's time it began to |
| 4326 | lose its importance (the mode of divi- |
| 4327 | nation learnt from Etruria having |
| 4328 | superseded the consultation of the |
| 4329 | distant Ammon), still its answers |
| 4330 | were sought in the solution of difficult |
| 4331 | questions in the days of Juvenal, |
| 4332 | " after the cessation of the Delphic |
| 4333 | oracle." In consulting the god at the |
| 4334 | Oasis of Ammon, it w-as customary, |
| 4335 | says Quintus Curtius, " for the priests |
| 4336 | to carry the figure of the god in a |
| 4337 | gilded boat, ornamented with nimie- |
| 4338 | rous silver paterae hanging from it on |
| 4339 | both sides, behind which followed a |
| 4340 | train of matrons and virgins singing a |
| 4341 | certain uncouth hymn, in the manner |
| 4342 | of the country, with a view to pro- |
| 4343 | pitiate the deity, and induce him to |
| 4344 | return a satisfactory answer." See |
| 4345 | the boat or ark of Nou (Nef) in the |
| 4346 | Temple of Elephantine in PL 56, 57 |
| 4347 | of Dr. Young and the Egyptian So- |
| 4348 | ciety. Of the appearance of the God |
| 4349 | he says, " id quod pro Deo colitur, |
| 4350 | non eandem effigiem habet, quam |
| 4351 | vulgo Diis artifices accommodaverunt, |
| 4352 | mnbriculo maxime similis est habitus, |
| 4353 | smaragdis et gemmis coagmentatus :" |
| 4354 | but the word tmibriculo has perplexed |
| 4355 | all commentators. |
| 4356 | All the cultivable spots, abounding |
| 4357 | with springs, in that desert, are called |
| 4358 | Wall ; the chief of which are the See- |
| 4359 | wah, the Little Oasis, the Wah sur- |
| 4360 | named e' Dakhleh, i. e., " the inner," |
| 4361 | or western, and the Wah el Khargeh, |
| 4362 | " the outer Oasis," to the east of it, |
| 4363 | which is the Great Oasis. The others, |
| 4364 | of El Hayz, Farafreh, and the Oases |
| 4365 | of the Blacks, in the interior, to the |
| 4366 | westward, are small, and some of them |
| 4367 | only temporarily inhabited ; but those |
| 4368 | above mentioned are productive, and |
| 4369 | abound in palms, fruit-trees, rice, |
| 4370 | barley, and various productions. They |
| 4371 | are not, as often suj^posed, cultivated |
| 4372 | spots in the midst of an endless level |
| 4373 | tract of sand, but abmpt depressions |
| 4374 | in the high table-land, portions of |
| 4375 | which are irrigated by running |
| 4376 | streams, and, being surrounded by |
| 4377 | cliffs more or less precipitous, are in |
| 4378 | appearance not unlike a j3ortion of the |
| 4379 | valley of the Nile, with its palm-trees, |
| 4380 | villages, and gardens, transported to |
| 4381 | the desert, without its river, and |
| 4382 | bordered by a sandy \)\&iw reaching |
| 4383 | to the hills that surround it, in |
| 4384 | which stunted tamarisk bushes, coarse |
| 4385 | grasses, and desert plants struggle to |
| 4386 | keep themselves above the drifted |
| 4387 | sand that collects around them. — |
| 4388 | [G. W.J |
| p. 70 | |
| 4389 | 48 |
| 4390 | LITTLE OASIS. |
| 4391 | Book TL |
| p. 71 | |
| 4392 | Chap. 32, |
| 4393 | INTERIOR OF LIBYA. |
| 4394 | 49 |
| 4395 | sation with Etearclms, the Ammonian king, the talk |
| 4396 | fell upon the Nile, how that its sources were unknown |
| 4397 | to all men. Etearchus upon this mentioned that some |
| 4398 | Nasamonians® had once come to his court, and Avhen |
| 4399 | asked if they could give any information concerning the |
| 4400 | uninhabited parts of Libya, had told the following tale. |
| 4401 | (The Nasamonians are a Libyan race who occupy the |
| 4402 | Syrtis, and a tract of no great size towards the east.^) |
| 4403 | They said there had grown up among them some wild |
| 4404 | young men, the sons of certain chiefs, who, when they |
| 4405 | came to man's estate, indulged in all manner of extra- |
| 4406 | vagancies, and among other things drew lots for five |
| 4407 | of their number to go and explore the desert parts of |
| 4408 | Libya, and try if they could not penetrate further than |
| 4409 | any had done previously. (The coast of Libya along |
| 4410 | the sea which washes it to the north, throughout its |
| 4411 | entire length from Egypt to Cape Soloeis,^ wliich is |
| 4412 | its furthest point, is inhabited by Libyans of many |
| 4413 | distinct tribes, who possess the wdiole tract except |
| 4414 | certain portions which belong to the Phoenicians and |
| 4415 | the Greeks.^ Above the coast-line and the country |
| 4416 | * This word seems to be " Nahsi, |
| 4417 | Amun^'' or " Negroes of Ammonitis," |
| 4418 | or Northern Libya ; Nahsi being the |
| 4419 | Egyptian name for tlie Negroes of |
| 4420 | Africa. See my note on ch. 182, Book |
| 4421 | iv.— [G. W.] |
| 4422 | 1 Vide infra, iv. 172-3. |
| 4423 | ^ This is supposed by Rennell to be |
| 4424 | Cape Cant in, near Mogador, on the |
| 4425 | W. coast of Africa; but, Avitli great |
| 4426 | deference to so high an autliority, 1 am |
| 4427 | inclined to tliink it Cape Sjtaj-tel, near |
| 4428 | Tangier, as the Persian Fatasjoes, con- |
| 4429 | demned by Xerxes to imdertake tlie |
| 4430 | voyage round Africa, is said, after |
| 4431 | sailing througli the Straits of Gibral- |
| 4432 | tar (Pillars of Hercules) and doubling |
| 4433 | the Libyan promontory called Soloeis, |
| 4434 | to have steered southwards, for here? |
| 4435 | the southerly course evidently begins |
| 4436 | (see Book iv. ch. 42). Herodotus, |
| 4437 | too, measures the breadth of Libya |
| 4438 | from Egypt to the extreme eud of |
| 4439 | VOL. II. |
| 4440 | tlie northern coast, not to the most |
| 4441 | westerly headland to the south of it, |
| 4442 | which too he is not likely to have |
| 4443 | known ; and Aristotle (De Mundo, 3) |
| 4444 | shows the Greeks measured the extent |
| 4445 | of Africa E. and W., only along the |
| 4446 | northern coast, by saying "it extends |
| 4447 | to the Pillars of Hercules."— [G. W.] |
| 4448 | ^ That is, the Cyrenaica, and the |
| 4449 | possessions of the Phoenicians and |
| 4450 | Carthaginians, or more properly the |
| 4451 | Pffini, on the N. and W. coasts. Poeni, |
| 4452 | Punici, and Pha?nices were the same |
| 4453 | name of the race, oi, or op, and u hav- |
| 4454 | ing the same sound in Greek. Car- |
| 4455 | thaginian signified properly the people |
| 4456 | of Carthage, as Tyrians did the " Phce- |
| 4457 | nicians of Tyre ;" for the Phoenicians |
| 4458 | called themselves from the name of |
| 4459 | their towns, Tyrians, Sidonians, &c. |
| 4460 | Cartha, the " city," was first applied |
| 4461 | to Tyre, from which Hercules obtained |
| 4462 | the title of Melcarthus, or Mclek- |
| p. 72 | |
| 4463 | 50 |
| 4464 | THE DESERT. |
| 4465 | Book II. |
| 4466 | inhabited by the maritime tribes, Libya is full of wild |
| 4467 | beasts ; while beyond the wild beast region there is a |
| 4468 | tract which is wholly sand, very scant of water, and |
| 4469 | utterly and entirely a desert/) The young men there- |
| 4470 | fore, despatched on this errand by their comrades with |
| 4471 | a plentiful supply of water and provisions, travelled at |
| 4472 | first through the inhabited region, passing which they |
| 4473 | came to the wild beast tract, whence they finally |
| 4474 | entered upon the desert, which they proceeded to cross |
| 4475 | in a direction from east to west. After journeying for |
| 4476 | many days over a wide extent of sand, they came at |
| 4477 | last to a plain where they observed trees growing ; |
| 4478 | approaching them, and seeing fruit on them, they pro- |
| 4479 | ceeded to gather it. While they were thus engaged, |
| 4480 | Kartha, " Lord of the City," corrupted |
| 4481 | into Melicertes or Melicartus, " who," |
| 4482 | Sancouiatho says, " was Hercules," |
| 4483 | and who in a Phceniciau inscription |
| 4484 | at Malta is called Adonin Melkarth |
| 4485 | Baal Tzura, X"IV bv2 nip^O ]:'Mi, |
| 4486 | " our Lord Melkarth, Baal of Tyre." |
| 4487 | Carthagena (Carthagina, Carthage) |
| 4488 | was Kartha Yena, the " new city " |
| 4489 | (^Kaivq TToXis), in opposition to the |
| 4490 | parent Tyre, or to Utica, i. e. Atil^a, |
| 4491 | the " old " (city), which was founded |
| 4492 | before by the Phoenicians on the |
| 4493 | African coast about B.C. 1520, or, ac- |
| 4494 | cording to Velleius Paterculus (i. 2), |
| 4495 | at the same time as Megara, B.C. 1131. |
| 4496 | Utica was probably not so called till |
| 4497 | after the building of Carthage (as |
| 4498 | Musr-el-Atika received that name |
| 4499 | after the foundation of the new Musr, |
| 4500 | or Cairo). The " new to'^'VTi," Car- |
| 4501 | thagena, was the " nova Carthago " |
| 4502 | of Dido (Ovid, Ep. Dido to Mn.; |
| 4503 | Virg. JFai. i. 366); but it was |
| 4504 | founded b.c. 1259, long before Dido's |
| 4505 | supposed time. Some think it was |
| 4506 | built more than two centuries after |
| 4507 | Gades and Tartessus in Spain, and |
| 4508 | Velleius Paterculus sn.js Gades was a |
| 4509 | few years older than Utica. He dates |
| 4510 | the Wilding of Carthage by Elissa, or |
| 4511 | Dido, 60 years before Rome, or 813 |
| 4512 | B.C. (i. 6) ; but his authority is of |
| 4513 | no weight. (Cp. Justin, xviii. 5.) |
| 4514 | Cartha is the same as Kiriath, com- |
| 4515 | mon in Hebrew names. Some object |
| 4516 | to the above derivation of Cartha-jena, |
| 4517 | because Jena or yerm, " new," is not a |
| 4518 | Semitic, but a Turk or Tartar word, |
| 4519 | and is properly yengi or yeki ; and |
| 4520 | they prefer the Greek Carchedo as the |
| 4521 | name of the city, deriving it from |
| 4522 | Caer or Car, and hedo, " new." But |
| 4523 | whether jhia is admissible or no, |
| 4524 | Cartha is the word used, as in Mel- |
| 4525 | kartli, or Melek Kartha, " Lord of the |
| 4526 | City," applied to Hercules in Phoe- |
| 4527 | nician inscriptions, and found in Car- |
| 4528 | teia and Kiriath. The resemblance |
| 4529 | of the name of its citadel Byrsa (said |
| 4530 | to have been called from the hide) to |
| 4531 | those of Borsippa, or Birs-Nimroud, |
| 4532 | and the Arab Boursa, near Babylon, is |
| 4533 | singular. |
| 4534 | A record seems still to be preserved |
| 4535 | of the Phoenician trade on the western |
| 4536 | coast of Africa in the peculiar glass- |
| 4537 | beads found there, vdiich are known |
| 4538 | to be ancient, and are now highly |
| 4539 | prized. The Venetians send out a |
| 4540 | modern imperfect imitation of them |
| 4541 | to Africa. They are also said to have |
| 4542 | been found in Cornwall and in Ire- |
| 4543 | land.—[G. W.] |
| 4544 | * Vide infra, iv. 181, for the division |
| 4545 | of Africa into three regions; and for |
| 4546 | the true character of the desert, see |
| 4547 | note on iv. 185. |
| p. 73 | |
| 4548 | CiiAP. 33. GREAT RIVER THOUGHT TO BE THE NILE. |
| 4549 | 51 |
| 4550 | there came upon them some dwarfish men,^ under the |
| 4551 | middle height, wlio seized them and carried them off. |
| 4552 | The Nasamonians could not understand a word of their |
| 4553 | language, nor had they any acquaintance with the lan- |
| 4554 | guage of the Nasamonians. They were led across |
| 4555 | extensive marshes, and finally came to a town, where |
| 4556 | all the men were of the height of their conductors, and |
| 4557 | hlack-complexioned. A great river flowed by the town,®' |
| 4558 | running from west to east, and containing crocodiles. |
| 4559 | 33. Here let me dismiss Etearchus '^ the Ammonian, |
| 4560 | and his story, only adding that (according to the |
| 4561 | Cyrenseans) he declared that the Nasamonians got safe |
| 4562 | back to their country, and that the men whose city |
| 4563 | they had reached were a nation of sorcerers. With |
| 4564 | respect to the river which ran by their town, Etearchus |
| 4565 | conjectured it to be the Nile f and reason favours that |
| 4566 | * Men of diminutive size really exist |
| 4567 | in Africa, but the Nasamones pro- |
| 4568 | bably only knew of some by report. |
| 4569 | Those to the S.W. of Abyssinia are |
| 4570 | called Dokos. They are not Negroes. |
| 4571 | (See Ethnological Journal, No. 1, p. |
| 4572 | 43, and No. 2.) Some have thought |
| 4573 | the Simia Sylvanus of Africa gave |
| 4574 | rise to the story, agreeing as it does |
| 4575 | with their description by Photius |
| 4576 | (Cod. iii. Bibl. p. 8) : " vno 8e rpixcov |
| 4577 | Sedaavixevovs Bia navros rod aafJ-aros." |
| 4578 | Tlie pigmies are mentioned by Homer |
| 4579 | (II. iii. 6) and others, and often repre- |
| 4580 | sented on Greek vases. Homer and |
| 4581 | Aristotle (Hist. An. viii. 12) place |
| 4582 | them near the sources of the Nile, |
| 4583 | which might agree with the Dokos. |
| 4584 | Pliny (vi. 19), Philostratus (Vit. |
| 4585 | Apoll. Ty. iii. 47), and others, ])lace |
| 4586 | them in India (see Ctesias Ind. § 11). |
| 4587 | Strabo (i. p. 5(») says the fable was |
| 4588 | invented by Homer, who represented |
| 4589 | them living by the sources of tlie |
| 4590 | Nile, whither the cranes retiring from |
| 4591 | the winter and snows of the north |
| 4592 | brought slaughter and death on the |
| 4593 | Pj'gnijean race. He thinks that cer- |
| 4594 | tain little men of Ethiopia were the |
| 4595 | origin of the fable (xvii. p. 1162), as |
| 4596 | Aristotle does (H. An. viii. 12), who |
| 4597 | calls them Troglodyta\ Pomj). Mela |
| 4598 | (iii. 8) places them very far south, |
| 4599 | and speaks of their fighting with the |
| 4600 | cranes, " pro satis frugibus." (Cji. |
| 4601 | Strabo i. p. 53 ; xvii. p. 1162.) ^lian |
| 4602 | (Hist. An. XV. 29) has a fable of Juno |
| 4603 | turning their ((ueen " Gtrana'" into a |
| 4604 | crane.— [G. W.J |
| 4605 | "^ It seems not improbable that we |
| 4606 | have here a mention of the river Niger, |
| 4607 | and of the ancient rejiresentative of |
| 4608 | the modern city of Timhuctoo. See |
| 4609 | Blakesley ad loc. |
| 4610 | ' If Etearchus was not a corruption |
| 4611 | of a native name, he must have been |
| 4612 | a Greek, probably from that Oasis |
| 4613 | having been conquered by the Cy- |
| 4614 | renajans. — [G. W.] |
| 4615 | ^ This large river, which traversed |
| 4616 | the centre of Africa, and abounded in |
| 4617 | crocodiles(ch. 22), probably represented |
| 4618 | more than one of the rivers which run |
| 4619 | to the Atlantic from Central Africa ; |
| 4620 | and the marsh or lake it traversed was |
| 4621 | in like manner not confined to the |
| 4622 | Tchad, or any particular one of those |
| 4623 | regions. One of Strabo's lakes, from |
| 4624 | which the Nile comes in the East |
| 4625 | (xvii. p. 1116), as well as his large |
| 4626 | lake Pseboa, above Meroe, was evi- |
| 4627 | dently the modern Dembea of Abys- |
| 4628 | K 2 |
| p. 74 | |
| 4629 | 52 |
| 4630 | COMPARISON OF THE NILE AND ISTER. |
| 4631 | Book II. |
| 4632 | view. For the Nile certainly flows out of Libya, di- |
| 4633 | viding it down tlie middle, and as I conceive, judging |
| 4634 | the unknown from the known, rises at the same dis- |
| 4635 | tance from its mouth as the Ister,^ This latter river |
| 4636 | has its source in the country of the Celts near the city |
| 4637 | Pyrene, and runs through the middle of Europe, di- |
| 4638 | viding it into two portions. The Celts live beyond |
| 4639 | the pillars of Hercules, and border on the Cynesians,^ |
| 4640 | who dwell at the extreme west of Europe. Thus the |
| 4641 | Ister flows through the whole of Europe before it finally |
| 4642 | empties itself into the Euxine at Istria, |
| 4643 | colonies of the Milesians.^ |
| 4644 | one of the |
| 4645 | sinia, the Coloe Palus of Ptolemy's |
| 4646 | Astapus, througli which the Bkie (or |
| 4647 | Black) Nile runs. See Pliu. viii. 21, |
| 4648 | " Lake Nigiis," and v. 9 ; and compare |
| 4649 | Strabo, xvii. p. 1162.— ^G. W.] |
| 4650 | * The meaning of this passage has |
| 4651 | been much disputed, but Schweig- |
| 4652 | hajuser's final decision upon it (Lex. |
| 4653 | Herod, ad voc. fierpov), which is here |
| 4654 | followed, may be accepted as fairly |
| 4655 | satisfactory. Herodotus does not in- |
| 4656 | tend any such exact correspondency |
| 4657 | between the Nile and the Danube as |
| 4658 | Larcher (note ad loc), much less such |
| 4659 | as Niebuhr (Scythia, p. 40, Engl. |
| 4660 | Trans.) and Dahlmann (Life, p. 65) |
| 4661 | imagined. He is only speaking of the |
| 4662 | comparative length of the two streams, |
| 4663 | and conjectures that they are equal |
| 4664 | in this respect. Herein no doubt he |
| 4665 | exhibits his over-love of symmetry |
| 4666 | (see note to Book iv. ch. 181) ; but it |
| 4667 | is quite unnecessary to suppose, with |
| 4668 | Niebuhr, that he considered the two |
| 4669 | streams to correspond i)i all points, |
| 4670 | and because the Nile made an angle |
| 4671 | in its course above the country of the |
| 4672 | Deserters (ch .31), regarded the Danube |
| 4673 | as making a similar angle in the upper |
| 4674 | parts of Thrace. There is absolutely |
| 4675 | no indication of his having entertained |
| 4676 | any such notion. His placing the |
| 4677 | sources of the Danube in the countrj- |
| 4678 | of the Celts, near the city Pyrene, |
| 4679 | implies no doubt a considerable error |
| 4680 | as to the region from which that river |
| 4681 | flows, but it is interesting as exhibit- |
| 4682 | ing a dim acquaintance with the name |
| 4683 | and position of the Pyrenean range, |
| 4684 | of which not only Hecataius, but even |
| 4685 | Scylax (Peripl. pp. 3-4), seems to have |
| 4686 | been ignorant ; and which is (I believe) |
| 4687 | first mentioned by Polybius (iii. xxxix. |
| 4688 | § 4, &c.). |
| 4689 | * The Cynesians are mentioned |
| 4690 | again in iv. 49 as Cynetes. They are |
| 4691 | a nation of wliom nothing is known |
| 4692 | but their abode from very ancient |
| 4693 | times at the extreme S.W. of Europe. |
| 4694 | Herodorus of Heraclea, a contempo- |
| 4695 | rary of Socrates, who appears to have |
| 4696 | possessed a fair knowledge of the |
| 4697 | Spanish peninsula, spoke of them |
| 4698 | (Fr. 20) as dwelling the furthest to |
| 4699 | the W. of all the Spanish nations, |
| 4700 | and said they were bordered upon to- |
| 4701 | wards the N. by the Gletes. (rXfjres, |
| 4702 | query ? TaXarai, Celts.) By the later |
| 4703 | geographers (Strabo, Pliny, Ptolemy) |
| 4704 | they are ignored altogether, yet cu- |
| 4705 | riously enough they re-appcar in Avi- |
| 4706 | enus, a writer of the fifth century |
| 4707 | after Christ, nearly in their old settle- |
| 4708 | ments, on the banks of tlie Anas or |
| 4709 | Ouadiana. (Ora Maritim. 202-223.) |
| 4710 | ^ If the Danube in the time of |
| 4711 | Herodotus entered the Euxine at |
| 4712 | Istria, it must have changed its |
| 4713 | course very greatly since he wrote. |
| 4714 | Istria, Ister, or Istriopolis (as we find |
| 4715 | it variouslj^ called) was situated near |
| 4716 | the modern Kostendje, 60 miles Itelow |
| 4717 | the most soutlierly of the Danube's |
| 4718 | present mouths. Tlie name un- |
| 4719 | doubtedly remains in the modern |
| 4720 | Wisteri, on the road from Kostendje |
| p. 75 | |
| 4721 | Chap. .3t, 35. |
| 4722 | WONDEES OF EGYrT. |
| 4723 | 53 |
| 4724 | 34. Kow as this river flows through regions that are |
| 4725 | inhahited, its course is perfectly well known ; but of |
| 4726 | the sources of the Nile no one can give any account, |
| 4727 | since Libya, the country through which it passes, is |
| 4728 | desert and without inhabitants. As far as it was pos- |
| 4729 | sible to get information by inquiry, I have given a |
| 4730 | description of the stream. It enters Egypt from the |
| 4731 | parts beyond. Egypt lies almost exactly opposite |
| 4732 | the mountainous portion of Cilicia,"* whence a lightly- |
| 4733 | equipped traveller may reach Sinope on the Euxine in |
| 4734 | five days by the direct route. ^ Sinope lies opposite the |
| 4735 | place where the Ister falls into the sea.^ My opinion |
| 4736 | therefore is that the Nile, as it traverses the whole of |
| 4737 | Libya, is of equal length with the Ister. And here I |
| 4738 | take my leave of this subject. |
| 4739 | 35. Concerning Egypt itself I shall extend my re- |
| 4740 | marks to a great length, because there is no country |
| 4741 | that possesses so many wonders,'' nor any that has such |
| 4742 | to Bahadagh, but the ancient town |
| 4743 | must have been nearer the coast — |
| 4744 | perhaps at Karagkik. (See Strab. vii. |
| 4745 | p. 461-2 ; Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. |
| 4746 | p. 157 ; Ptolem. iii. 10 ; Itin. Ant. |
| 4747 | p. 14, &c.) It is perhaps conceivable |
| 4748 | that the Danube may once have |
| 4749 | thrown out a branch from the augle |
| 4750 | in its course near Rassova to the |
| 4751 | Bhack Sea near Kostendje, in the line |
| 4752 | of the projected ship-canal ; but if so, |
| 4753 | great alterations in the height of the |
| 4754 | land must have taken place within |
| 4755 | the historic ])eriod, since at present |
| 4756 | the Black Sea is separated from the |
| 4757 | valley of the Danube by a range of |
| 4758 | hills, whose elevation is at the lowest |
| 4759 | point 200 or 300 feet. |
| 4760 | ^ According to Scymnus Chins |
| 4761 | (Fr. 21) Istria was founded about the |
| 4762 | time of the Scythian invasion of Asia |
| 4763 | (B.C. 633). Pliny calls it a most |
| 4764 | beautiful city (" urbs pulcherrima," |
| 4765 | H. N. iv. 11). |
| 4766 | '' Cilicia was divided into two por- |
| 4767 | tions, the eastern, or " Cilicia cam- |
| 4768 | pestris," and the western, or " Cilicia |
| 4769 | aspera." (Strab. xiv. p. 954.) Egypt |
| 4770 | does not really lie "opposite" — that |
| 4771 | is, in the same longitude with — the |
| 4772 | latter region. It rather faces Pam- |
| 4773 | phylia, but Herodotus gives all |
| 4774 | Africa, as far as the Lesser Syrtis, too |
| 4775 | easterly a position. (Vide infra, iv. |
| 4776 | 179. note.) |
| 4777 | " Suprk, i. 72, sub fin. |
| 4778 | ® This of course is neither true, |
| 4779 | nor near the truth ; and it is difficult |
| 4780 | to make out in what sense Herodotus |
| 4781 | meant to assert it. Perhaps he at- |
| 4782 | tached no very distinct geograjihical |
| 4783 | meaning to the word " opposite.'' |
| 4784 | ^ By this statement Herodotus pre- |
| 4785 | pares liis readers for what he is about to |
| 4786 | relate ; but the desire to toll of the won- |
| 4787 | ders in which it di tiered from all other |
| 4788 | countries led Herodotus to indulge in |
| 4789 | his love of antithesis, so tliat in some |
| 4790 | cases he confines to one sex what was |
| 4791 | done by both (a singular instance being |
| 4792 | noted down by him as an invariable |
| 4793 | custom), and in others he has indulged |
| 4794 | in the marvellous at a sacrifice of |
| 4795 | truth. If, however, Herodotus had |
| 4796 | told us that the Egyptian women en- |
| 4797 | joyed greater liberty, confidence, and |
| p. 76 | |
| 4798 | 54 |
| 4799 | ANTITHESIS OF THE SEXES. |
| 4800 | Book II. |
| 4801 | a number of works which defy description. Not only is |
| 4802 | the climate diiferent from that of the rest of the world, |
| 4803 | and the rivers unlike any other rivers, but the people |
| 4804 | also, in most of their manners and customs, exactly re- |
| 4805 | verse the common practice of mankind. The women |
| 4806 | attend the markets^ and trade, while the men sit at |
| 4807 | home at the loom ;^ and here, while the rest of the world |
| 4808 | consideration tlian under the harcem |
| 4809 | system of the Greeks and Persians |
| 4810 | (Book i. ch, 136), he would have been |
| 4811 | fully justified, for the treatment of |
| 4812 | women in Egypt was far better than |
| 4813 | in Greece. The assertion of Nympho- |
| 4814 | dorus that Sesostris, fearing the people, |
| 4815 | v:ho had become very numerous, might |
| 4816 | revolt against him, obliged the men |
| 4817 | to adopt the occupations of women (in |
| 4818 | order to enervate the whole race during |
| 4819 | his reign), is too ridiculous to be worth |
| 4820 | contradicting. In many cases where |
| 4821 | Herodotus tells improbable talcs, they |
| 4822 | are on the authority of others, or mere |
| 4823 | hearsay reports, for which he at once |
| 4824 | declares himself not responsible, and |
| 4825 | he justly pleads that his history was |
| 4826 | not only a relation of facts, but the |
| 4827 | result of an " la-Topia," or " inquiry," |
| 4828 | in which all he heard was inserted. |
| 4829 | We must, however, sometimes regret |
| 4830 | that he did not use his own judgment, |
| 4831 | and discard what must have shown |
| 4832 | itself unworthy of credit and of men- |
| 4833 | tion. For we gladly allow that when |
| 4834 | he does offer his own reflections they |
| 4835 | are soimd ; and too much credit cannot |
| 4836 | be given him for being so far aV)Ove |
| 4837 | prejudice, and superior to many of the |
| 4838 | Greeks, who were too apt to claim tlie |
| 4839 | honour of originating things they lior- |
| 4840 | rowed from others, or to derive from |
| 4841 | Greece what was of older date than |
| 4842 | themselves ; as, for instance, Thoth |
| 4843 | (Mercury) having gone from Arcadia |
| 4844 | " to Egypt, and given laws and learn- |
| 4845 | ing to the Egyptians" (Cic. Nat. Deor. |
| 4846 | iii.) ; and Actinus, the son of Sol, |
| 4847 | being an astronomer who went from |
| 4848 | Greece to Egypt, where he founded |
| 4849 | the city of Heliopolis. Herodotus also |
| 4850 | shows more fairness and judgment |
| 4851 | than those who claim for the Greeks |
| 4852 | many inventions and ideas evidently |
| 4853 | borrowed from the country they vi- |
| 4854 | sited for instruction, and who ibrget |
| 4855 | to attribute to the Greeks some of their |
| 4856 | great merits ; — as the emancipation of |
| 4857 | the human mind from the trammels |
| 4858 | of fixed and unvarying rules, which |
| 4859 | cramped genius and prevented im- |
| 4860 | provement ; the invention of real his- |
| 4861 | tory ; the establishment of taste in |
| 4862 | arts and literature ; and that develop- |
| 4863 | ment of the mind for v\-hich modern |
| 4864 | nations are so much beholden to them. |
| 4865 | In art too Greece was imri vailed, and |
| 4866 | was indebted for it to her own genius ; |
| 4867 | nor from the occasional adoption of |
| 4868 | some hints in architecture and orna- |
| 4869 | mental designs, as well as certain |
| 4870 | branches of luiowledge, at an early |
| 4871 | period, can the origin of Greek taste |
| 4872 | be ascribed to Egypt or any other |
| 4873 | country.— [G, W.] |
| 4874 | " The market-place was originally |
| 4875 | outside the walls, generally in an open |
| 4876 | space, beneath what was afterwards |
| 4877 | the citadel or the acro]>ulis ; as we see |
| 4878 | in the old sites of Greek and also |
| 4879 | Roman towns, as at Rome itself, |
| 4880 | whence perhayis called Forum. The |
| 4881 | same is still the case in some corm- |
| 4882 | tries at the present day, as at Cattaro |
| 4883 | in Dalmatia. |
| 4884 | This first antithesis is an instance of |
| 4885 | Herodotus confining to one sex what |
| 4886 | applies to both ; and the sculptures |
| 4887 | show that sedentar}' occupations were |
| 4888 | more followed by women than by |
| 4889 | men. — [G. W.] |
| 4890 | ' This is one of the passages in our |
| 4891 | author, where his words so closely |
| 4892 | resemble those of Sophocles, as to |
| 4893 | raise suspicion of i>lagiarism on the |
| 4894 | rne side or the other. (See note ^ |
| 4895 | B, i. ch. 32 ; and vide infra, iii. 119.) |
| 4896 | The ancients generally seem to have |
| 4897 | believed the charge of efleminacy |
| p. 77 | |
| 4898 | Chap. 35. |
| 4899 | WEAVING. |
| 4900 | 55 |
| 4901 | works the woof wp the warp,^ the Egyptians work it |
| 4902 | down ; the women hkewise carry burthens upon their |
| 4903 | shoulders, while the men cany them upon their heads. |
| 4904 | They eat their food out of doors in the streets,^ but |
| 4905 | brought by Herodotus against the |
| 4906 | Egyptians. Various writers re])eat |
| 4907 | it, and one (Nymphodorus) declares |
| 4908 | its origin. (See the |
| 4909 | Scholiast on Soph. |
| 4910 | (Ed. Col. 337; and |
| 4911 | compare the advice |
| 4912 | said to have been |
| 4913 | given by Croesus to |
| 4914 | Cyrus, supra, i. 155.) |
| 4915 | ^ The foregoing |
| 4916 | remark, that a ge- |
| 4917 | neral conclusion is |
| 4918 | drawn from particu- |
| 4919 | lar and rare cases, |
| 4920 | applies also to this, |
| 4921 | as the Egyptians |
| 4922 | sometimes puslied |
| 4923 | the woof iTpwards, |
| 4924 | down ; |
| 4925 | to their |
| 4926 | carrying |
| 4927 | for men |
| 4928 | almost always car- |
| 4929 | ried them on their shoulders, or on a |
| 4930 | yoke, like that now in use in Europe(see |
| 4931 | woodcut fig. 4 in note ' on ch. 136), and |
| 4932 | rarelj^ on their heads, except bakers, as |
| 4933 | in other countries ; while very few |
| 4934 | sometimes |
| 4935 | and also |
| 4936 | mode of |
| 4937 | burthens. |
| 4938 | instances occur of a woman bearing a |
| 4939 | Ijurthen on her shoulders. — [G. W.] |
| 4940 | I |
| 4941 | 8 That they sometimes ate in the |
| 4942 | street is not to be doubted ; but this |
| 4943 | was only the poorer class, as in other |
| 4944 | parts of ancient and modern Europe, |
| 4945 | and could not be mentioned in con- |
| 4946 | tradistinction to a Greek custom. The |
| 4947 | Egj'ptians generally dined at a small |
| 4948 | round table, having one leg (similar |
| 4949 | to the monopodium or orbis), at which |
| 4950 | one or more persons sat, and they ate |
| 4951 | with their fingers like the Greeks and |
| 4952 | the modern Arabs. Several dishes |
| 4953 | wei'e placed upon the table, and be- |
| 4954 | fore eating it was their custom to say |
| 4955 | grace. (Joseph. Antiq. xii. 2. 12 ; see |
| 4956 | At. Eg. W. vol. ii. p. 392 to 415.) |
| 4957 | Athenajus (Deipn. iv. p. 150) speaks |
| 4958 | of the sumptuousness of an Egyptian |
| p. 78 | |
| 4959 | 56 |
| 4960 | SOCIAL POSITION OF WOMEN. |
| 4961 | Book II. |
| 4962 | retire for private purposes to their houses, giving as a |
| 4963 | reason that what is unseemly, hut necessary, ought to |
| 4964 | he done in secret, hut what has nothing unseemly ahout |
| 4965 | it, should he done openly. A woman cannot serve the |
| 4966 | feast, and says they had one kind of |
| 4967 | dinner or supper " at which there was |
| 4968 | no table, the dishes being brought |
| 4969 | round." — 1_G. W.] |
| 4970 | ■* Tliough men held the priesthood |
| 4971 | in Egypt, as in other countries, women |
| 4972 | ■were not excluded from certain im- |
| 4973 | portant duties in the temples, as He- |
| 4974 | No. I. |
| 4975 | rodotus also shows (chs. 54, 56) ; the |
| 4976 | queens made offerings with the kings ; |
| 4977 | and the monuments, as well as Dio- |
| 4978 | dorus, show tliat an order of women, |
| 4979 | chosen from the prmcipal families, |
| 4980 | were employed in the service of the |
| 4981 | gods. It is of these that Uiodorus, |
| 4982 | and even Herodotus (i. 182), have told |
| 4983 | stories, the absurdity of which is |
| 4984 | sufficiently evident when we consider |
| 4985 | that queens and women of the highest |
| 4986 | rank held the office in the temple of |
| 4987 | Amun ; and it is probable that these |
| 4988 | were members of a sacred college, into |
| 4989 | which they entered on the death of |
| 4990 | their husbands, in order to devote |
| 4991 | themselves to religious duties. It was |
| 4992 | perhaps then that they received the |
| 4993 | title of " divine wife," or " god's wife ;" |
| 4994 | which from the following formula — |
| 4995 | " the royal daughter, the royal wife, |
| 4996 | the divine (god's) wife, the g(xl"s |
| 4997 | mother,'' would refer to her relationship |
| 4998 | to a king ; as no office could make |
| 4999 | any one the mother of Amun. The |
| 5000 | widow of Ames, however, seems to |
| 5001 | be called " Goddess wife of Amun ;" |
| 5002 | which would show them to be |
| 5003 | spouses of the deity. They were |
| 5004 | also styled " god's hand," and |
| 5005 | " god's (the divine) star." Their |
| 5006 | chief office in the religious cere- |
| 5007 | monies was to sing the praises |
| 5008 | of the deity, playing on various |
| 5009 | instalments ; in the temple the |
| 5010 | highest of their order, as queens and |
| 5011 | princesses, held the sistra ; and at |
| 5012 | Thebes they were called the min- |
| 5013 | strels and chiefs of the women of |
| 5014 | Amun. (On the Pallacides, see At. |
| 5015 | Eg. W. vol. iv. p. 203.) A sort |
| 5016 | of monastic institution seems to have |
| 5017 | originated in Egji^t at an early time, |
| 5018 | and to have been imitated afterwards |
| 5019 | when the real conventual system was |
| 5020 | set on foot by the Christians in the |
| 5021 | same coimtry. Cp. the Vestal vir- |
| 5022 | gins at Rome. (See woodcut No. II. |
| 5023 | opp. page.) |
| 5024 | Herodotus (ii. 54) speaks of two |
| 5025 | women, belonging to the Temple of |
| 5026 | Jupiter at Thebes, who founded the |
| 5027 | oracles of Ammon and Dodona ; and |
| 5028 | priestesses are mentioned on the Eo- |
| 5029 | setta stone, and in the pajiyrus of |
| 5030 | D'Anastasy. (See At. Eg. W. vol. i. |
| 5031 | p. 261 .) Nor can this be ascribed to |
| 5032 | innovations, among a people so jealous |
| 5033 | as the Egyptians of the interference |
| 5034 | of foi'eigners in their religion. It |
| 5035 | must, however, be observed that no |
| 5036 | woman, except the queen, attended |
| 5037 | in the grand processions of a king's |
| 5038 | coronation, or on similar occasions ; |
| 5039 | and there is no ceremonj" in which |
| 5040 | women took the part they did at the |
| 5041 | Panathenaic festival of Athens. The |
| 5042 | monuments, however, show they did |
| p. 79 | |
| 5043 | Chap. 35. |
| 5044 | SUPPORT OF PARENTS. |
| 5045 | 57 |
| 5046 | priestly office/ either for god or goddess, but men are |
| 5047 | priests to both ; sons need not support their parents |
| 5048 | attend in j^rocessions in honour of |
| 5049 | Atbor, as well as of Bubastis (infra, |
| 5050 | ch. GO) ; and in the funeral i)ageants |
| 5051 | women performed a great part, being |
| 5052 | the mourners for the dead, indepen- |
| 5053 | dently of those hired, as at the present |
| 5054 | day. Two, indeed, held an important |
| 5055 | oflice on that occasion. (Woodcut No. |
| 5056 | HI. figs. 1, 2.) |
| 5057 | There was also a ceremony jier- |
| 5058 | formed by a woman and a man, each |
| 5059 | holding the end of a rojjc tied in a |
| 5060 | knot round a wooden pillar, the |
| 5061 | pointed end of which they struck |
| 5062 | against the ground ; and this apjiears |
| 5063 | also to have been of a religious cha- |
| 5064 | racter connected with the dead. (No. |
| 5065 | IV.) Women were not therefore ex- |
| p. 80 | |
| 5066 | 58 PRACTICE OF SHAVING THE HAIR AND BEARD. Book II. |
| 5067 | unless tliey clioose, but daughters must, whetlier tliey |
| 5068 | clioose or no.^ |
| 5069 | 36. In other countries the priests have long hair, in |
| 5070 | Egypt their heads are shaven f elsewhere it is cus- |
| 5071 | tomary, in mourning, for near relations to cut their hair |
| 5072 | close ; the Egyptians, who wear no hair at any other |
| 5073 | time, when they lose a relative, let their beards and the |
| 5074 | hair of their heads grow long. All other men pass their |
| 5075 | lives separate from animals, the Egyptians have animals |
| 5076 | always living with them ;^ others make barley and wheat |
| 5077 | their food, it is a disgrace to do so in Egypt,^ where the |
| 5078 | eluded from the service of religion ; |
| 5079 | aud the fact of queens holding the |
| 5080 | sceptre suffices to prove it, every |
| 5081 | monarch being privileged, and obliged, |
| 5082 | to become a member of the hierai'chy, |
| 5083 | and to be initiated in the mysteries. |
| 5084 | Diodorus also describes Athyrtis, the |
| 5085 | daughter of Sesostris, so well versed |
| 5086 | in divination that she foretold to her |
| 5087 | fixther the future success of his arms. |
| 5088 | — [G. W.] |
| 5089 | Xo. IV. ■ |
| 5090 | ' Of the daughters being forced to |
| 5091 | support their parents instead of the |
| 5092 | sons, it is difficult to decide ; but the |
| 5093 | improbability of the custom is glaring ; |
| 5094 | and it is the son on whom the duty |
| 5095 | fell of providing for the services in |
| 5096 | honour of his deceased parent ; and |
| 5097 | the law of debt mentioned by He- |
| 5098 | rodotus (in ch. 13G) contradicts his |
| 5099 | assertion here. — [G. W.] |
| 5100 | * The custom of shaving the liead |
| 5101 | as well as beard was not confined to |
| 5102 | the priests in Egypt, it was general |
| 5103 | among all classes ; and all the men |
| 5104 | wore wigs or caps fitting close to their |
| 5105 | heads, except some of the pjoorest |
| 5106 | class. In this the Egyjitians were |
| 5107 | unlike the " KaprjKOfMoavTas A)(aiovs :" |
| 5108 | but the custom of allowing the hair to |
| 5109 | grow in mourning was not confined to |
| 5110 | Egypt ; and Plutarch (Op. Mor. p. 267) |
| 5111 | says that in misfortune the Greek |
| 5112 | women cut off their hair, and the men |
| 5113 | let it grow, contrary to their ordinary |
| 5114 | custom. He probably means long and |
| 5115 | ueyJigpiitly ; for in most states the |
| 5116 | Greeks wore their hair moderately |
| 5117 | long ; young men and athletes short. |
| 5118 | Beards began first to be shaved in |
| 5119 | Greece in the time of Alexander. |
| 5120 | (Pint. Lysand. 1.) The habit of |
| 5121 | making a baldness between the eyes |
| 5122 | for the dead (Dent. xiv. 1), which was |
| 5123 | forbidden by the Mosaic law, was not |
| 5124 | Egy]>tian, but Syrian. — [G. W.j |
| 5125 | " Their living with animals not |
| 5126 | only contradicts a previous assertion |
| 5127 | of their eating in the streets, but is |
| 5128 | contrary to fact ; and if Herodotus |
| 5129 | really associated with any who were |
| 5130 | so liadly lodged, he must have kept |
| 5131 | very bad company during his stay in |
| 5132 | E,gi-pt.— [G. W.] |
| 5133 | " Their considering it a " disgrace " |
| 5134 | to live on wheat and barley is equally |
| 5135 | extravagant ; and though they also |
| 5136 | cultivated the holcus sorgltum (or |
| 5137 | doora), and poor people may have |
| 5138 | used it, as at the present day, when |
| 5139 | they could not afford whcaten bread, |
| p. 81 | |
| 5140 | Chap. 3fi. |
| 5141 | FOOD. |
| 5142 | 59 |
| 5143 | grain they live on is spelt, which some call zea. Dough |
| 5144 | they knead with their feet,^ hut they mix mud, and even |
| 5145 | take up dirt, with their hands. They are the only people |
| 5146 | in the world — they at least, and such as have learnt the |
| 5147 | it does not follow tliat the custom |
| 5148 | was obligatory, or ever adopted by an |
| 5149 | Egyptian of rank, and the assertion of |
| 5150 | Herodotus is much on a par Avitli Dr. |
| 5151 | Johnson's definition of "oats." |
| 5152 | It is not known what the olyra |
| 5153 | really was ; Pliny shows it was not |
| 5154 | rice, nor the same as zea, as Herodotus |
| 5155 | supposed, and it was probably the |
| 5156 | doora of modern Egypt, which is tlie |
| 5157 | only grain besides wheat and barley |
| 5158 | represented m the sculptures (though |
| 5159 | <7us has been thought to be "flax"). |
| 5160 | (See At. Eg. W. vol. ii. p. 397.) Pliny |
| 5161 | (xviii. 7) says, " far in ^'Egv'pto ex |
| 5162 | olyra couficitur," but not of course to |
| 5163 | the exclusion of other gi-ain, as he |
| 5164 | notices wheat and barley there, and |
| 5165 | nd'ls (xviii. 8), "^Egyjitus similaginera |
| 5166 | conficit e tritico sito." Both wheat |
| 5167 | aud barley are noticed in Lower Egypt |
| 5168 | long before Herodotus' time (Exod. |
| 5169 | ix. 31, 32), and the paintings of the |
| 5170 | 1'hebaid prove that they were grown |
| 5171 | extensively in that part of the coun- |
| 5172 | try ; they were among the offerings in |
| 5173 | the temples ; and the king, at his co- |
| 5174 | ronation, cutting some cars of wheat |
| 5175 | afterwards offered to the gods as the |
| 5176 | staple production of Egj'pt, shows |
| 5177 | how great a value was set on a grain |
| 5178 | which Herodotus would lead us to |
| 5179 | suppose was held in abhorrence. It |
| 5180 | is remarkable that though oats are |
| 5181 | unknown in E'zvpt the wild oat grows |
| 5182 | there.— [G. W.'] |
| 5183 | ^ That they trod the dough witli |
| 5184 | their feet is true, fashioning it after- |
| 5185 | No. I. |
| 5186 | No. II. |
| 5187 | wards with the hand into cakes ; but |
| 5188 | the mud was also mixed with the |
| 5189 | feet, after having been broken up |
| 5190 | with the hoe, as we see in the re- |
| 5191 | ])resentation of the brickmakcrs at |
| 5192 | Thebes. See woodcut, figs. 11, 13, |
| 5193 | in note ' on oh. 136.— [0. W.] |
| p. 82 | |
| 5194 | 6a |
| 5195 | CLOTHING — WRITING. |
| 5196 | Book II, |
| 5197 | practice from them^ — who use circumcision. Their men |
| 5198 | wear two garments apiece, their women but one.^ They |
| 5199 | put on the rings and fasten the ropes to sails inside,^ |
| 5200 | others put them outside. When they write * or calcu- |
| 5201 | late,^ instead of going, like the Greeks, from left to |
| 5202 | * Vide infra, ch. 104. |
| 5203 | * The men having two dresses and |
| 5204 | the women one gives an erroneous |
| 5205 | impression. The usual dress of men |
| 5206 | was a long upper robe and a short |
| 5207 | kilt beneath it, the former being laid |
| 5208 | aside when at work ; while women |
| 5209 | had only the long robe. When an |
| 5210 | extra iipper garment was worn over |
| 5211 | these the men had three, the women |
| 5212 | two ; so that, instead of limiting the |
| 5213 | latter to one, he should have given to |
| 5214 | men always one more garment than |
| 5215 | the women. See woodcuts in notes |
| 5216 | on chs. 35, 37, and 81. — [G.W.] |
| 5217 | ^ The Greek KaXoi generally corre- |
| 5218 | sponded to our " stays " of the mast, |
| 5219 | vTrepai to " braces," noSfs to " sheets," |
| 5220 | and Kepovx^oi to " halliards ;" but He- |
| 5221 | rodotus only speaks of " the ropes and |
| 5222 | rings of the sails ;" and the ancient |
| 5223 | custom of fastening the braces and |
| 5224 | sheets of the sails to rings within the |
| 5225 | gunwale fully agrees with that still |
| 5226 | adopted in the Nile boats. See notes |
| 5227 | S ^ ch. 96.— [G. W.] |
| 5228 | * The Egyptians wrote from right |
| 5229 | to left in hieratic and demotic (or |
| 5230 | enchorial), which are the two modes of |
| 5231 | writing here mentioned. The Greeks |
| 5232 | also in old times wi-ote from riglit to |
| 5233 | left, like the Phoenicians, from whom |
| 5234 | they borrowed their alphabet. This |
| 5235 | seems the natural mode of writing ; |
| 5236 | for though we have always been ac- |
| 5237 | customed to write from left to right, |
| 5238 | we invariably use our pencil, in |
| 5239 | shading a drawing, from riglit to left, |
| 5240 | in spite of all our previous habit ; and |
| 5241 | even our down-strokes in writing are |
| 5242 | all from right to left. The Arabs say |
| 5243 | "it is more reasonable to see where |
| 5244 | the pen is coming, than not to see |
| 5245 | where it is going." It Avas continued |
| 5246 | by the Etruscans, the early imitators |
| 5247 | of the Greeks, to a very late period. |
| 5248 | Dr. Brugsch very ingenini^sly observes |
| 5249 | (Gram. Deraot. pp. 15, 16), that tliough |
| 5250 | nil |
| 5251 | II 1 1 0 |
| 5252 | A |
| 5253 | 81 |
| 5254 | in 99 |
| 5255 | in Demotic the general direction of the |
| 5256 | writing was from right to left, each |
| 5257 | individual letter was formed from left |
| 5258 | to right, as is evident in the un- |
| 5259 | finished ends' of horizontal letters |
| 5260 | when the ink failed in the pen. — |
| 5261 | [G. W.] |
| 5262 | * In writing numbers in Hieratic |
| 5263 | and Enchorial they placed the units |
| 5264 | to the left, that is last, according tq |
| 5265 | their mode of writing |
| 5266 | from right to left. Thus |
| 5267 | 1851 would stand 1581. |
| 5268 | In 18 they would first |
| 5269 | come to the ten, and in |
| 5270 | 13,432 they would be- |
| 5271 | gin with the thousands. |
| 5272 | The same mode of beginning with |
| 5273 | the largest num- |
| 5274 | ber is followed |
| 5275 | in hieroglyphics, |
| 5276 | whether written |
| 5277 | from right to |
| 5278 | left, or from left |
| 5279 | to right. This |
| 5280 | is like our ar- |
| 5281 | rangement of the thousand first and |
| 5282 | the unit last, in our writing from left |
| 5283 | to right. The Arabs, from whom we |
| 5284 | borrowed this, think we ought to have |
| 5285 | changed the arrangement, as we write |
| 5286 | in an opjiosite direction. But they |
| 5287 | borrowed their numerals from India |
| 5288 | (hence called by them " Hindee," |
| 5289 | " Indian"), and there the arrangement |
| 5290 | is as in our own, 133 being |
| 5291 | Indian, 133, |
| 5292 | which are singularly' like the ordinal |
| 5293 | numbers of the Hieratic in Egypt — |
| 5294 | 11^* |
| 5295 | 2 3^ '3 \ |
| 5296 | r.23 |
| 5297 | Hieratic, 133''. |
| 5298 | Both these resemble the Chinese, and |
| p. 83 | |
| 5299 | Chap. 37. |
| 5300 | SUPERSTITION. |
| 5301 | 61 |
| 5302 | right, they move their hand from right to left ; and |
| 5303 | they insist, notwithstanding, that it is they who go to |
| 5304 | the right, and the Greeks who go to the left. They |
| 5305 | have two quite different kinds of writing,^ one of which |
| 5306 | is called sacred, the other common. |
| 5307 | 37. They are religions to excess, far beyond any |
| 5308 | other race of men,^ and use the following ceremonies : — |
| 5309 | They drink out of brazen cups,^ which they scour every |
| 5310 | day : there is no exception to this practice. They wear |
| 5311 | linen garments, which they are specially careful to |
| 5312 | have always fresh washed.^ They practise circumcision |
| 5313 | the origin of the three nutabers was |
| 5314 | evidently from simple lines, |
| 5315 | converted into |
| 5316 | Tippoo Sultan, seeing the incon- |
| 5317 | sistency of following the arrange- |
| 5318 | ment used in a language read from |
| 5319 | left to right, altered it on some of his |
| 5320 | late coins, and placed the imit to the |
| 5321 | right. There is no representation on |
| 5322 | Egj'ptian monuments of an abacus |
| 5323 | for calculating, like that of the Greeks. |
| 5324 | — [G. W.] |
| 5325 | ^ See note in Appendix, ch. v. |
| 5326 | ' The extreme religious views of |
| 5327 | the Egyptians became at length a |
| 5328 | gross superstition, and were naturally |
| 5329 | a subject for ridicule and contempt. |
| 5330 | Liician makes Momus express his sur- |
| 5331 | prise that so many persons were al- |
| 5332 | lowed to share divine honours, but is |
| 5333 | indignant at the Egyptian crew of |
| 5334 | apes, ibises, bulls, and other ridicu- |
| 5335 | lous creatures who intruded them- |
| 5336 | selves into heaven, and wonders how |
| 5337 | Jupiter can allow himself to be cari- |
| 5338 | catured with rams' horns. Jupiter |
| 5339 | gives an answer worthy of an Egyjitian |
| 5340 | priest, that they were mysteries not |
| 5341 | to be derided by the uninitiated (Deor. |
| 5342 | Concil. s. 10). Juvenal and others |
| 5343 | take advantage of the same openino' |
| 5344 | for ridicule.— [G. W.] |
| 5345 | " This, he says, is the universal |
| 5346 | custom, without exception ; but we |
| 5347 | not only know that Joseph had a |
| 5348 | silver drinking-cup (Gen. xliv. 2, |
| 5349 | 5), but the sculptures show the |
| 5350 | wealthy Egyptians used glass, |
| 5351 | porcelain, and gold, sometimes |
| 5352 | inlaid with a coloured comi:)osition |
| 5353 | resembling enamel, or with pre- |
| 5354 | cious stones. That persons who |
| 5355 | could not afford cups of more costly |
| 5356 | materials should have been contented |
| 5357 | with those of bronze is very pro- |
| 5358 | bable ; and Hellanicus (quoted by |
| 5359 | Ath. Deipn. xi. p. 470 d) mentions the |
| 5360 | phiale (dish), eyas (upright handled |
| 5361 | cup), and ethanion (strainer), in Egypt |
| 5362 | of bronze ; but, as in Etruria, Greece, |
| 5363 | and Eome, many diinking cups were |
| 5364 | also of other materials. The bronze |
| 5365 | is often gilt, and long ladles (sim- |
| 5366 | pula) and other utensils are often |
| 5367 | found with the gilding still visible ; |
| 5368 | and fragments of glass, i^orcelain, and |
| 5369 | other cups are common in Egypt as |
| 5370 | in Italy. The custom then was not |
| 5371 | universal either in the time of Hero- |
| 5372 | dotus, or before, or afterwards. See |
| 5373 | note 3 on ch. 151.— [G. W.l |
| 5374 | ^ Their attention to cleanliness was |
| 5375 | very remarkable, as is shown by their |
| 5376 | shaving the head and beard, and re- |
| 5377 | moving the hair from the whole body, |
| 5378 | by their frequent ablutions, and by |
| 5379 | the strict rules instituted to ensure it. |
| 5380 | Herodotus soon afterwards says the |
| p. 84 | |
| 5381 | 62 |
| 5382 | CLEANLINESS. |
| 5383 | Book II. |
| 5384 | for the sake of cleanliness, considering it better to be |
| 5385 | cleanly than comely. The priests shave their whole |
| 5386 | body every other day, that no lice or other impure |
| 5387 | priests washed themselves twice eveiy |
| 5388 | day and twice every night in cold |
| 5389 | water ; and Porphyry (de Abstin. iv. |
| 5390 | 7), besides three ablutions every day, |
| 5391 | and an occasional one at night, men- |
| 5392 | tions a grand ceremony of purification |
| 5393 | previous to their fasts, many of which |
| 5394 | lasted forty-two days, or even longer, |
| 5395 | during which time they abstained en- |
| 5396 | tirely from animal food, from herbs, |
| 5397 | and vegetables, and, above all, from |
| 5398 | the indulgence of the passions. The |
| 5399 | same motive of cleanliness led them |
| 5400 | to practise circumcision, which Hero- |
| 5401 | dotus afterwards mentions. Nor was |
| 5402 | this confined to the priests, as we |
| 5403 | learn from the mummies and from |
| 5404 | the sculptures, where it is made a dis- |
| 5405 | tinctive mark between the Egyptians |
| 5406 | and their enemies ; and in later times, |
| 5407 | when Egypt contained many foreign |
| 5408 | settlers, it was looked upon as a dis- |
| 5409 | tinctive sign between the orthodox |
| 5410 | Eg}7>tiau and the stranger, or the |
| 5411 | non-conformist. None tlierefore were |
| 5412 | allowed to study all the secrets of |
| 5413 | Eg}-ptian knowledge unless they had |
| 5414 | submitted to this rite ; and this pro- |
| 5415 | bably led to the notion that the |
| 5416 | priests alone were circumcised. Its |
| 5417 | institution in Egypt reaches to the |
| 5418 | most remote antiquity : we find it |
| 5419 | existing at the earliest period of which |
| 5420 | any monuments remain, more than |
| 5421 | 2400 years before our era, and there |
| 5422 | is no reason to doubt that it dated |
| 5423 | still earlier.— 'G. W.] |
| 5424 | ' The dress of the priests consisted, |
| 5425 | as Herodotus states, of linen (ch. 81) ; |
| 5426 | but he does not say they were confined |
| 5427 | (as some have supposed) to a single |
| 5428 | robe ; and whetlier walking abroad, |
| 5429 | or officiating in the temple, they were |
| 5430 | permitted to have more than one gai-- |
| 5431 | ment. The high-priest styled Sera |
| 5432 | always wore a leopard-skin placed |
| 5433 | 3 4 |
| 5434 | No. 1. |
| p. 85 | |
| 5435 | Chap. 37. |
| 5436 | DRESS OF THE PRIESTS. |
| 5437 | 63 |
| 5438 | thing may adhere to them when they are engaged in |
| 5439 | the service of the gods. Their dress is entirely of linen,' |
| 5440 | over the linen dress as his costume |
| 5441 | of office. (No. II.) Phitarch (de Is. |
| 5442 | s. 4) agrees with Herodotus in stating |
| 5443 | tliat their dress was of linen and not |
| 5444 | of wool ; for, he adds, it would be in- |
| 5445 | consistent in men, who take so much |
| 5446 | pains to remove the hair from their |
| 5447 | body, to wear clothes made of the wool |
| 5448 | or hair of animals ; and no Egyjitian |
| 5449 | was allowed to enter a temple withoxit |
| 5450 | No. ir. |
| 5451 | taking oft' his outer woollen cloak |
| 5452 | (Her. ii. 81), nor could he be buried |
| 5453 | in cloths of that material. But |
| 5454 | though their under-garment was of |
| 5455 | linen, it did not prevent their wearing |
| 5456 | an upper one of cotton. Pliny (xix. |
| 5457 | 1) affirms that cotton dresses Avere |
| 5458 | particularlj' agreeable to the priests ; |
| 5459 | and the Rosetta stone states that |
| 5460 | " cotton garments " were supplied by |
| 5461 | the government for the use of the |
| 5462 | temple. Biit these were probably the |
| 5463 | sacred robes for the statues of the |
| 5464 | Gods (Plut. de Is. s. 78); and the |
| 5465 | priests may only have been forbidden |
| 5466 | to wear cotton garments while in the |
| 5467 | temple. The votaries of Isis at Piome |
| 5468 | were subject to the same prohibition, |
| 5469 | and linen dresses were adopted by |
| 5470 | those who had been initiated into |
| 5471 | the mysteries (Plut. de Is. s. 3 ; Aj3ul. |
| 5472 | Metam. lil). xi.). The Egyptian and |
| 5473 | Jewish priests were the only ones |
| 5474 | (except perhaps those of India) whose |
| 5475 | dresses were ordered to be of linen. |
| 5476 | That worn by the former was of the |
| 5477 | finest texture, and the long robe with |
| 5478 | full sleeves, which covered the body |
| 5479 | and descended to the ankles, was per- |
| 5480 | fectly transparent, and placed over |
| 5481 | a short kilt of thicker quality reach- |
| 5482 | ing to the knees. Some wore a long |
| 5483 | robe of liaen, extending from the |
| 5484 | neck to the ankles, of the same thick |
| 5485 | No. ui. |
| 5486 | substance, and some officiated in the |
| 5487 | short kilt alone, the arms and legs |
| 5488 | being bare. Some again had a long |
| 5489 | thin dress, like a loose shirt, AAith full |
| 5490 | sleeves, reacliiug to the ankles, over |
| 5491 | which a wrapper of fine linen was |
| 5492 | Ko. IV. |
| 5493 | bound, covering the lower part of the |
| 5494 | body, and falling in front below the |
| 5495 | knees ; the hieraphoros, while bearing |
| 5496 | the sacred emblems, frequently wore |
| p. 86 | |
| 5497 | 64 |
| 5498 | SHOES — USE OF THE BATH. |
| 5499 | Book II. |
| 5500 | and their shoes of the papyrus plant : ^ it is not |
| 5501 | lawful for them to wear either dress or shoes of any |
| 5502 | other material. They bathe t^vice every day in cold |
| 5503 | a long full apron, tied in front with |
| 5504 | long bands, and a strap, also of linen, |
| 5505 | passed over the shoulder to support it ; |
| 5506 | and some priests wore a long smock |
| 5507 | reaching from below the arms to the |
| 5508 | feet, and supported over the neck by |
| 5509 | straps, (No. I. fig. 4.) Their head was |
| 5510 | frequently bare, sometimes covered |
| 5511 | A^ith a vng or a tight cap ; but in all |
| 5512 | cases the head was closely shaved. |
| 5513 | They had a particular mode of gouf- |
| 5514 | freying their linen dresses (also adoi^ted |
| 5515 | in Greece, to judge from the ancient |
| 5516 | statues and the vases, as well as in |
| 5517 | Etruria), which impressed upon them |
| 5518 | the waving lines represented in the |
| 5519 | paintings, and this was done by means |
| 5520 | of a wooden instrument, divided into |
| 5521 | segmental partitions I5 inch broad on |
| 5522 | its upper face, which was held by the |
| 5523 | hand while the linen was pressed upon |
| 5524 | it. One of them is in the Museum |
| 5525 | of Florence (fig. 2 gives the real size |
| 5526 | of the divisions). |
| 5527 | No. V. |
| 5528 | The fine texture of the Egyptian |
| 5529 | linen is fully proved by its trans- |
| 5530 | parency, as represented in the paint- |
| 5531 | ings, and by the statements of ancient |
| 5532 | Avi-iters, sacred (Gen. xli. 42 ; and |
| 5533 | 2 Chron. i. 16) as well as jirofane, and |
| 5534 | by the wonderful texture of a piece |
| 5535 | found near Memphis, part of which is |
| 5536 | in my possession. In general quality |
| 5537 | it is equal to the finest now made ; |
| 5538 | and for the evenness of the threads, |
| 5539 | without knot or break, it is far sujie- |
| 5540 | rior to any of modern manufacture. |
| 5541 | It has in the inch 540 threads, or 270 |
| 5542 | double thi'eads in the warp, and 110 |
| 5543 | in the woof — a disparity which, as |
| 5544 | Mr. Thompson observes, belonged to tlie |
| 5545 | Egyptian " svstera of manufacture." |
| 5546 | (See At. Eg. W. vol. iii. p. 120, &c.) |
| 5547 | Pliny mentions four kinds of linen |
| 5548 | particularly noted in Egj'pt, the Ta- |
| 5549 | nitic, the Pelusiac, the Butine, and |
| 5550 | the Tentpitic ; and the same fuieness |
| 5551 | of texture was extended to the nets |
| 5552 | of Egypt, which were so delicate that |
| 5553 | they could pass through a man's ring. |
| 5554 | and a single person could carry a suf- |
| 5555 | ficient number of them to surround a |
| 5556 | whole wood. (Plin. xix. 1. On the |
| 5557 | Byssus,' see note*^ ch. 8G.) The trans- |
| 5558 | parent fineness of the linen dresses of |
| 5559 | men and women in the Egyptian paint- |
| 5560 | ings recalls the remark of Seneca (de |
| 5561 | Benef. vii. 9) on " sericas vestes," so |
| 5562 | thin that a woman appeared as if naked. |
| 5563 | — [G. \V.] |
| 5564 | Their sandals were made of the |
| 5565 | papyrus, or of other kinds of Cyperus ; |
| 5566 | an inferior quality being of matted |
| 5567 | palm-leaves ; and they either slept on |
| 5568 | a simple skin stretched on the ground |
| 5569 | (Eust. in Homer. II. xvi. 235), or on |
| 5570 | a wicker bed, made of palm-branches |
| 5571 | which Porjihyry very justly says |
| 5572 | were called bai (de Abstin. iv. 7). On |
| 5573 | this bedstead, which was similar to |
| 5574 | the caffas of modern Egypt, made of |
| 5575 | the same materials, a mat or a skin |
| 5576 | was spread for a mattress, and their |
| 5577 | head was supported by a half cylinder |
| 5578 | of wood in lieu of a pillow. These |
| 5579 | pillows are frequently found in the |
| p. 87 | |
| 5580 | Chap. 37. ADVANTAGES ENJOYED BY THE PRIESTS. |
| 5581 | 65 |
| 5582 | water, and twice each night. Besides which they oh- |
| 5583 | serve, so to speak, thousands of ceremonies. They |
| 5584 | enjoy, however, not a few advantages.^ Tliey con- |
| 5585 | sume none of their own property, and are at no |
| 5586 | expense for anything ',^ but every day bread is baked for |
| 5587 | them of the sacred corn, and a plentiful supply of beef |
| 5588 | tombs, made of acacia, sycamore, or |
| 5589 | tamarisk wood, or sometimes of ala- |
| 5590 | baster ; and they are represented |
| 5591 | among the furniture of an Egyptian |
| 5592 | mansion, in tlie Tombs of the Kings, |
| 5593 | together with the richest sofas and |
| 5594 | fauteuils. Uliey are still used in Ethi- |
| 5595 | ojiia, and also in places distant from |
| 5596 | the Nile, m Japan, China, the Western |
| 5597 | Coast of Africa, in Otaheite (Tahiti), |
| 5598 | and other jJaces. But soft pillo'ws |
| 5599 | and lofty couches were also adojited |
| 5600 | in Egypt, to which last they mounted |
| 5601 | by steps. Cp. 2 Kings i. 4; Ps. |
| 5602 | cxxxii. 3 ; Prov. vii. 16.— [G. W.] |
| 5603 | ^ The gi'eatest of these was the |
| 5604 | paramount influence they exercised |
| 5605 | over the spiritual, and consequently |
| 5606 | over the temporal, concerns of the |
| 5607 | whole community, which was secm'cd |
| 5608 | to them through their superior know- |
| 5609 | ledge, by the dependence of all classes |
| 5610 | on them for the instruction they chose |
| 5611 | to impart, and by their exclusive right |
| 5612 | of possessing all the secrets of religion |
| 5613 | which were thought to place them far |
| 5614 | above the rest of mankind. Nor did |
| 5615 | their power over an individual cease |
| 5616 | with liis life ; it would even reach |
| 5617 | him after death ; and their veto could |
| 5618 | prevent his being buried in his tomb, |
| 5619 | VOL. 11. |
| 5620 | and consign his name to lasting in- |
| 5621 | famy. They thus usurped the power |
| 5622 | and place of the Gods, whose Avill they |
| 5623 | affected to be commissioned to pro- |
| 5624 | nounce ; and they acted as though the |
| 5625 | community had been made for their |
| 5626 | rule, and not their own office for |
| 5627 | the benefit of the community. |
| 5628 | Priestcraft indeed isalwaysodious, |
| 5629 | but especially Avhen people are |
| 5630 | taught to believe what the priests |
| 5631 | themselves know to be mere fable ; |
| 5632 | and the remark of Cato, " It ap- |
| 5633 | pears strange that one priest can |
| 5634 | refrain ft-om laughing when he |
| 5635 | looks at another," might well |
| 5636 | apply to those of Egypt, (Cic. |
| 5637 | de Nat. Deor. i. 26) ; de Div. ii.) |
| 5638 | It must however be admitted that |
| 5639 | they did not make a show of |
| 5640 | great sanctity, nor set themselves |
| 5641 | above the customs of society, in |
| 5642 | order to increase their power over it ; |
| 5643 | they were good husbands and fathers, |
| 5644 | and they showed the highest regard |
| 5645 | for all social duties. Manldnd too |
| 5646 | had not then been enlightened by |
| 5647 | Christianity ; and the Egyptian hier- |
| 5648 | archy had the merit of having en- |
| 5649 | joined, practised, and ensured morality, |
| 5650 | and contributed gi'eatly to the welfare |
| 5651 | of the people they so long governed. |
| 5652 | — [Cx. W.] |
| 5653 | * They were exempt from taxes, |
| 5654 | and were provided with a daily allow- |
| 5655 | ance of meat, corn, and wine ; and |
| 5656 | when Pharaoh, by the advice of Jo- |
| 5657 | seph, took all the land of the Egyp- |
| 5658 | tians in lieu of corn (Gen. xlvii. 20, |
| 5659 | 22), the land of the priests was ex- |
| 5660 | empt, and the tax of the fifth ] art of |
| 5661 | the produce was not levied upon it. |
| 5662 | Diodorus (i. 72) says the land was |
| 5663 | divided into three portions, one of |
| 5664 | which belonged to the king, another |
| 5665 | to the priests, and the third to the |
| 5666 | military caste. — ''G. W.l |
| p. 88 | |
| 5667 | 66 |
| 5668 | FISH AND BEANS NOT EATEN. |
| 5669 | Book II. |
| 5670 | and of goose's flesTi is assigned to each, and also a |
| 5671 | portion of wine made from the grape. ^ Fish they are |
| 5672 | not allowed to eat f and beans, — which none of the |
| 5673 | Egyptians ever sow, or eat, if they come up of their |
| 5674 | own accord, either raw or boiled^ — the priests will not |
| 5675 | even endure to look on, since they consider it an un- |
| 5676 | clean kind of pulse. Instead of a single priest, each |
| 5677 | 5 Herodotus is quite riglit in saying |
| 5678 | they were allowed to drink wine, and |
| 5679 | the assertion of Plutarch (de Is. s. 6) |
| 5680 | that the kings (who were also of the |
| 5681 | priestly caste) were not peiTuitted to |
| 5682 | drink it before the reign of Psammeti- |
| 5683 | chus is contradicted by the authority |
| 5684 | of the Bible (Gen. xl. 10, 13) and the |
| 5685 | sculptures ; and if on some occasions |
| 5686 | it really was not admitted into the |
| 5687 | temple of Heliopolis, it was not ex- |
| 5688 | cluded from other temples, and wine |
| 5689 | was among the usual offerings made |
| 5690 | to the Gods. Herodotus tells us (ch. |
| 5691 | 39) that they began their sacrifices |
| 5692 | by a libation of wine ; and it is evi- |
| 5693 | dent from the sculptures that it |
| 5694 | was also admitted into the temples |
| 5695 | of the Sun, or at least at his |
| 5696 | altar in other temples. And though |
| 5697 | Hecatajus asserts that the kings were |
| 5698 | allowed a stated quantity, according |
| 5699 | to the regulations in the sacred books |
| 5700 | (Plut. de Is. s. 6), they were reported |
| 5701 | by the Egyptians to have exceeded |
| 5702 | those limits, as in the case of Myce- |
| 5703 | rinus and Amasis. (Her. ii. 133, 174.) |
| 5704 | Of the kings and the laws respecting |
| 5705 | them, see At. Eg. W. vol. i. p. 249- |
| 5706 | 255, and compare notes on chs. 18, |
| 5707 | 60, 63, 77.— "G. W.j |
| 5708 | * Though fish were so generally |
| 5709 | eaten by the rest of the Egyptians, |
| 5710 | they were forbidden to the priests, and |
| 5711 | when on the 9th daj' of the 1st month |
| 5712 | (Thoth), when a religious ceremony |
| 5713 | obliged all the people to eat a fried |
| 5714 | fish before the door of their houses, |
| 5715 | the priests were not even then ex- |
| 5716 | pected to conform to the general cus- |
| 5717 | tom, but were contented to bimi theirs |
| 5718 | at the appointed time (Pint, de Is. s. |
| 5719 | 7). The principal food of the priests, |
| 5720 | as Diodorus justly states, was lieef |
| 5721 | and goose, and the gazelle, iliex, oryx. |
| 5722 | and wild-fowl were not forbidden ; but |
| 5723 | they " abstained from most sorts of |
| 5724 | pulse, from mutton, and swine's flesh, |
| 5725 | and in their more solemn purifications |
| 5726 | they even excluded salt from their |
| 5727 | meals " (Plut. de Is. s. 5). Garlick, |
| 5728 | leeks, onions, lentils, peas, and above |
| 5729 | all beans, are said to have been ex- |
| 5730 | cluded from the tables of the priests. |
| 5731 | See Diod. Sic. i. 81, 89 ; Plut. de Is. |
| 5732 | s. 8; Juv. Sat. xv. 9.— [G. W.] |
| 5733 | 7 Diodorus (i. 89) is more correct |
| 5734 | when he says that some only of the |
| 5735 | Egyptians abstained from beans, and |
| 5736 | it may be doubted if they grew in |
| 5737 | Egypt without being sown. The |
| 5738 | custom of forbidding beans to the |
| 5739 | priests was borrowed from Egypt by |
| 5740 | Pythagoras. Cicero (de Div. i. 30) |
| 5741 | thinks it was from their disturbing the |
| 5742 | mind during sleep. In like manner |
| 5743 | the prohibition against eating swine's |
| 5744 | flesh and fish was doubtless from the |
| 5745 | desire to abstain from food which was |
| 5746 | apt to engender cutaneous disorders |
| 5747 | in persons of sedentarj" habits, while |
| 5748 | the active life of other classes (having |
| 5749 | the "dura messorum ilia'') enabled |
| 5750 | them to eat the same things without |
| 5751 | endangering their heaith. This will |
| 5752 | not, however, account for mutton |
| 5753 | being forbidden in the Thebaid, which |
| 5754 | is the most wholesome meat in Egypt ; |
| 5755 | and we can only suppose it was owing |
| 5756 | to sheep having been few in number |
| 5757 | at the time the law was first made ; |
| 5758 | when they were anxious to encourage |
| 5759 | the breed for the sake of the wool, |
| 5760 | and feared to lessen their nimiber, as |
| 5761 | .was the case with the cow both in |
| 5762 | Egjq^t and India. The name Kvafios |
| 5763 | was also applied to the seeds of the |
| 5764 | Nelumbium or Indian Lotus. See |
| 5765 | note ^ on ch. 92.— [G. W.] |
| p. 89 | |
| 5766 | Chap. 37. |
| 5767 | CHIEF PRIESTS. |
| 5768 | 67 |
| 5769 | god has the attendance of a college, at the head of |
| 5770 | which is a chief priest f when one of these dies, his son |
| 5771 | is appointed in his room. |
| 5772 | ® This is fully confirmed .by the |
| 5773 | sculptures. They were not, however, |
| 5774 | always replaced at their death Ly |
| 5775 | their sons ; and though this w^as often |
| 5776 | the case, a son might become a yiriest |
| 5777 | of another deity, and have a higher or |
| 5778 | lower grade than his father. He could |
| 5779 | also be a priest during his father's |
| 5780 | lifetime, and numerous sons could not |
| 5781 | expect the same office as their father. |
| 5782 | The son of a priest was generally a |
| 5783 | priest also ; and when an elder son |
| 5784 | succeeded to the same office held be- |
| 5785 | fore by his father, it is very possible |
| 5786 | that he inherited the same dress of in- |
| 5787 | vestiture, which was also the custom |
| 5788 | of the Jews (Exod. xxix. 29); but a |
| 5789 | priest's son might be a military man. |
| 5790 | The priests had various grades. The |
| 5791 | chief priests held the first post, and |
| 5792 | one of them had an office of great im- |
| 5793 | portance, which was usually fulfilled |
| 5794 | by the king himself. He was the |
| 5795 | prophet and officiating high -priest, |
| 5796 | and had the title of " Sem, Pk |
| 5797 | in addition to that of chief priest, |
| 5798 | and he was distinguished by w^earing |
| 5799 | a leopard's skin over his ordinary |
| 5800 | robes. (See n. '■ ch. 37, woodcut Iso> |
| 5801 | 11.) He does not appear to have |
| 5802 | ranked above chief-priests, being men- |
| 5803 | tioned after them on the Kosetta |
| 5804 | stone, but to have been one of them |
| 5805 | in a particular capacity. He might |
| 5806 | also be a chief-priest of one God, and |
| 5807 | Sem of another ; and one in a tomb |
| 5808 | at Thebes is called " chief-priest of |
| 5809 | Amun, Se'/n in the temple of Pthah, |
| 5810 | superior of the priests of the upper |
| 5811 | and lower country ;" and his father |
| 5812 | was chief-priest withoi;t the adthtional |
| 5813 | office of *S'e??2.. The prophets were par- |
| 5814 | ticularly versed in all matters relating |
| 5815 | to the ceremonies, the "n'orship of the |
| 5816 | Gods, the laws, and the discipline of the |
| 5817 | whole order, and they not only pre- |
| 5818 | sided over the temple and the sacred |
| 5819 | rites, but directed the management |
| 5820 | of the sacred revenues. (Clem. Alex. |
| 5821 | Strom, vi. p. 758.) In the solemn pro- |
| 5822 | cessions they had a conspicuous part ; |
| 5823 | they bore the holy hydria or vase, |
| 5824 | which was frequently carried by the |
| 5825 | king on similar occasions, and they |
| 5826 | with the chief-priests were the first |
| 5827 | whose opinion was consulted respect- |
| 5828 | ing the introduction of any new mea- |
| 5829 | sure connected with religion, as we |
| 5830 | find in the decree of the Eosetta stone, |
| 5831 | which w^as " established by the chief- |
| 5832 | priests and prophets, and those who |
| 5833 | have access to the adytum to clothe |
| 5834 | the Gods, and the jiterophorai, and |
| 5835 | the sacred scribes, and all the other |
| 5836 | jmests .... assembled in the temple |
| 5837 | of Memphis." Some of the principal |
| 5838 | functionaries " in the solemn proces- |
| 5839 | sions " are thus mentioned by Clemens |
| 5840 | (Strom. ^^. p. 757) : " The singer |
| 5841 | usually goes first, bearing the symbols |
| 5842 | of music, whose duty is said to be to |
| 5843 | carry two of the books of Hermes. . . . |
| 5844 | he is followed by the Horoscopus, bear- |
| 5845 | ing in his hand the m«asure of time |
| 5846 | (hourglass), and the palm (branch), |
| 5847 | the sjTubols of astrology (astronomy) |
| 5848 | .... next comes the Hierogrammat |
| 5849 | (sacred scribe) having feathers on his |
| 5850 | head (see woodcut fig. 9, note ' on ch. |
| 5851 | 37), and in his hands a book (papyrus) |
| 5852 | with a ruler (palette) in which is ink |
| 5853 | iBMiiiiifi immiiiiiiiNiuii iiiiiiiii[uiuiiiini]iiiii»iiiiiiiiiiniiiimiiMiir«ir»uinuiiiuniiininuiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiiiinMiiiiiiiniii»uin|iiHiiiniiHifii|i|iiriiiiiiiiiiniilinnii |
| p. 90 | |
| 5854 | 68 |
| 5855 | TEST OF ^lALE KI^E. |
| 5856 | Book II. |
| 5857 | 38. Male kine are reckoned to belong to Epaphus,® |
| 5858 | and are therefore tested in the following manner : — |
| 5859 | One of the priests appointed for the purpose searches to |
| 5860 | see if there is a sins-le black hair on the whole body, |
| 5861 | since in that case the beast is unclean. He examines |
| 5862 | him all over, standing on his legs, and again laid upon |
| 5863 | his back ; after which he takes the tongue out of his |
| 5864 | mouth, to see if it be clean in respect of the prescribed |
| 5865 | marks (what they are I will mention elsewhere^) ; he |
| 5866 | also inspects the hairs of the tail, to observe if they grow |
| 5867 | naturally. If the animal is pronounced clean in all |
| 5868 | these various points, the priest marks him by twisting |
| 5869 | a piece of pap}Tus round his horns, and attaching thereto |
| 5870 | some sealing-clay, which he then stamps with his own |
| 5871 | signet-ring.^ After this the beast is led away ; and it |
| 5872 | and a reed for ^^iting (fig. 1), then the |
| 5873 | stolistes, bearing the cubit of justice |
| 5874 | (fig. 2), and the cup of libation (fig. 3) |
| 5875 | , . . and lastly the Prophet, the president |
| 5876 | of the temple, who carries in his bosom |
| 5877 | a water-jar, followed by persons bear- |
| 5878 | ing loaves of bread." See procession |
| 5879 | in pi. 76 of At. Eg, W. vol. vi. ; and |
| 5880 | below, note ^ on ch. 58. — [G. W. j |
| 5881 | * Epaphus, Herodotus says (in ch. |
| 5882 | 153), is the Greek name of Apis, of |
| 5883 | which it is jn-obably only a corniption |
| 5884 | (see also B. iii. chs. 27, 28). In exa- |
| 5885 | mining a bull for sacrifice, he adds, they |
| 5886 | admitted none but those which were |
| 5887 | free from black liairs ; and Maimonides |
| 5888 | states that " if only two white or black |
| 5889 | hairs were found hnng upon each other, |
| 5890 | the animal was considered unfit for |
| 5891 | sacrifice" (Maim, de Vacca nifa, c. 1). |
| 5892 | This calls to mind the law of the Israel- |
| 5893 | ites, commanding them to "biing a |
| 5894 | red heifer \vithout spot, wherein was |
| 5895 | no blemish " (Xumb. xix. 2). But the |
| 5896 | sculptures show that bulls with black, |
| 5897 | and red, or white spots, were com- |
| 5898 | monly killed both for the altar and |
| 5899 | the table, and the only prohibition |
| 5900 | seems to have been against killing |
| 5901 | heifers ; and to ensure a regard for |
| 5902 | them they were held sacred (see below, |
| 5903 | n. ^ ch. 41). It was on this accoimt that |
| 5904 | Moses proposed to go three days into |
| 5905 | the desert, lest the anger of the Egyp- |
| 5906 | tians should be raised on seeing the |
| 5907 | Israelites sacrifice a heifer (Exod. viii. |
| 5908 | 26) ; and by this very opposite choice |
| 5909 | of a \'ictim they were made imequi- |
| 5910 | vocally to denounce, and to separate |
| 5911 | themselves from, the rites of Egyjat. |
| 5912 | -[G. W.] |
| 5913 | ' It is not at all clear that the refer- |
| 5914 | ence is to iii. 28, as the commentators |
| 5915 | generally suppose (see Larcher, Bahr, |
| 5916 | and Blakesley ad loc.) : for Hero- |
| 5917 | dotus is there describing, not the ani- |
| 5918 | mal which might be offered to Apis, |
| 5919 | but the animal which was regarded as |
| 5920 | an incarnation of Apis. Perhaps we |
| 5921 | have here, as in Aii. 213, a promise |
| 5922 | that is unfulfilled. |
| 5923 | ^ The sanction given for sacrificing |
| 5924 | a bull was by a papyrus band tied by |
| 5925 | the priest round the homs, which he |
| 5926 | stamped with his signet on sealing- |
| 5927 | clay. Documents sealed with fine clay |
| 5928 | and impressed with a signet are very |
| 5929 | common ; but tlie exact symbols im- |
| 5930 | pressed on it by the |
| 5931 | priest on this occa- |
| 5932 | sion are not kno^Ti. |
| 5933 | Castor says they |
| 5934 | consisted of a man |
| 5935 | kneeling with his hands tied behind |
| p. 91 | |
| 5936 | Chap. 38, 39. |
| 5937 | MANNER OF SACRIFICE. |
| 5938 | 69 |
| 5939 | is forbidden, under the penalty of death, to sacrifice an |
| 5940 | animal which has not been marked in this way. |
| 5941 | 39. The following is their manner of sacrifice :■ — They |
| 5942 | lead the victim, marked with their signet, to the altar |
| 5943 | where they are about to offer it, and setting the wood |
| 5944 | alight, pour a libation of wine upon the altar in front of |
| 5945 | the victim, and at the same time invoke the god. Then |
| 5946 | they slay the animal,^ and cutting off his head, proceed |
| 5947 | him, and a sword pointed to his |
| 5948 | throat, which was proliably this (of |
| 5949 | woodcut), though it has not heeu |
| 5950 | found on a seal. The clay used in |
| 5951 | closing and seahng papyri is of very |
| 5952 | tine quality. A similar kind was em- |
| 5953 | ployed for ofhcial seals by the Greeks |
| 5954 | and AssjTiaus. On signet-rings see |
| 5955 | my note on B. iii. ch. 41. — [G. W.] |
| 5956 | ^ We learn from the sculptures that |
| 5957 | the victim, ha\iug its feet tied to- |
| 5958 | gether, was thrown on the gi'ound; |
| 5959 | and the priest having placed his hand |
| 5960 | on its head (as in Levit. i. 4 ; iii. 8), |
| 5961 | or holding it by the horn, cut its |
| 5962 | throat, apparently from ear to ear, as |
| 5963 | is the custom of the Moslems at the |
| 5964 | present day. The skin was then re- |
| 5965 | moved, and after the head had been |
| 5966 | taken away, the foreleg or shoulder, |
| 5967 | generally the right (as in Levit. \'iii. |
| 5968 | 26), was the first joint cut oif. This |
| 5969 | was considered, and called, the chosen |
| 5970 | part (Sapt), and was the first offered |
| 5971 | on the altar. (Cp. 1 Sam. ix. 24 ; |
| 5972 | Levit. \'ii. 33 ; viii. 25.) The other |
| 5973 | parts were afterwards cut up ; and the |
| 5974 | shoulder, the thigh, the head, the ribs, |
| 5975 | the rura]i, the heart, and the kidneys, |
| 5976 | were the principal ones placed on the |
| 5977 | 3 |
| 5978 | No. I. |
| 5979 | altar. The head, which Herodotus |
| 5980 | says was either taken to the market |
| 5981 | and sold to strangers, or thrown into |
| 5982 | the river, is as common on the altars |
| 5983 | No. III. |
| 5984 | No. IV. 1 |
| p. 92 | |
| 5985 | 70 |
| 5986 | IMPEECATIONS. |
| 5987 | Book II. |
| 5988 | to flay tlie body.* Next they take the head, and |
| 5989 | heaping imprecations on it, if there is a market-j^lace |
| 5990 | as any other joint, and an instance |
| 5991 | sometimes oce-urs of the whole animal |
| 5992 | being placed upon it. We may there- |
| 5993 | fore conclude that the imprecations |
| 5994 | he says were called down upon the |
| 5995 | head were confined to certain occa- |
| 5996 | sions and to one particular victim, as |
| 5997 | in the case of the scapegoat of the |
| 5998 | Jews (Levit. xvi. 8, 10, 21), and it |
| 5999 | was of that particular animal that no |
| 6000 | Egyptian would eat the head. It |
| 6001 | may not have been a favourite joint, |
| 6002 | since we find it given to a poor man |
| 6003 | for holding the walking-sticks of the |
| 6004 | guests at a party ; but he was an |
| 6005 | Egyptian, not a foreigner, and this is |
| 6006 | in the paintings of a tomb at Thebes, |
| 6007 | of the earl}^ time of the 18th dynasty |
| 6008 | (woodcut No. IV.).— [G. W.] |
| 6009 | ■• Homer's description of the mode of |
| 6010 | Xo. II. |
| p. 93 | |
| 6011 | Chap. 40. |
| 6012 | DISEMBOWELLING AND BUENING. |
| 6013 | 71 |
| 6014 | and a body of Greek traders in the city, they carry it |
| 6015 | there and sell it instantly ; if, however, there are no |
| 6016 | Greeks among them, they throw the head into the |
| 6017 | river. The imprecation is to this effect : — They pray |
| 6018 | that if any evil is impending either over those who |
| 6019 | sacrifice, or over universal Egypt, it may be made to |
| 6020 | fall upon that head. These practices, the imprecations |
| 6021 | upon the heads, and the libations of wine, prevail all |
| 6022 | over Egypt, and extend to victims of all sorts ; and |
| 6023 | hence the Egyptians will never eat the head of any |
| 6024 | animal. |
| 6025 | 40. The disembowelling and burning are however |
| 6026 | different in different sacrifices. I will mention the mode |
| 6027 | in use with respect to the goddess wliom they regard |
| 6028 | as the greatest,^ and honour with the chiefest festival. |
| 6029 | When they have flayed their steer they pray, and when |
| 6030 | slaughtering an animal (II. i. 459-i66) |
| 6031 | is very similar : " They drew back the |
| 6032 | head and killed it, and after skinning it |
| 6033 | they cut off the legs (nrjpovs), which |
| 6034 | being wrapped up in the fat (caul) |
| 6035 | folded double, they placed portions of |
| 6036 | raw meat thereon ; an old man then |
| 6037 | burnt it on split wood, and poured |
| 6038 | black wine on it, while the j'ouug |
| 6039 | men beside him held five-pronged |
| 6040 | spits. When the legs (thighs and |
| 6041 | shoulders) were burnt, and they had |
| 6042 | tasted the ' inward parts,' they cut |
| 6043 | the rest into small pieces, and put |
| 6044 | them on skewers (spits), roasting |
| 6045 | them cleverly, and took all off again." |
| 6046 | -[G. W.] |
| 6047 | ^ Herodotus here evidently alludes |
| 6048 | to Isis, as he shows in chs. 59, 61, where |
| 6049 | he speaks of her fete at Bi;siris ; but he |
| 6050 | afterwards confounds her with Athor |
| 6051 | (ch. 41). This is very excusable in the |
| 6052 | historian, since the attributes of those |
| 6053 | two Goddesses are often so closely |
| 6054 | connected that it is difficult to dis- |
| 6055 | tinguish them in the sculptures, im- |
| 6056 | less their names are directly specified. |
| 6057 | It was however more so in late than |
| 6058 | in early times, and at Dendera Athor |
| 6059 | has very nearly the same appearance |
| 6060 | as Isis, though still a distinct Goddess, |
| 6061 | as is shown by each of them having a |
| 6062 | temple at that place. Herodotus (in |
| 6063 | ch. 41) says that cows were sacred to |
| 6064 | Isis, whose statues had the head of |
| 6065 | that animal ; but it was to Athor, the |
| 6066 | Venus of Egyjit, that they were sa- |
| 6067 | cred ; and it is only when one adopts |
| 6068 | the attributes of the other, that Isis |
| 6069 | has the head of the sjiotted cow of |
| 6070 | Athor, or that this Goddess takes the |
| 6071 | name of Isis. Plutarch says Isis was |
| 6072 | called Miith, Athyri, and Methuer |
| 6073 | (de Is. s. 56). That Herodotus was |
| 6074 | really describing Athor and not Isis |
| 6075 | is shown Ijy tlie city where the cattle |
| 6076 | ■were sent being Atarbechis. (See be- |
| 6077 | low note ^ on ch. 41.) The Roman poets |
| 6078 | made a double error in confounding |
| 6079 | Isis with Athor, and even with Juno, |
| 6080 | whence " nivea Saturnia vacca." |
| 6081 | Great honours were also paid to the |
| 6082 | Cow of Athor at Momemphis, where |
| 6083 | Venus was particularly worshipped ; |
| 6084 | and wherever she had a temple a |
| 6085 | sacred Cow was kept, as Strabo says |
| 6086 | was the case at Momemphis as well |
| 6087 | as other places in the Delta ; and at |
| 6088 | Chusa3, a small village in the Hernio- |
| 6089 | politc nome wliere Venus was \\'or- |
| 6090 | ship]ied under the title of Urania. — |
| 6091 | [G. W.] |
| p. 94 | |
| 6092 | 72 |
| 6093 | COWS SACRED TO ISIS. |
| 6094 | Book II. |
| 6095 | their prayer is ended they take the paunch of the animal |
| 6096 | out entire, leaving the intestines and the fat inside the |
| 6097 | body ; they then cut off the legs, the end of the loins, |
| 6098 | the shoulders, and the neck' ; and having so done, they |
| 6099 | lill the body of the steer with clean bread, honey, raisins, |
| 6100 | figs, frankincense, myrrh, and other aromatics.^ Thus |
| 6101 | filled, they burn the body, pouring over it great quan- |
| 6102 | tities of oil. Before offering the sacrifice they fast, and |
| 6103 | while the bodies of the victims are being consumed they |
| 6104 | beat themselves. Afterwards, when they have con- |
| 6105 | cluded this part of the ceremony, they have the other |
| 6106 | parts of the victim served up to them for a repast. |
| 6107 | 41. The male kine, therefore, if clean, and the male |
| 6108 | calves, are used for sacrifice by the Egyptians univer- |
| 6109 | sally ; but the female they are not allowed to sacrifice,'' |
| 6110 | since they are sacred to Isis. The statue of this |
| 6111 | goddess has the form of a woman but with horns like a |
| 6112 | cow, resembling thus the Greek representations of lo f |
| 6113 | " The custom of filling the body |
| 6114 | with cakes and various things, and |
| 6115 | then burning it all, calls to mind the |
| 6116 | Jewish burnt offering (Levit. viii. 25, |
| 6117 | 26).— [G. W.] |
| 6118 | ^ In order to prevent the breed of |
| 6119 | cattle from being diminished ; but |
| 6120 | some mysterious reason being assigned |
| 6121 | for it, the people were led to respect |
| 6122 | an ordonnance which might not other- |
| 6123 | wise have been attended to. This |
| 6124 | was the general system, and the rea- |
| 6125 | son of many things being held sacred |
| 6126 | may be attributed to a necessary pre- |
| 6127 | caution. It is indeed distinctly stated |
| 6128 | by Porphyry (de Abstin. ii. &. 11), |
| 6129 | who says " the Egyptians and Phoe- |
| 6130 | nicians would rather eat human flesh |
| 6131 | than that of cows, on account of the |
| 6132 | value of the animal', though they |
| 6133 | both sacrifice and eat bulls ;" and the |
| 6134 | same was doubtless the origin of a |
| 6135 | similar superstition in India. In an- |
| 6136 | other place PorphjTy (iv. 7) says the |
| 6137 | same thing, and adds " that certain |
| 6138 | bulls were held in the same venera- |
| 6139 | tion, while others were preserved for |
| 6140 | labour." Some years ago no one was |
| 6141 | allowed to kill a calf in Egypt, and a |
| 6142 | jjermission from the government was |
| 6143 | required for the slaughter of a bull ; |
| 6144 | but this soon degenerated into a mere |
| 6145 | tax, and coavs and calves were per- |
| 6146 | mitted to be killed on the payment of |
| 6147 | a duty. In India and Thibet the |
| 6148 | veneration for the cow is as remark- |
| 6149 | able as in Egypt. Jerome also re- |
| 6150 | marks, " In iEgypto et PaL-vstina |
| 6151 | propter boum raritatem nemo vaccam |
| 6152 | comedit " (ii. adv. Jovin. 7). Por- |
| 6153 | phyry (de Abstin.) says the first who |
| 6154 | sacrificed did not offer animals, but |
| 6155 | herbs and flowers ; and (de Sacrif. ii.) |
| 6156 | flour, honey, and fruits. — [G. W.] |
| 6157 | ^ This name is evidently connected |
| 6158 | with Ehe, " the Cow," of the Egyp- |
| 6159 | tians, which was given to one of their |
| 6160 | goddesses ; but the remark of Eusta- |
| 6161 | thius that " lo, in the language of the |
| 6162 | Argives, is the moon," is explained |
| 6163 | by its being the Egyptian name loh, |
| 6164 | " the moon," which, though quite dis- |
| 6165 | tinct from Ehc, agi-ees well with lo |
| 6166 | being looked upon by the Greeks as |
| p. 95 | |
| 6167 | Chap. 4L. |
| 6168 | SEPULTURE OF KINE. |
| 6169 | 73 |
| 6170 | and the Egyptians, one and all, venerate cows mucli |
| 6171 | more liighly than any other animal. This is the reason |
| 6172 | why no native of Egypt, whether man or woman, will |
| 6173 | give a Greek a kiss,^ or use the knife of a Greek, or his |
| 6174 | spit, or his cauldron, or taste the flesh of an ox, known |
| 6175 | to he pure, if it has heen cut with a Greek knife. When |
| 6176 | kine die, the following is the manner of their sepulture : — |
| 6177 | The females are thrown into the river ; the males are |
| 6178 | huried in the suhurhs of the towns, with one or both of |
| 6179 | their horns appearing above the surface of the ground |
| 6180 | to mark the place. When the bodies are decayed, a |
| 6181 | boat comes, at an appointed time, from the island |
| 6182 | called Prosopitis,^ — which is a portion of the Delta, |
| 6183 | the moon, and with the supposed |
| 6184 | rehxtionship of the Egyptians and the |
| 6185 | Argives, who were said to have been |
| 6186 | a colony taken by Danaiis from the |
| 6187 | Nile. lo is reported to have visited |
| 6188 | Egypt in her wanderings, and to have |
| 6189 | "■^n changed into Isis, iu the city of |
| 6190 | Coptos, where she was worshipped |
| 6191 | under that name. (See Diod. i. 1^4 ; |
| 6192 | and comp. Ovid Met. i. 588, 747 ; Pro- |
| 6193 | pert, ii. Elog. 28. 17 ; and At. Eg. W. |
| 6194 | vol. iv. p. 382, 388, 390 ; vol. v. p. |
| 6195 | 195.) The story of her having given |
| 6196 | birth to Epaphus (the Apis of Egj-pt) |
| 6197 | was probably a later addition : but |
| 6198 | her wandering to the Nile, like the |
| 6199 | fable related by Herodotus (Book i. |
| 6200 | ch. 5), points to the connexion between |
| 6201 | Egypt and Argos. The name loh, or |
| 6202 | Aah, written Iho, or Aha, is an in- |
| 6203 | stance of the medial vowel at the end |
| 6204 | of a word in hieroglyphics. (See below, |
| 6205 | n.^, and App. ch. v. § 16.)— [G. W.] |
| 6206 | " The Egyptians considered all fo- |
| 6207 | reigners unclean, with whom they |
| 6208 | would not eat, and particularly the |
| 6209 | Greeks. " The Egyptians might not |
| 6210 | eat bread with the Hebrews, for that is |
| 6211 | an abomination unto the Egyptians " |
| 6212 | (Gen. xliii. 32); and the same prejudice |
| 6213 | is continued by the Hindoos, and by |
| 6214 | many of the Moslems, to the present |
| 6215 | day. But the last have gi'adations, |
| 6216 | like the ancient Egy^itians, who looked |
| 6217 | with greater horror on those who did |
| 6218 | not cut the throat from ear to ear of |
| 6219 | all animals used for food. — [G. W.] |
| 6220 | ' Some suppose the town of Pro- |
| 6221 | s6pitis to have been also called |
| 6222 | Nicium. The island was between the |
| 6223 | Canojiic and Sebennytic branches, at |
| 6224 | the for]<, and on the west side of the |
| p. 96 | |
| 6225 | 74 |
| 6226 | COLLECTION OF THE BOXES OF OXEN. |
| 6227 | Book IL |
| 6228 | nine schoeues in circumference, — and calls at the |
| 6229 | several cities in turn to collect the bones of the oxen. |
| 6230 | Prosopitis is a district containing several cities ; the |
| 6231 | name of that from which the boats come is Atarbechis.^ |
| 6232 | Yenus has a temple there of much sanctity. Great |
| 6233 | numbers of men go forth from this city and proceed |
| 6234 | to the other towns, where they dig up the bones, |
| 6235 | which they take away with them and bury together |
| 6236 | in one place. The same j)ractice prevails with respect |
| 6237 | to the interment of all other cattle — the law so deter- |
| 6238 | mining ; they do not slaughter any of them. |
| 6239 | apex of the Delta. It was there that |
| 6240 | tlie Athenians, who came to assist the |
| 6241 | Egyptians against the Persians, were |
| 6242 | besieged, B.C. 460-458. (Thucyd. i. |
| 6243 | 109.) It is not to be supposed that |
| 6244 | all the bulls that died in Egypt were |
| 6245 | carried to Atarbochis to be buried ; and |
| 6246 | much less that all the bodies of heifers |
| 6247 | were thrown into the river. Like other |
| 6248 | animals they were embalmed and |
| 6249 | buried in the place where they died, |
| 6250 | and their mummies are consequently |
| 6251 | found at Thebes and in other parts of |
| 6252 | the country. The Egyptians were |
| 6253 | particular in preventing anj-thing re- |
| 6254 | maining above gi'ound, which by pu- |
| 6255 | trefaction could taint the air ; and this |
| 6256 | was the reason of their obliging every |
| 6257 | town to embalm whatever died there. |
| 6258 | It is probable that villages near Atar- |
| 6259 | bechis sent the carcases of bulls to |
| 6260 | that city, which led Herodotus to |
| 6261 | suppose that all places did so ; as |
| 6262 | other animals were sent from different |
| 6263 | villages in the neighbourhood to the |
| 6264 | chief city, where they were sacred. |
| 6265 | To pollute the Nile with dead car- |
| 6266 | cases would have been in the highest |
| 6267 | degi'ee inconsistent in a people so par- |
| 6268 | ticular on this point : and the notion of |
| 6269 | Herodotus can only be explained by |
| 6270 | their sometimeR feeding the crocodiles |
| 6271 | with them. The prejudice in favour |
| 6272 | of the river still remains in Egj'pt, and |
| 6273 | even the Moslems swear " by that pure |
| 6274 | stream."— [G. W.] |
| 6275 | * Athor being the Yenus of EgA'pt, |
| 6276 | Atarbechis was translated Aphrodito- |
| 6277 | polis. It was composed ofatar or athor, |
| 6278 | and hechi or bek, " city," which occurs |
| 6279 | again in Baallek, the city of Baal, or |
| 6280 | the Sun (Heliopolis) ; Eabek, the Assy- |
| 6281 | rian name of the Egyptian Heliopolis, |
| 6282 | from the Egj-ptian Be or Ba, " the |
| 6283 | sun." This Aphroditopolis is sujj- |
| 6284 | posed to have been at the modern |
| 6285 | Shihbeen, in the Isle of Prosopitis, |
| 6286 | between the Canopic and Sebennytic |
| 6287 | branches of the Nile, on an offset of |
| 6288 | the latter, called Thermuthiac, which |
| 6289 | formed the western, as the Sebennytic |
| 6290 | did the eastern, bomidary of the Isle |
| 6291 | of Natho. There were other towns |
| 6292 | called Aphroditopolis in Upper Egypt. |
| 6293 | Athor signifies, as Plutarch says, |
| 6294 | " Horns' habitation," Thy-hor, or Tei- |
| 6295 | hor, T H I - S O P, the origin of the name |
| 6296 | Thueris, who, however, was made into |
| 6297 | another person (Pint, de Is. s. 56, and |
| 6298 | 19). As the morning-star she issued |
| 6299 | from the mountain of Thebes under |
| 6300 | the form of a spotted cow, and as the |
| 6301 | evening-star she retired behind it at |
| 6302 | night. She also rejiresented Night, |
| 6303 | and in this capacity received the sun |
| 6304 | at his setting into her arms as he |
| 6305 | retired beliind the western mountain |
| 6306 | of Thebes. It was from this that the |
| 6307 | western part of the city was called |
| 6308 | Pathyris, " belonging to Athor," who |
| 6309 | presided over the west. (On Athor |
| 6310 | see At. Eg. W. vol. iv. 386 to 394.) |
| 6311 | Her great importance is shown by |
| 6312 | the many cities dedicated to her in |
| 6313 | Upper and Lower Egypt, as well as |
| 6314 | temples in other places, from the |
| p. 97 | |
| 6315 | Chap. 42. |
| 6316 | GOATS OFFERED IN THE THEBAIS. |
| 6317 | 75 |
| 6318 | 42. Such EgyjDtians as possess a temple of the |
| 6319 | Theban Jove, or Hve in the Thebaic canton,^ offer no |
| 6320 | sheep in sacrifice,* but only goats ; for the Egyptians |
| 6321 | do not all worship the same gods,^ excepting Isis and |
| 6322 | earliest times to the Ptolemies and |
| 6323 | Cjesars ; and Venus was the gi'eat |
| 6324 | goddess of Phoenicia and other coun- |
| 6325 | tries.—[G. W.J |
| 6326 | ^ On the cantons or nomes of Egj'pt |
| 6327 | see note ' on ch. 164. It has erroneously |
| 6328 | been supposed that each nome " was |
| 6329 | kept distinct from the others by the dif- |
| 6330 | ference of religion and rites." It is true |
| 6331 | there was a chief god of the nome ; |
| 6332 | but cities of different nomes were |
| 6333 | often dedicated to the same deity ; |
| 6334 | and even a city might have a chief |
| 6335 | god who was not the one of the nome, |
| 6336 | as Eileithyia was in her city within |
| 6337 | the nome of Apollinopolis. The nu- |
| 6338 | merous divinities worshipped through- |
| 6339 | out Egypt were also admitted as con- |
| 6340 | templar gods in any part of the country. |
| 6341 | See note ^ on this chapter. — [G. W.] |
| 6342 | * Sheep are never represented on |
| 6343 | the altar, or slaughtered for the table, |
| 6344 | at Thebes, though they were kept |
| 6345 | there for their wool ; and I'lutarch |
| 6346 | says " none of the Egyptians eat |
| 6347 | sheep, except the Lycopolites " (de |
| 6348 | Isid. s. 72). Goats were killed, but |
| 6349 | tlie Theban gentry seem to have pre- |
| 6350 | ferred the ibex or wild goat, the oryx, |
| 6351 | the gazelle, and other game. These, |
| 6352 | however, were confined to tlie wealthier |
| 6353 | classes ; others lived jjrincipally on |
| 6354 | beef, Nile geese, and other wild fowl ; |
| 6355 | and some were satisfied with fish, |
| 6356 | either fresh or salted, with an occa- |
| 6357 | sional goose or a joint of meat ; and |
| 6358 | the numerous vegetables Egypt pro- |
| 6359 | duced appeared in profusion on every |
| 6360 | table. Lentil porridge was, as at pre- |
| 6361 | sent, a great article of food for the |
| 6362 | poor, as well as the raphanus (^figJ) |
| 6363 | (Herod, ii. 125), " cucumbers (or |
| 6364 | gourds), melons, and leeks, onions, |
| 6365 | and garlick" (Num. xi. 5), of which |
| 6366 | the gourd (kus, Arabic hilz), melon |
| 6367 | {ahtikh, Arabic batikJi), onion (^hxsl, |
| 6368 | Arabic busl), and garlick (^tom, Arabic |
| 6369 | torn) retain their names in Egypt |
| 6370 | to the present day. They had also |
| 6371 | fruits and roots of various kinds ; |
| 6372 | and Diodorus (i. 80) says that |
| 6373 | children had merely " a little meal of |
| 6374 | the coarsest kind, the pith of the |
| 6375 | pajiyrus, baked under the ashes, and |
| 6376 | the roots and stalks of marsh-weeds." |
| 6377 | Beef and goose, ibex, gazelle, orj'x, |
| 6378 | and wild fowl were also presented to |
| 6379 | the gods ; and onions, though for- |
| 6380 | bidden to the priests, always held a |
| 6381 | jirominent place on their altar, Avith |
| 6382 | the Jigl (raphanus, figs. 7, 8), and |
| 6383 | gourds (figs. 5, 6), gi-apes, figs (espe- |
| 6384 | cially of the sycamore, figs. 3, 4), corn, |
| 6385 | and various flowers. (See ch. 31), |
| 6386 | woodcut No. II.) Wine, milk, beer, |
| 6387 | and a profusion ol cakes and bread, |
| 6388 | also iormed part of the oflerings, and |
| 6389 | incense was presented at every great |
| 6390 | sacrifice. — [G, W.] |
| 6391 | * Though each city had its pre- |
| 6392 | siding deity, many others of neigh- |
| 6393 | bouring and of distant towns were |
| 6394 | also admitted to its temples as con- |
| 6395 | templar gods, and none were positively |
| 6396 | excluded except some local divinities, |
| 6397 | and certain animals, whose sanctity |
| 6398 | was confined to particular places. In |
| 6399 | one city Amun was the chief deity, |
| 6400 | as at Thebes ; in another Pthah, as at |
| 6401 | Memphis ; in another Pie (the sun), |
| 6402 | as at Heliopolis ; and some cities |
| 6403 | which were consecrated to the same |
| 6404 | deity were distinguished by the aflix |
| 6405 | " the great," " the lesser," as Aphro- |
| 6406 | ditopolis, and Diospolis, Magna, and |
| 6407 | Parva. Many again bore a name not |
| 6408 | taken from the chief god of the place ; |
| 6409 | but every city and every sanctuary |
| 6410 | had its presiding deitj^, with con- |
| 6411 | templar gods, who were members of |
| p. 98 | |
| 6412 | 76 |
| 6413 | SHEEP OFFERED AT MENDES. |
| 6414 | Book II. |
| 6415 | Osiris, the latter of whom they say is the Grecian |
| 6416 | Bacchus.^ Those, on the contrary, who possess a |
| 6417 | temple dedicated to Mendes,' or belong to the Men- |
| 6418 | desian canton, abstain from offering goats, and sacrifice |
| 6419 | the general Pantheon — those of a |
| 6420 | neighbouring town generally holding |
| 6421 | a conspicuous post in the temple, |
| 6422 | after the cliief deity of the place. |
| 6423 | Each town had also a triad composed |
| 6424 | of the great god of the place and two |
| 6425 | other members. Many local deities |
| 6426 | scarcely went beyond their own city |
| 6427 | or nome ; and some animals, sacred in |
| 6428 | one province, were held in abhorrence |
| 6429 | in another. Thus, the inhabitants of |
| 6430 | Ombos, Athribis, and the Northern |
| 6431 | Crocodilopolis (afterwards called Ar- |
| 6432 | sinoe), near the Lake ]\Ia?ris, honoured |
| 6433 | the crocodile ; those of TentjTis, He- |
| 6434 | racleopolis, and ApoUinopolis Magna |
| 6435 | were its avowed enemies ; and as the |
| 6436 | Ombites fought with the Tentyrites |
| 6437 | in the cause of their sacred animal, |
| 6438 | so a war was waged between the |
| 6439 | Osp'hiucliites and Cynopolites in con- |
| 6440 | sequence of the former having eaten |
| 6441 | a dog, to avenge an affront offered by |
| 6442 | the CjTiopolites, who had brought to |
| 6443 | table the sacred fish of Oxp'hiuchus. |
| 6444 | (Pint, de Isid. v, 44.) The reason of |
| 6445 | these local honours was not originally |
| 6446 | connected with religion ; and the sanc- |
| 6447 | tity of the crocodile, and of certain |
| 6448 | fish, at Crocodilopolis, Oxyrhinchus, |
| 6449 | and other places distant from the Nile, |
| 6450 | was instituted in order to induce the |
| 6451 | inhabitants to keep up the canals. |
| 6452 | All, it is true, worshipped Osiris, as |
| 6453 | well as his sister Isis, for as he was |
| 6454 | judge of the dead, all were equally |
| 6455 | amenable to his tribunal ; but it can- |
| 6456 | not be said that he and Isis were the |
| 6457 | only deities worshipped throughout |
| 6458 | Egypt, since Amun, Pthah, and the |
| 6459 | other gi-eat gods, and many also of the |
| 6460 | second, as well as of the tliird order, |
| 6461 | were universally venerated. — [G. W.J |
| 6462 | •^ See below,note^ onch. 4S. "Osiris,'' |
| 6463 | says Diodorus, " has been considered |
| 6464 | the same as Sarapis, Bacchus, Pluto, |
| 6465 | or Ammou ; others have thought him |
| 6466 | Jupiter ; many Pan :" and he endea- |
| 6467 | vours to identify him A\-ith the sun, |
| 6468 | and Isis with the moon. But these |
| 6469 | notions were owang to similarities |
| 6470 | being traced in the attributes of cer- |
| 6471 | tain gods of the Greek and Egyptian |
| 6472 | Pantheons, and one often possessed |
| 6473 | some that belon€:ed to several. Thus |
| 6474 | the principal character of Osiris was |
| 6475 | that of Pluto, because he was Judge |
| 6476 | of the dead, and ruler of Amenti or |
| 6477 | Hades : and he was supposed to be |
| 6478 | Bacchus, when he lived on earth, aud |
| 6479 | taught man to till the laud. — [G. W.] |
| 6480 | ^ The mounds of Ashmoiin, on the |
| 6481 | canal leading to Menzaleh, mark the |
| 6482 | site of Mendes The Greeks con- |
| 6483 | sidered Pan to be both INIendes and |
| 6484 | Khem ; they called Chemmis in Upper |
| 6485 | Egypt Panopolis, and gave the capital |
| 6486 | of the Mendesian nome to Pan, who |
| 6487 | was said by Herodotus (ch. 46) to have |
| 6488 | been figiu'ed with the head and legs |
| 6489 | of a goat. Unfortunately no monu- |
| 6490 | ment remains at Ashmoiin to give the |
| 6491 | name and form of the god of INIendes ; |
| 6492 | but it is certain that he was not |
| 6493 | Khem, the " Pan of Thebes " {Uav |
| 6494 | 0)7/3o)i/), who had the attributes of |
| 6495 | Priapus, and was one of the gi-eat gods. |
| 6496 | Mandoo again (or Mimt), whose name |
| 6497 | appears to be related to Mendes, had |
| 6498 | the head of a hawk: and no god of |
| 6499 | the Egyptian Pantheon is represented |
| 6500 | with the head and legs of a goat. |
| 6501 | The notion is Greek ; and Jablonski |
| 6502 | is quite right in saying that Mendes |
| 6503 | did not signify a " goat." There is a |
| 6504 | tablet in the British ^luseum (Xo.356) |
| 6505 | with a goat represented much in the |
| 6506 | same manner as an Apis ; but the |
| 6507 | legend over it contains no reference to |
| 6508 | Mendes. Khem, like the Greek Pan, |
| 6509 | was " universal nature ;" and as he |
| 6510 | presided over everything generated, |
| 6511 | he was the god of vegetable as well |
| 6512 | as animal life ; and though the god of |
| 6513 | gardens had ^^^th the Greeks another |
| 6514 | name, he was really the same deity |
| 6515 | under his phallic form. — [G. W.] |
| p. 99 | |
| 6516 | Chap. 42. |
| 6517 | THEBAN LEGEND. |
| 6518 | 77 |
| 6519 | sheep instead. The Thebans, and such as imitate them |
| 6520 | in their practice, give the following accomit of the |
| 6521 | origin of the custom : — " Hercules," they say, " wished |
| 6522 | of all things to see Jove, but Jove did not choose |
| 6523 | to be seen of him.^ At length, when Hercules per- |
| 6524 | sisted, Jove hit on a device — to flay a ram, and, |
| 6525 | cutting off his head, hold the head before him, and |
| 6526 | cover himself with the fleece. In this guise he showed |
| 6527 | himself to Hercules." Therefore the Egyptians give |
| 6528 | their statues of Jupiter the face of a ram f and from |
| 6529 | them the practice has passed to the Ammonians, who are |
| 6530 | a joint colony of Egyptians and Ethiopians, speaking |
| 6531 | a language between the two ; hence also, in my opinion, |
| 6532 | the latter people took their name of Ammonians, since |
| 6533 | the Egyptian name for Jupiter is Amun. Such then is |
| 6534 | ^ 'i'his fable accords with the sup- |
| 6535 | posed meaning of the name of Amun, |
| 6536 | which Manetho says was " conceal- |
| 6537 | ment ;" hut the reason of the god |
| 6538 | liaving the head of an animal would |
| 6539 | apply to so many others, that it ceases |
| 6540 | to do so to any one in particular. |
| 6541 | Hecatajus derived Amun from a word |
| 6542 | signifying " come," in allusion to his |
| 6543 | being invoked (Plut. de Isid. 5. 9); |
| 6544 | and lambliclius says it implies that |
| 6545 | which brings to light, or is manifested. |
| 6546 | Amoni means " envelope," and amoine |
| 6547 | is "come."— [G. W.] |
| 6548 | ^ See above, notes ^, ^, on ch. 29. |
| 6549 | The god Noum (Xou, Noub, or Nef), |
| 6550 | with a ram's head, answered to Ju- |
| 6551 | piter, and he was the first member |
| 6552 | of the Triad of the Cataracts, com- |
| 6553 | posed of Noum, Sate, and Anouke' |
| 6554 | (Jupiter, Juno, and Vesta). Amun |
| 6555 | again was also considered the same as |
| 6556 | Jupiter, because he was the King of |
| 6557 | the Gods ; and it was from his wor- |
| 6558 | ship that Thebes received the name |
| 6559 | of Diospolis, " the city of Jove," an- |
| 6560 | swering to No-Auiun or Amiin-na of |
| 6561 | the Bible (Jer. xlvi. 25 ; Ezek. xxx. |
| 6562 | 14, 15, 16), |
| 6563 | J mak ^ J the Amun-ei (" abode |
| 6564 | * A^^^^ I of Amun "), |
| 6565 | or Amun-ei Na (" the ^ ,,,,, ^_^ |
| 6566 | gi-eat abode of Amun," I ■■■ '"♦"' |
| 6567 | or " Amun-ei" only?) of i /Ww | |
| 6568 | the sculptures. Amun and Noum, |
| 6569 | having both some of the attributes |
| 6570 | of Jupiter, naturally became con- |
| 6571 | founded by the Greeks ; and the |
| 6572 | custom of one god occasionally |
| 6573 | receiving the attributes of another |
| 6574 | doubtless led them into error. The |
| 6575 | greatest interchange, however, was |
| 6576 | between Amun and Khem ; but as |
| 6577 | this was only at Thebes, and little |
| 6578 | kno^\^l to the Greeks, the same mis- |
| 6579 | apprehension did not take place, and |
| 6580 | Khem by the Greeks was only con- |
| 6581 | sidered to be Pan. Yet Pan again |
| 6582 | was supposed by them to be Mendes ; |
| 6583 | and the two names of Amun and |
| 6584 | Amimre, given to the same god, |
| 6585 | would probably have perplexed the |
| 6586 | Greeks, if they had happened to per- |
| 6587 | ceive that additional title of Amun. |
| 6588 | It is, however, only right to say that |
| 6589 | the Ethiopians frequently gave the |
| 6590 | name of Amun to the ram -headed |
| 6591 | Noum, and, being their gi-eatest god, |
| 6592 | was to them what Jupiter was to |
| 6593 | the Greeks. See my note on Book iv. |
| 6594 | ch. 18.1.— [G. W J |
| p. 100 | |
| 6595 | 78 |
| 6596 | SACRIFICE OF A EAM AT THEBES. |
| 6597 | Book II. |
| 6598 | the reason why the Thebans do not sacrifice rams, but |
| 6599 | consider tliem sacred animals. Upon one day in the |
| 6600 | year, however, at the festival of Juj)iter, they slay a |
| 6601 | single ram, and stripping oif the fleece, cover with it the |
| 6602 | statue of that god, as he once covered himself, and then |
| 6603 | bring up to the statue of Jove an image of Hercules. |
| 6604 | When tliis has been done, the whole assembly beat their |
| 6605 | breasts in mourning for the ram, and afterwards bury |
| 6606 | him in a holy sepulchre. |
| 6607 | 43. The account which I received of this Hercules |
| 6608 | makes him one of the twelve gods.^ Of the other Her- |
| 6609 | cules, with whom the Greeks are familiar, I could hear |
| 6610 | nothing in any part of Egypt. That the Greeks, how- |
| 6611 | ever (those I mean who gave the son of Amphitryon |
| 6612 | * Here again the same confusion |
| 6613 | occurs, from the claims of two gods to |
| 6614 | the character of Hercules — Khon s, the |
| 6615 | third member of the Theban Triad, |
| 6616 | and Moui, who is called " Son of the |
| 6617 | Sun." The latter was the god of |
| 6618 | Sebennytus, where he was known |
| 6619 | under the name of Gem, Sem, or |
| 6620 | Gemnouti, whence the Coptic appel- |
| 6621 | lation of that city Gemnouti. There |
| 6622 | was another Heracleopolis, the capital |
| 6623 | of a nome of the same name, which |
| 6624 | is now marked by the mounds of |
| 6625 | i^uasieh, the Hues of the Copts, a |
| 6626 | little to the south of the entrance to |
| 6627 | the Fyoom. Moui appears to be the |
| 6628 | splendour or force of the sun, and |
| 6629 | hence the god of power, a divine at- |
| 6630 | tribute— the Greek Hercules being |
| 6631 | strength, a gift to man. The Egyptian |
| 6632 | Hercules was the abstract idea of di- |
| 6633 | vine power, and it is not therefore |
| 6634 | surprising that Herodotus could learn |
| 6635 | nothing of the Greek Hercules, who |
| 6636 | was a hero unknown in Egypt. The |
| 6637 | connexion between strength and heat |
| 6638 | mav be traced even in the Greek ap- |
| 6639 | pellation of Hercules. Alcides, his |
| 6640 | patronymic (taken from his grand- |
| 6641 | father Alca3us), and the name of his |
| 6642 | mother Alcma^na, were derived from |
| 6643 | aX/07, " strength ;" and Hercules may |
| 6644 | even be related to the Semitic har, |
| 6645 | harh, "heat,'" or " burning" (analogous |
| 6646 | to the Teutonic liar, "fire"), and per- |
| 6647 | haps to aor, " light," in Hebrew, or |
| 6648 | to the Hor (Horus) of Egypt. The |
| 6649 | Etruscans called him Herkle, or Ercle. |
| 6650 | In the Hebrew, " Samson " recalls the |
| 6651 | name of Sem, the Egyptian Hercules. |
| 6652 | Hercules being the sun, the twelve |
| 6653 | labours of the later hero may have |
| 6654 | been derived from the twelve signs |
| 6655 | of the zodiac. Hercules, as Herodotus, |
| 6656 | Macrobius, and others state, was par- |
| 6657 | ticularly worshipped at Tyre ; " but," |
| 6658 | adds Macrobius, " the Egj-ptians vene- |
| 6659 | rate him with the most sacred and |
| 6660 | augiist rites, and look upon the period |
| 6661 | when his worship was first adopted |
| 6662 | by them as beyond the reach of all |
| 6663 | memorials. He is believed to have |
| 6664 | killed the Giants, when in the cha- |
| 6665 | racter of the valour of the gods he |
| 6666 | fought in defence of Heaven ;" which |
| 6667 | accords with the title of a work called |
| 6668 | " Seranuthis," written by Apollonides |
| 6669 | or Horapius (in Theophil. Antioch. ad |
| 6670 | Autolyc. 2. 6), describing the wars of |
| 6671 | the Gods against the Giants, and re- |
| 6672 | calls the Egyptian title of the god |
| 6673 | of Sebennytus. Cicero mentions one |
| 6674 | Hercules who was " Nilogenitus ;" |
| 6675 | but Hercules was derived by the |
| 6676 | Greeks from the Phoenicians rather |
| 6677 | than from Egy]jt. See note ^ on ch. |
| 6678 | 44, and note ^ ch. 171.— [G. W.] |
| p. 101 | |
| 6679 | Chap. 43. |
| 6680 | GRECIAN AND EGYPTIAN HERCULES. |
| 6681 | 79 |
| 6682 | that name), took the name^ from the Egyptians, and |
| 6683 | not the Egyptians from the Grreeks,^ is I think clearly |
| 6684 | proved, among other arguments, by the fact that both |
| 6685 | the parents of Hercules, Amphitryon as well as Alc- |
| 6686 | mena, were of Egyptian origin.* Again, the Egyptians |
| 6687 | disclaim all knowledge of the names of Neptune and |
| 6688 | the Dioscuri,^ and do not include them in the number |
| 6689 | of their gods ; but had they adopted the name of any |
| 6690 | god from the Grreeks, these would h^ve been the likeliest |
| 6691 | to obtain notice, since the Egyptians, as I am well |
| 6692 | convinced, practised navigation at that time, and the |
| 6693 | Grreeks also were some of them mariners, so that they |
| 6694 | would have been more likely to know the names of |
| 6695 | these gods than that of Hercules. But the Egyptian |
| 6696 | * Herodotus, who derived his know- |
| 6697 | ledge of the Egyptian religion from |
| 6698 | the professional interpreters, seems to |
| 6699 | have regarded the word " Hercules " |
| 6700 | as Egyptian. It is scarcely neces- |
| 6701 | sary to say that no Egyptian god has |
| 6702 | a name from which tliat of Hercules |
| 6703 | can by any possibility have been |
| 6704 | formed. The word ('HpaKAJjs) seems |
| 6705 | to be pure Greek, and has been rea- |
| 6706 | sonably enough derived from "Hpa, |
| 6707 | " the goddess Juno," and (cAeos "glory " |
| 6708 | (see Scott and Liddell's Lexicon, p. |
| 6709 | 597). |
| 6710 | ^ See the last note but one. The |
| 6711 | tendency of the Greeks to claim an |
| 6712 | indigenous origin for the deities they |
| 6713 | borrowed from strangers, and to sub- |
| 6714 | stitute physical for abstract beings, |
| 6715 | readily led them to invent the story |
| 6716 | of Hercules, and every dujnus vindice |
| 6717 | nodas was cut by the interposition of |
| 6718 | his marvellous strength. Even the |
| 6719 | Arabs call forth some hero to account |
| 6720 | for natural phenomena, or whatever |
| 6721 | wonderful action they think right to |
| 6722 | attribute to man ; and the opening of |
| 6723 | the Straits of Gibraltar is declared by |
| 6724 | Edrisi to have been the work of |
| 6725 | Alexander the Gi:eat ; any stupendous |
| 6726 | building is ascribed to Antar ; and |
| 6727 | Solomon (like Melampus in Greek |
| 6728 | fable) is supposed to have explained |
| 6729 | the language of animals and birds — |
| 6730 | a science said by Philostratus to have |
| 6731 | been learnt from the Arabs by Apol- |
| 6732 | lonius Tyanaeus (i. 14). In order to |
| 6733 | account for the discrepancies in the |
| 6734 | time when Hercules was supposed to |
| 6735 | have lived, the Greeks made out |
| 6736 | three, the oldest being the Egyptian, |
| 6737 | and the sou of Jove, another of Crete, |
| 6738 | and the youngest was the hero, also |
| 6739 | a son of Jove. Some Latin writers |
| 6740 | (as Varro) increased the number to |
| 6741 | forty-three. The Cretan Hercules |
| 6742 | was also related to the god of Egypt ; |
| 6743 | and the latter, as Moui, was intimately |
| 6744 | connected with the funeral rites, and |
| 6745 | was generally painted black in the |
| 6746 | tombs of Thebes.— [G. W.j |
| 6747 | * The parentage of the former was |
| 6748 | Alcaius, Perseus, Jupiter and Danae, |
| 6749 | Acrisiiis, Abas, I^ynceus (who married |
| 6750 | a daughter of Danaus), aEgyptus, the |
| 6751 | twin-brother of Danaus, the son of |
| 6752 | Belus. Alcmena was daughter of |
| 6753 | Electryon, the son of Perseus. This |
| 6754 | accords with what Herodotus men- |
| 6755 | tions (ch. 91) of Perseus, Danaus, and |
| 6756 | Lynceus having been natives of Chem- |
| 6757 | mis, and connects them all vdih the |
| 6758 | sun.— [G. W.] |
| 6759 | ^ Herodotus is quite right in saying |
| 6760 | that these gods were not in the Egyp- |
| 6761 | tian Pantheon. See note "^ on ch. 50 , |
| 6762 | andnote^ch.91.— [G. W.] |
| p. 102 | |
| 6763 | 80 |
| 6764 | VISIT TO THE TEMPLE AT TYEE. |
| 6765 | Book II. |
| 6766 | Hercules is one of their ancient gods. Seventeen thou- |
| 6767 | sand years before the reign of Amasis, the twelve gods |
| 6768 | were, they affirm, produced from the eight : ^ and of |
| 6769 | these twelve, Hercules is one. |
| 6770 | 44. In the wish to get the best information that I |
| 6771 | could on these matters, I made a voyage to Tyre in Phoe- |
| 6772 | nicia, heariug there was a temple of Hercules at that |
| 6773 | place,'' very highly venerated. I visited the temple, and |
| 6774 | found it richly adorned wath a number of offerings, among |
| 6775 | which were two pillars, one of pure gold, the other of |
| 6776 | ^ This is the supposed period from |
| 6777 | Hercules to Amasis ; and 15,000 were |
| 6778 | reckoned from Bacchus to Amasis |
| 6779 | (ch. 145). According to Mauetho, the |
| 6780 | Egyptians believed that the gods |
| 6781 | reigned on earth before men. The |
| 6782 | first were Vulcan, the Sun, Agatho- |
| 6783 | da^mon, Chronos (Saturn), Osiris, |
| 6784 | T}T^)hon (or Seth), Horus (which four |
| 6785 | last are found also in this order in the |
| 6786 | Turin Papyrus). The royal authority |
| 6787 | then contmued through a long suc- |
| 6788 | cession to Bytis (or Bites), occupying |
| 6789 | Yeais. |
| 6790 | 13,900 years |
| 6791 | Then after the Gods reigned |
| 6792 | Heroes |
| 6793 | 1255 |
| 6794 | Other kings .... 1817 |
| 6795 | 30 o<Aer(?)Memi)hite kings 1790 |
| 6796 | 10 Thinitcs .... 350 |
| 6797 | Manes and demigods . . 5813 |
| 6798 | Years. |
| 6799 | 13,900 |
| 6800 | Sum . |
| 6801 | Total |
| 6802 | 11,000, or really 11,025 |
| 6803 | 24,925 |
| 6804 | which agrees very nearly with the |
| 6805 | sum given by Eusebius, from INIanetho, |
| 6806 | of 24,900, from the beginning of the |
| 6807 | reign of Vulcan to Menes. |
| 6808 | Spicellus, again, on the authority of |
| 6809 | ]\tanetho, gives the reigns of the gods |
| 6810 | thus : — |
| 6811 | Reigned years. Reduced from |
| 6812 | 1. Vulcan . . . |
| 6813 | 727i .. |
| 6814 | . 9000 |
| 6815 | 2. Helios . . . |
| 6816 | sojt . . . |
| 6817 | 992 |
| 6818 | 3. Agathod;emon . |
| 6819 | 56,'i . . |
| 6820 | 700 |
| 6821 | 4. Chronos . |
| 6822 | 40i . . |
| 6823 | 501 |
| 6824 | 5. Osiris and Isis . |
| 6825 | 35 |
| 6826 | 433 |
| 6827 | 6. 'I'yphon . . . |
| 6828 | 29 |
| 6829 | 359 |
| 6830 | 7. Horus the demigod 25 |
| 6831 | 309 |
| 6832 | 994 reduced from 1 2,294 |
| 6833 | Years. |
| 6834 | 8. Mars the demigod |
| 6835 | 23 |
| 6836 | 9. Anubis id |
| 6837 | 17 |
| 6838 | 10. Hercules id. ... ... 15 |
| 6839 | 11. Apollo id |
| 6840 | 25 |
| 6841 | 12. Amnion id |
| 6842 | 30 |
| 6843 | 13. Tithoes id |
| 6844 | 27 |
| 6845 | 14. ZOsos id |
| 6846 | 32 |
| 6847 | 15. Jupiter id |
| 6848 | 20 |
| 6849 | Years reduced lo . . . .189 |
| 6850 | from about 2338. |
| 6851 | In this list the relative positions of |
| 6852 | Osiris (Bacchus) and Hercules do not |
| 6853 | agi'ee with the statement of Herodotus ; |
| 6854 | and in deducting the sums of 12,294 |
| 6855 | + fi80 (to the end of Hercules' reign) |
| 6856 | = 12,974 from the total rule of the |
| 6857 | gods, or 24,925, we have 11,951 years ; |
| 6858 | and this added to the 2799 of Manetho's |
| 6859 | lists, from Menes to the end of Amasis, |
| 6860 | gives 14,750 years, from Hercules, or |
| 6861 | 15,418 years from Osiris to the end of |
| 6862 | Amasis. But it sufficiently ajjpears |
| 6863 | from the names in the above list that |
| 6864 | it is not even certain the Eg^-ptians |
| 6865 | calculated in this manner ; and the |
| 6866 | Turin Papyi-us gives, after Horus, |
| 6867 | Thoth (who seems to have reigned |
| 6868 | 7226 years), and Thmei, and appa- |
| 6869 | rently Horus (the younger) ; after |
| 6870 | whom seems to come the first King |
| 6871 | Menes ; or a summation of demi-gods, |
| 6872 | followed Iw the name of Menes. It |
| 6873 | is however possible that Herodotus |
| 6874 | was told of some list similar to the one |
| 6875 | above. See Tn. P. K. W., p. 7 to 11. |
| 6876 | -[Cx. W.] |
| 6877 | ^ The temple of Hercules at Tyre was |
| 6878 | veiy ancient, and, according to Hero- |
| 6879 | dotus, as old as the city itself, or 2300 |
| p. 103 | |
| 6880 | Chap. 44, |
| 6881 | THE EMERALD PILLAE. |
| 6882 | 81 |
| 6883 | emerald,^ shining- with great brilliancy at night. In a |
| 6884 | conversation which I held with the priests, I inquired |
| 6885 | how long their temj^le had been built, and found by their |
| 6886 | answer that they too differed from the Greeks. They said |
| 6887 | that the temple was built at the same time that the city |
| 6888 | was foimded, and that the foundation of the city took |
| 6889 | place two thousand three hundred years ago. In Tyre I |
| 6890 | remarked another temple where the same god was wor- |
| 6891 | years before his time, i.e. about 2755 |
| 6892 | B.C. Hercules presided over it under |
| 6893 | the title of Melkartli, or IMelek-Kartha, |
| 6894 | " king" (lord) of the city. (See note ^ |
| 6895 | on ch. 32.) Diodorus also (i. 24) speaks |
| 6896 | of the antiqiiity of Hercules ; and liis |
| 6897 | antiquity is fully established, in spite |
| 6898 | of the doubts of Plutarch. (De Herod. |
| 6899 | Mai.). The Pha?uicians settled at the |
| 6900 | Isle of Thasos, on account of its gold |
| 6901 | mines, which they iirst discovered |
| 6902 | there (Herod, vi. 46, 47 ; ApoUodor. |
| 6903 | iii. 1), as they were the first to visit |
| 6904 | Britain for its tin. Pausanias says the |
| 6905 | Thasians being of Phoenician origin, |
| 6906 | coming with Agenor and other Phoe- |
| 6907 | nicians from Tyre, dedicated a temple |
| 6908 | to Hercules at OhTnpia. They wor- |
| 6909 | shipped the same Hercules as the |
| 6910 | TjTians (Pausan. v. xxv. § 7), and |
| 6911 | ApoUodorus (iii. 1) states that Thasos, |
| 6912 | son of Poseidon (Xeptune), or, accord- |
| 6913 | ing to Pherecydes, of Cilix, going in |
| 6914 | quest of Europa, founded the Thracian |
| 6915 | Thasus. Phcenix went to Phoenicia, |
| 6916 | Cilix to Cilicia, Cadmus and Telephus |
| 6917 | to Thrace. The Melcarthus men- |
| 6918 | tioned by Plutarch (de Is. s. 15) as a |
| 6919 | king of Byblos, and his queen Astarte', |
| 6920 | were the Hercules and Astarte' (Venus) |
| 6921 | of Syria ; the latter called also Saosis |
| 6922 | and Xemanoun, answering to the |
| 6923 | Greek name Athenai's. ^Jlie Temple |
| 6924 | of Hercules is supposed to have stood |
| 6925 | on the hill close to the aqueduct, about |
| 6926 | Ij mile east of the modern town, |
| 6927 | which last occupies part of insular |
| 6928 | Tyre taken by Alexander. The temple |
| 6929 | marks the site of the early city. As |
| 6930 | the Temple of Hercules at Tyre was |
| 6931 | the oldest of that deity in Syria, |
| 6932 | so that of Venus Urania, or Astarte, |
| 6933 | VOL. II. |
| 6934 | at Askalon, was the oldest of that |
| 6935 | goddess. |
| 6936 | In 2 Maccabees iv. 18, 20, mention |
| 6937 | is made of a gi"eat game every fifth |
| 6938 | year, kept at Tj're, Avith sacrifices to |
| 6939 | Hercules. The absurdity of connect- |
| 6940 | ing the name Melicertes with "honey," |
| 6941 | as in the Gnostic PapjTus, is obvious. |
| 6942 | (See note ^ on ch. 83.) The sea deity, |
| 6943 | Melicertes of Corinth, afterwards called |
| 6944 | PaLTmon, was only an adaptation of |
| 6945 | a foreign god. The Tyrian Hercules |
| 6946 | was originallv the sun, and the same |
| 6947 | as Baal, " the lord," which, like Mel- |
| 6948 | kartli, was only a title. Hercules and |
| 6949 | Venus (Astarte) were really nature |
| 6950 | deified, one representing the gene- |
| 6951 | rating, or vivifying, and the other the |
| 6952 | producing principle : hence the mother |
| 6953 | goddess. The sun was chosen as the |
| 6954 | emblem of the first, and the earth of |
| 6955 | the second, or sometimes the moon, |
| 6956 | being looked upon as the companion |
| 6957 | of the sun. This nature system will |
| 6958 | explain the reason of so many gods |
| 6959 | Iraving been connected with the sun |
| 6960 | in Egypt and elsewhere ; as Adonis |
| 6961 | (Adonai, " our Lord") was the sun |
| 6962 | in the AA'inter solstice. — [Gr. W.] |
| 6963 | ^ This ])illar is mentioned by Theo- |
| 6964 | phrastus (Lap. 23), and Pliny (H. N. |
| 6965 | xxxvii. 5). The former expresses an |
| 6966 | opinion that it was false. |
| 6967 | rit was probably of glass, which is |
| 6968 | knowTi to have been made in Egj'pt |
| 6969 | at least 3800 years ago, having been |
| 6970 | found bearing the name of a Pharaoh |
| 6971 | of the 18th dynasty. The monu- |
| 6972 | ments also of the 4th dynasty show |
| 6973 | the same glass bottles (see wood- |
| 6974 | cut, n.^, ch. 77) were used then as iii |
| 6975 | later times, and glass-blowing is re- |
| 6976 | G |
| p. 104 | |
| 6977 | 82 |
| 6978 | THE THASIAN HEECULES. |
| 6979 | Book II. |
| 6980 | shipped as the Thasian Hercules. So I Avent on to Thasos,^ |
| 6981 | where I found a temple of Hercules which had been built |
| 6982 | presented in the paintings from the |
| 6983 | 12th to the 26th dynasty, and |
| 6984 | also in those of the 4th at the |
| 6985 | tombs near the PjTamids. Various |
| 6986 | hues were given to glass by the |
| 6987 | Egyptians, and this invention became |
| 6988 | Part 1 . |
| 6989 | in after times a gi'eat favourite at |
| 6990 | Eome, where it was much sought for |
| 6991 | ornamental purposes, for bottles and |
| 6992 | other common utensils, and even for |
| 6993 | A\indows, one of which was discovered |
| 6994 | at Pompeii. (Comp. Seneca, Ep. 90 ; de |
| 6995 | Part 2 |
| 6996 | Benef. xii. 9 ; and de Yia, iii. 40.) |
| 6997 | The manufacture appears to have been |
| 6998 | introduced under the Empire. They |
| 6999 | also cut, gi'ound, and engi-aved glass, |
| 7000 | and had even the art of introducing |
| 7001 | gold between two surfaces of the |
| 7002 | sulistance ; specimens of all which I |
| 7003 | have, as well as of false pearls from |
| 7004 | Tliebes, scarcely to be distinguished |
| 7005 | from real ones, if buried the same |
| 7006 | number of years. Pliny even speaks |
| 7007 | of glass being malleable. The glass of |
| 7008 | Egyi)t was long famous (Athen. xi. p. |
| 7009 | 784 c), and continued so to the time of |
| 7010 | theEmpire. Strabo (xvi. p. 1077) men- |
| 7011 | tions its many colours, and one very |
| 7012 | perfect kind which could only be made |
| 7013 | with a particular vitreous earth found |
| 7014 | in that country ; and the ruins of glass |
| 7015 | furnaces are still seen at the Natron |
| 7016 | Lakes. Of all stones, says Pliny, the |
| 7017 | emerald was the most easily imitated |
| 7018 | (xxvii. 12) ; and the colossus of Sarapiis |
| 7019 | in the Egyptian Labyrinth, 9 cubits |
| 7020 | (between 13 and ,14 feet) high, and |
| 7021 | others mentioned by Pliny (xxxvii. 5) |
| 7022 | were doubtless of glass ; like the \idiva |
| 7023 | Xvra of Herodotus (infra, ch. 69. See |
| 7024 | At. Eg. W. vol. iii. p. 88 to 107.) There |
| 7025 | seems every probability that glass was |
| 7026 | first invented in Egypt ; and fires |
| 7027 | lighted frequently on the sand in a |
| 7028 | country producing natron, or subcar- |
| 7029 | bonate of soda, would be more likely |
| 7030 | to disclose the secret than the solitary |
| 7031 | accident of sailors using blocks of |
| 7032 | natron for supporting their saucepans |
| 7033 | on the sea-shore of Syria, as stated by |
| 7034 | Pliny (xxxvi. 65). Pliny's nitrum is |
| 7035 | " natron," and the natron district was |
| 7036 | called Nitriotis.— G, W.] |
| 7037 | ^ Thasos, which still retains its |
| 7038 | name, is a small island off the |
| 7039 | Thracian coast, o]^posite to the mouth |
| 7040 | of the Xestus (^Karasii). It seems |
| 7041 | to have been a very early Phoenician |
| 7042 | settlement (infra, vi. 46-7). |
| p. 105 | |
| 7043 | Chap. 44. HERCULES THE GOD— HERCULES THE HERO. |
| 7044 | 83 |
| 7045 | by the Phoenicians who colonised that island when they |
| 7046 | sailed in search of Europa/ Even this was five gene- |
| 7047 | rations earlier than the time when Hercules, son of |
| 7048 | Amphitryon, was born in Greece. These researches |
| 7049 | show plainly that there is an ancient god Hercules ; |
| 7050 | and my own opinion is, that those Greeks act most |
| 7051 | wisely who build and maintain two temples of Her- |
| 7052 | cules,^ in the one of which the Hercules worshipped is |
| 7053 | known by the name of Olympian, and has sacrifice |
| 7054 | offered to him as an immortal, while in the other the |
| 7055 | honours paid are such as are due to a hero. |
| 7056 | ' This signifies exploriug the "west- |
| 7057 | ern lands," Europa being Ereb (the |
| 7058 | Arabic gharb'), " the west." It is the |
| 7059 | same word as Erebns, or " darkness ;" |
| 7060 | and Enropa is said to be x'^P" '''^^ |
| 7061 | 8vaea)s, rj aKoretvi] — Eipcojrdi', aKo- |
| 7062 | T€iv6v. (Hesych. comp. Eur. Iph. in |
| 7063 | Taur, V, 626.) The same word oc- |
| 7064 | curs in Hebrew, where Q'i'y signifies |
| 7065 | " mixed," or " grey colour," and is |
| 7066 | applied to the evening, and sun-setting, |
| 7067 | to the raven and to tlie Arabs ; — " tlie |
| 7068 | mingled people (Arabs) that dwell in |
| 7069 | the desert." (Jerem. xxv. 20, 24.) |
| 7070 | The story of Europa was really Phce- |
| 7071 | niciau colonisation, represented as a |
| 7072 | princess, carried to Crete, their first |
| 7073 | and nearest colony, by Jupiter, under |
| 7074 | the form of a bull, Avhere she became |
| 7075 | the mother of Minos. Hence Europa |
| 7076 | is called by Homer (II. xiv. 321) a |
| 7077 | daughter of Phoenix, whom some con- |
| 7078 | sider her brother ; and his voyage to |
| 7079 | Africa in search of Europa (" the |
| 7080 | west") points to Phceuiciau colonisa- |
| 7081 | tion there also. There can be no |
| 7082 | doubt that the name of the " Arabs " |
| 7083 | was also given from their living at the |
| 7084 | westernmost part of Asia ; and their |
| 7085 | own word Gharl, the " West," is |
| 7086 | another form of the original Semitic |
| 7087 | name Arab. The Arabs write the two |
| 7088 | VJ^ |
| 7089 | Gharb, »_^£ Arab ; and their |
| 7090 | ghordb, " crow," answers to the Hebrew |
| 7091 | ^'n'y, " raven ;" which last is called by |
| 7092 | them (jltordb Nooli, " Noah's crow." |
| 7093 | The name Arab, " western," may |
| 7094 | either have been given them by a Se- |
| 7095 | mitic people who li^'ed more to the |
| 7096 | East, or even by themselves. The |
| 7097 | Arabs call the North " Shemal" or |
| 7098 | "the left," i.e. looking towards sunrise. |
| 7099 | The Portuguese title, " Prince of the |
| 7100 | Algarves," is from al Oharb, " the |
| 7101 | West." The Egyptians called Hades |
| 7102 | "Amenti;" and the name for the |
| 7103 | " West," Ement, shows the same rela- |
| 7104 | tionshijp as between Erebus and the |
| 7105 | West. Again, " Hesperia," the Greek |
| 7106 | name for Italy, was the " West," like |
| 7107 | the fabled gardens of the Hesperides ; |
| 7108 | and the Phoenicians, Greeks, and others, |
| 7109 | talked of " the West" as we do of |
| 7110 | " the East." The name of Cadmus, the |
| 7111 | Phoenician who gave letters to Greece, |
| 7112 | is of similar import ; and he is a |
| 7113 | mythical, not a real, personage. His |
| 7114 | name Kadm signifies the " East," as |
| 7115 | in Job i. 3, where Beni Kudm are |
| 7116 | " sons of the East," and Cadmus was |
| 7117 | therefore reputed to be a brother of |
| 7118 | Eiu-opa. Kadm, or Kude'em, also sig- |
| 7119 | nifies " old" in Hebrew, as in Arabic ; |
| 7120 | and the name in this sense too might |
| 7121 | apply to Cadmus. In Semitic lan- |
| 7122 | guages the East, old, before, to prese^it, |
| 7123 | to go forward, a foot, &c., are all re- |
| 7124 | lated.—[G, W.] |
| 7125 | * Later writers made three (Diod. |
| 7126 | Sic. iv. 39), six (Cic. de Nat. Deor. |
| 7127 | iii. 16), and even a greater number |
| 7128 | of Herculeses. In Greece, however, |
| 7129 | temples seem to have been erected |
| 7130 | only to two. (See Pausan. v. xiv. § 7 ; |
| 7131 | IX, xxvii. § 5, &c.) |
| 7132 | G 2 |
| p. 106 | |
| 7133 | 84 |
| 7134 | ATTEMPTED SACRIFICE OF HERCULES. |
| 7135 | Book II. |
| 7136 | 45, The Greeks tell many tales without due investiga- |
| 7137 | tion, and among them the following silly fable respecting |
| 7138 | Hercules : — " Hercules," they say, " went once to Egypt, |
| 7139 | and there the inhabitants took him, and putting a chaplet |
| 7140 | on his head, led him out in solemn procession, intending |
| 7141 | to offer him a sacrifice to Jupiter. For a while he sub- |
| 7142 | mitted quietly ; but when they led him up to the altar, |
| 7143 | and began the ceremonies, he piTt forth his strength and |
| 7144 | slew them all." Now to me it seems that such a story |
| 7145 | proves the Greeks to be utterly ignorant of the character |
| 7146 | and customs of the people. The Egyptians do not think |
| 7147 | it allowable even to sacrifice cattle, excepting sheep, and |
| 7148 | the male kine and calves, provided they be pure, and |
| 7149 | also geese. How then can it be believed that they |
| 7150 | would sacrifice men ? ^ And again, how would it have |
| 7151 | been possible for Hercules alone, and, as they confess, a |
| 7152 | mere mortal, to destroy so many thousands ? In saying |
| 7153 | thus much concerning these matters, may I inciu^ no |
| 7154 | displeasure either of god or hero ! |
| 7155 | 46. I mentioned above that some of the Egyptians |
| 7156 | ^ Herodotus here denies, with reason, |
| 7157 | the possibility of a people with laws, |
| 7158 | and a character like those of the |
| 7159 | Egyptians, having human sacrifices. |
| 7160 | This very aptly refutes the idle tales |
| 7161 | of some ancient authors, which, to our |
| 7162 | surprise, have even been repeated in |
| 7163 | modem times. The absurdity of |
| 7164 | Amosis having been the first to abolish |
| 7165 | them is glaring, since the Egv^^tians |
| 7166 | hadages before been sufficiently civilised |
| 7167 | to lay aside their arms, and to have in- |
| 7168 | stitutions incompatible with the tole- |
| 7169 | ration of a human sacrifice. The |
| 7170 | figures of captives on the facades of |
| 7171 | the temples slain by the king, often |
| 7172 | hastily supposed to be hmiian sacri- |
| 7173 | fices, are merely emblematic repre- |
| 7174 | sentations of his conquests, which |
| 7175 | therefore occur also on the monuments |
| 7176 | of the Ptolemies. It is possible that |
| 7177 | in their earliest days they may have |
| 7178 | had human sacrifices, like the Greeks |
| 7179 | and others ; and the sjTubolic group |
| 7180 | meaning a "Victim" (supra, n. ^ on ch. |
| 7181 | 38) may have been derived from that |
| 7182 | custom. Some notion may be had of |
| 7183 | the antiquity of Egyjitiau civilisation, |
| 7184 | if we recollect the period when the |
| 7185 | Greeks first went about the city un- |
| 7186 | armed, and how far they had advanced |
| 7187 | before that took place. The Athenians |
| 7188 | were the first Greeks who did this ; |
| 7189 | and some wore arms even in the time |
| 7190 | of Thucydides. (Thucyd. i. 5.) It is |
| 7191 | not long since modern Europe discon- |
| 7192 | tinued the custom, and the Dalmatian |
| 7193 | peasants are still armed. If Herodotus |
| 7194 | had submitted every story of Greek |
| 7195 | ciceroni to his own judgment, and had |
| 7196 | rejected tliose that were inadmissible, |
| 7197 | he would have avoided giving many |
| 7198 | false impressions respecting the Egyp- |
| 7199 | tians (as in chaps. 46, 121, 126, 131, |
| 7200 | and other places). On human sacri- |
| 7201 | fices in old times, see note ' on ch. |
| 7202 | 119.— [G. W.l |
| p. 107 | |
| 7203 | Chap. 45-47. EGYPTIAiN" DISLIKE OF SWINEHERDS. 85 |
| 7204 | abstain from sacrificing goats, either male or female. |
| 7205 | The reason is the following : — These Egyptians, Avho are |
| 7206 | the Mendesians, consider Pan to be one of the eight gods |
| 7207 | who existed before the twelve, and Pan is represented in |
| 7208 | Egypt by the painters and the sculptors, just as he is in |
| 7209 | Greece, with the face and legs of a goat/ They do not, |
| 7210 | however, believe this to be his shape, or consider him in |
| 7211 | any respect unlike the other gods ; but they represent |
| 7212 | him thus for a reason which I prefer not to relate. |
| 7213 | The Mendesians hold all goats in veneration, but the |
| 7214 | male more than the female, giving the goatherds of |
| 7215 | the males especial honour. One is venerated more |
| 7216 | highly than all the rest, and when he dies there is a |
| 7217 | great mourning throughout all the Mendesian canton. |
| 7218 | In Egyptian, the goat and Pan are both called Mendes. |
| 7219 | 47. The pig is regarded among them as an unclean |
| 7220 | animal, so much so that if a man in passing accidentally |
| 7221 | touch a pig, he instantly hurries to the river, and |
| 7222 | plunges in with all his clothes on. Hence too the |
| 7223 | swineherds, notwithstanding that they are of pure |
| 7224 | Egyptian blood, are forbidden to enter into any of |
| 7225 | the temples, wdiich are open to all other Egyptians ; |
| 7226 | and further, no one will give his daughter in marriage |
| 7227 | to a swineherd, or take a wife from among them, so that |
| 7228 | the swineherds are forced to intermarry among them- |
| 7229 | selves. They do not offer swine ^ in sacrifice to any of |
| 7230 | * In the original, " with the face of i and it seems only to have heen |
| 7231 | a goat, and the legs of a he-goat," | allowed to others once a year at the |
| 7232 | — which seems to be a distinction j fete of the full moon, when it was |
| 7233 | without a difference. No Egyptian ' sacrificed to the ]\Ioon. The Moon |
| 7234 | God is really represented in this way |
| 7235 | (At. Eg. W^' i. p. 260) ; but the goat, |
| 7236 | according to some Egyptologers, was |
| 7237 | the symbol and representative of |
| 7238 | and Bacchus (supposed to be Isis and |
| 7239 | Osiris) were the only deities to whom |
| 7240 | it was sacrificed, if we maj^ believe |
| 7241 | Plutarch, who pretends that this cere- |
| 7242 | Khem, the Pan of the Egyptians. ; mony commemorated the finding of |
| 7243 | (See Bunsen's Egj^pt, vol. i. p. 374, the body of Osiris by Typhon, when |
| 7244 | and compare notes ^ ^ on ch. 42.) he was hunting by the light of the |
| 7245 | * The pig is rarely represented in |
| 7246 | the sculptures of Thebes. The flesh |
| 7247 | was forbidden to the priests, and |
| 7248 | to all initiated in the mysteries, |
| 7249 | moon. (De Is. s. 18.) Tlie reason of |
| 7250 | the meat not being eaten was its im- |
| 7251 | wholesomeness, on which account it |
| 7252 | was forbidden to the Jews and Mos- |
| p. 108 | |
| 7253 | 86 |
| 7254 | SWINE SACEIFICED TO THE MOON, |
| 7255 | Book II. |
| 7256 | their gods, excepting Bacchus and the Moon, whom thej |
| 7257 | honour in this way at the same time, sacrificing pigs |
| 7258 | to both of them at the same full moon, and afterwards |
| 7259 | eating of the flesh. There is a reason alleged by them |
| 7260 | for their detestation of swine at all other seasons, and |
| 7261 | their use of them at this festival, with which I am well |
| 7262 | acquainted, but which I do not think it proper to men- |
| 7263 | tion. The following is the mode in which they sacrifice |
| 7264 | the swine to the Moon : — As soon as the victim is slain, |
| 7265 | the tip of the tail, the spleen, and the caul are put |
| 7266 | together, and having been covered with all the fat that |
| 7267 | has been found in the animal's belly, are straightway |
| 7268 | burnt. The remainder of the flesh is eaten on the same |
| 7269 | day that the sacrifice is offered, which is the day of the |
| 7270 | full moon : at any other time they would not so much as |
| 7271 | taste it. The poorer sort, who cannot afford live pigs, |
| 7272 | form pigs of dough, which they bake and offer in sacrifice. |
| 7273 | 48. To Bacchus, on the eve of his feast, every |
| 7274 | Egyptian sacrifices a hog before the door of his house, |
| 7275 | which is then given back to the swineherd by whom it |
| 7276 | was furnished, and by him carried away. In other |
| 7277 | lems ; and the prejudice naturally ex- |
| 7278 | tended from the animal to those who |
| 7279 | kept it, as at jiresent in India and |
| 7280 | other parts of the East, where a Hin- |
| 7281 | doo or a Moslem is, like an ancient |
| 7282 | Egyptian, defiled by the touch of a |
| 7283 | pig, and looks with hori-or on those |
| 7284 | who tend it and eat its flesh. On tliis |
| 7285 | point a remarkable ditference existed |
| 7286 | between the Egyptians and Greeks ; |
| 7287 | and most people would scruple to give |
| 7288 | to a swineherd the title "divine" (as |
| 7289 | Homer does), even though they might |
| 7290 | not feel the same amount of prejudice |
| 7291 | as the Egyptians. IMgs are not found |
| 7292 | in the Egyptian sculptures before the |
| 7293 | time of the 18th dynasty ; but this is |
| 7294 | no proof that tliey were not known in |
| 7295 | Egyyit before that time.— [Gr. W.] |
| 7296 | * Plutarch (de Is. ss. 12 and 36), in |
| 7297 | speaking of the Paamylia, attributes to |
| 7298 | Osiris what really belongs to the god |
| 7299 | Khem — the generative principle ; and |
| 7300 | Herodotus also evidently alludes to |
| 7301 | Osiris on this occasion. The reason |
| 7302 | of this may be that the attributes of |
| 7303 | various gods were not very distinctly |
| 7304 | explained to foreigners, who were |
| 7305 | taught nothing Init what was said to |
| 7306 | relate to Isis and Osiris, in whose |
| 7307 | mysteries several myths were com- |
| 7308 | bined, and others added Avhich tended |
| 7309 | to mystify rather than to explain |
| 7310 | them : for it is evident that the |
| 7311 | Greeks did not understand the nature |
| 7312 | of the Egyptian gods, arid many of |
| 7313 | the events related by them in the |
| 7314 | history of Osiris are at variance with |
| 7315 | the monuments of Egypt. Bacchus |
| 7316 | is certainly the god of the Greeks who |
| 7317 | corresponds to Osiris, and liis dying |
| 7318 | and rising again, his being put into a |
| 7319 | chest and thrown into the sea, and the |
| 7320 | instructions he gave to mankind, are |
| 7321 | evidently derived from the storj^ of |
| 7322 | Osiris ; and the " histories on which |
| p. 109 | |
| 7323 | Chap. 48. |
| 7324 | AND TO BACCHUS. |
| 7325 | 87 |
| 7326 | respects the festival is celebrated almost exactly as |
| 7327 | Bacchic festivals are in Greece,^ excepting that the |
| 7328 | the most solemn feasts of Bacchus, |
| 7329 | the Titania and Nuktelia, are founded, |
| 7330 | exactly correspond (as Plutarch saj's, |
| 7331 | de Is. s. 35) with what are related of |
| 7332 | the cutting to ])ieccs of Osiris, of his |
| 7333 | rising again, and of his new life." |
| 7334 | Wreaths and festoons of ivy, or |
| 7335 | rather of the wild convolvulus, or of |
| 7336 | the periploca secamone, often appear at |
| 7337 | Egjq^tian fetes. For ivy is not a plant |
| 7338 | of the Nile, though Plutarch says it |
| 7339 | was there called chenosiris, or " plant |
| 7340 | of Osiris" (de Is. s. 37 ; Diod. i. 17), |
| 7341 | and the leaves being sometimes re- |
| 7342 | presented-hairy, are in favour of its |
| 7343 | being the secammie (fig. 4). It may |
| 7344 | have been chosen from some quality |
| 7345 | attributed to its milky juice, like the |
| 7346 | soma of India, a juice extracted from |
| 7347 | the ascle^nas acidu, which plays a |
| 7348 | divine part in the Vedas, and is in the |
| 7349 | Zend-Avesta of Persia. (See Jour. |
| 7350 | Americ. Or.Soc. vol. iii. No. 2, p. 299.) |
| 7351 | The thyrsus is shown by Plutarch |
| 7352 | to be the staff (fig. 1), often bound by |
| 7353 | a fillet, to which the spotted skin of a |
| 7354 | leopard is suspended near the figure of |
| 7355 | Osiris ; for it is the same that the high |
| 7356 | priest, clad in the leopard skin dress, |
| 7357 | carries in the jorocessions (Plut. de Is. |
| 7358 | s. 35). Another form of it is the |
| 7359 | head of a water-plant (similar to that |
| 7360 | in fig. 3), to which Athenams (Deipn. |
| 7361 | V. p. 196) evidently alludes when he |
| 7362 | speaks of some columns having the |
| 7363 | form of palm-trees, and others of the |
| 7364 | thyrsus. |
| 7365 | Tlie adoption of the pine-cone to |
| 7366 | head the .spear of Bacchus originated |
| 7367 | in the use of the resinous matter put |
| 7368 | .into wine-skins, and afterwards into |
| 7369 | amidioraj ; but the thrysus was also |
| 7370 | represented as a spear having its |
| 7371 | point " concealed in ivy -leaves : " |
| 7372 | " Pampineis agitat velatam frondibus |
| p. 110 | |
| 7373 | 88 |
| 7374 | CEREMONY |
| 7375 | Book II. |
| 7376 | Egyptians have no choral dances.'' They also use in- |
| 7377 | stead of phalli another invention, consisting of images |
| 7378 | a cubit high, pulled by strings, which the women carry |
| 7379 | round to the villages. A piper goes in front,^ and the |
| 7380 | women follow, singing hymns in honour of Bacchus. |
| 7381 | hastam." (Ovid, Met. iii. 667 ; comp. |
| 7382 | xi. 27, &c. Diodor. iii. 64. Athen. |
| 7383 | Deipn. xiv. 631 A.) Tluis the poets |
| 7384 | generally describe it, as well as the |
| 7385 | paintings on Greek vases ; and if the |
| 7386 | l^ine-cone was preferred for statues |
| 7387 | of Bacchus, that was probably from |
| 7388 | its being better suited to sculpture. |
| 7389 | The resemblance of the nehris, and |
| 7390 | the Semitic name of the leopard, |
| 7391 | nimr, is striking, the car of Bacchus |
| 7392 | being drawn by leopards ; and Bochart |
| 7393 | points to the analogy between ISTe- |
| 7394 | brodes, a title of Bacchus and Nim- |
| 7395 | rod, who is called by Philo-Juda;us |
| 7396 | "Nebrod." The pine-cone was adopted |
| 7397 | by the Arabs as an ornament in archi- |
| 7398 | tecture at an early time, and passed |
| 7399 | thence to Cashmire shawls and em- |
| 7400 | broidery.—[G. W.] |
| 7401 | ' The reading x°P^^ ti^re is pre- |
| 7402 | ferable to xoi-p'^i', for the Greeks did |
| 7403 | sacrifice a pig at the festivals of Bac- |
| 7404 | chus, as their authors and sculptures |
| 7405 | show. The rpiTTva consisted of an |
| 7406 | ox, a sheep, and a pig, like the Roman |
| 7407 | suovetaurilia ; and Eiistathius on |
| 7408 | Horn. Od. xs* 156, says the Ithacans |
| 7409 | sacrificed three pigs at the feast of the |
| 7410 | new moon. — [G. W.] |
| 7411 | ^ The instrument used was pro- |
| 7412 | bably the double-pipe ; but some con- |
| 7413 | sider it the flute (properly the TrXa- |
| 7414 | yiavXos, or ohliqua tihici), which was |
| 7415 | also an Egyptian instrument. It was |
| 7416 | played by men (fig. 8 ; and woodcut in |
| 7417 | n. \ ch. 58, figs. 3, 5), but the double- |
| 7418 | pipe more frequently by women (see |
| 7419 | woodcut No. m. fig. 3.) The latter |
| 7420 | was a very common instrument with |
| 7421 | the Greeks, and its noisy and droning |
| 7422 | tones are still kept up in the Zumdra |
| 7423 | of modern Egypt. The flute, however, |
| 7424 | was a common instrument in Egypt |
| 7425 | on sacred occasions (see woodcut in n. \ |
| 7426 | ch. 58), and oneor more musical instru- |
| 7427 | ments were present at every Egyptian |
| 7428 | procession. The clapping of hands and |
| 7429 | the crotala, the taml)Ourine, and the |
| 7430 | harp, were also commonly introduced |
| 7431 | on festive occasions, as well as the |
| 7432 | voice, which sometimes accompanied |
| 7433 | two harps, a single pipe, and a flute ; |
| 7434 | and when soldiers attended, they had |
| 7435 | the trumpet and drum (woodcut No. |
| 7436 | II. figs. 1, 2). A greater variety of in- |
| 7437 | No II. |
| 7438 | it |
| p. 111 | |
| 7439 | Chap. 48. |
| 7440 | OP THE IMAGE. |
| 7441 | 89 |
| 7442 | Tliey give a religious reason for the peculiarities of |
| 7443 | the image. |
| 7444 | struments was admitted to private |
| 7445 | parties ; the harp of four, six, seven, |
| 7446 | to twenty-two strings ; the guitar of |
| 7447 | three ; the lyre of five, seven, ten, and |
| 7448 | eighteen strings ; the double pipe, the |
| 7449 | flute, the square and the round tam- |
| 7450 | bourine, the crotala or wooden clappers, |
| 7451 | were very common there; but cymlials |
| 7452 | appear to have been mostly used by |
| 7453 | the minstrels of certain deities. The |
| p. 112 | |
| 7454 | 90 |
| 7455 | MELAMPUS TAUGHT THE GREEKS |
| 7456 | Book II. |
| 7457 | 49. Melampus,^ the son of Amytlieon, cannot (I think) |
| 7458 | have been ignorant of this ceremony — nay, he must, |
| 7459 | lyres were of very varied sharp tone, |
| 7460 | and they ma\' he supposed to answer |
| 7461 | to the nahl, samhuc, and " ten"- |
| 7462 | strinired ashur of the Jews. The |
| 7463 | 25), and other ancient writers. The |
| 7464 | sistrum was peculiarly a sacred in- |
| 7465 | strument, and it was to the queen and |
| 7466 | princesses that its use was entrusted, |
| 7467 | or to other ladies of rank who held the |
| 7468 | No. IV. |
| 7469 | varieties of lyres in Nos. IV., V., and |
| 7470 | A^I. may serve to illustrate some of the |
| 7471 | numerous instruments mentioned by |
| 7472 | Julius Pollux (iv. 9), Athenteus (iv. |
| 7473 | No. V. |
| 7474 | important office of accompanying the |
| 7475 | king or the high priest, while making |
| 7476 | libations to the gods. See above, note * |
| 7477 | on ch. 35, and At. Eg. W. vol. ii. p. 222 |
| 7478 | to 327 on the music and instruments |
| 7479 | of the Egjrptians.— [G. W.] |
| 7480 | No. VI. |
| p. 113 | |
| 7481 | Chap, 49. |
| 7482 | THE WOESHIP OF BACCHUS. |
| 7483 | 91 |
| 7484 | I should conceive, have been well acquainted with it. |
| 7485 | He it was who introduced into Greece the name of |
| 7486 | Bacchus, the ceremonial of his worship, and the pro- |
| 7487 | cession of the phallus. He did not, however, so com- |
| 7488 | pletely apprehend the whole doctrine as to be able to |
| 7489 | communicate it entirely, but various sages since his time |
| 7490 | have carried out his teaching to greater perfection. |
| 7491 | Still it is certain that Melampus introduced the phallus, |
| 7492 | and that the Greeks learnt from him the ceremonies |
| 7493 | which they now practise. I therefore maintain that |
| 7494 | Melampus, who was a wise man, and had acquired the |
| 7495 | art of divination, having become acquainted with the |
| 7496 | worship of Bacchus through knowledge derived from |
| 7497 | Egypt, introduced it into Greece, with a few slight |
| 7498 | changes, at the same time that he brought in various |
| 7499 | other practices. For I can by no means allow that it is |
| 7500 | by mere coincidence that the Bacchic ceremonies in |
| 7501 | Greece are so nearly the same as the Egyptian — they |
| 7502 | would then have been more Greek in their character, |
| 7503 | and less recent in their origin. Much less can I admit |
| 7504 | that the Egyptians borrowed these customs, or any |
| 7505 | other, from the Greeks. My belief is that Melampus |
| 7506 | got his knowledge of them from Cadmus the Tyrian, |
| 7507 | and the followers whom he brought from Phoenicia |
| 7508 | into the country which is now called Boeotia.^ |
| 7509 | • * Either Melampus, as some main- |
| 7510 | tain, really existed, and travelling |
| 7511 | into Eg}'P^5 broiiglit back certain cere- |
| 7512 | monies into Greece, or he was an |
| 7513 | imaginary personage ; and the fable |
| 7514 | was intended to show that the Greeks |
| 7515 | borrowed some of their religious cere- |
| 7516 | monies from Egypt. This name |
| 7517 | "blackfoot" would then have been |
| 7518 | invented to show their origin. The |
| 7519 | name of Egypt, Chemi, signified |
| 7520 | " black."— [G. W.] |
| 7521 | ' The settlement of a body of Pho3- |
| 7522 | nicians in the country called afterwards |
| 7523 | BcGOtia, is regarded by Herodotus as |
| 7524 | an undoubted fact. (See, besides the |
| 7525 | present passage, v. 57-8, where the |
| 7526 | Gephyrasans are referred to this mi- |
| 7527 | gi-ation.) He does not, however, seem |
| 7528 | to have had a very distinct notion as |
| 7529 | to the course by which the strangers |
| 7530 | reached Greece (compare ii. 44, wth |
| 7531 | iv. 147). Some moderas, as C. O. |
| 7532 | lliiller (Orchom. ch. iv. pp. 11.3-122), |
| 7533 | Welcker (Ueber eine Kretische Colonic |
| 7534 | in Theben), and Wachsmuth (Antiq. |
| 7535 | i. 1. § 11), entirely discredit the |
| 7536 | whole story of a Phoenician settlement, |
| 7537 | which they regard as the invention of |
| 7538 | a late era. Others, as Mr. Grote (Hist, |
| 7539 | of Greece, vol. ii, p. 357), profess their |
| 7540 | inability to determine the question. |
| 7541 | But the weight of modern authority |
| 7542 | is in favour of the truth of the tra- |
| p. 114 | |
| 7543 | 92 |
| 7544 | NAMES OF THE GREEK GODS FROM EGYPT. Book II. |
| 7545 | 50. Almost all the names of the gods came into |
| 7546 | Greece from Egypt. ^ My inquiries prove that they |
| 7547 | were all derived from a foreign source, and my |
| 7548 | opinion is that Egypt furnished the greater number. |
| 7549 | dition. (See Niebuhr's Lectures on |
| 7550 | Ancient History, vol. 1. p. 80 ; Thirl- |
| 7551 | wall's Hist, of Greece, vol. i. cli. 3, |
| 7552 | pp. 68-9 ; Kenrick's Phoenicia, jij^. |
| 7553 | 98-100 ; Biihr, note on Herod, v. 57, |
| 7554 | &c.) The principal arguments on this |
| 7555 | side are the following : — 1. The unani- |
| 7556 | mous tradition. 2. The fact that |
| 7557 | there was a race called Cadmeians at |
| 7558 | Thebes from very early times, claim- |
| 7559 | ing a Phosnician descent, combined |
| 7560 | with the further fact, that " Cad- |
| 7561 | meian" would bear in the Phoenician |
| 7562 | tongue a meaning unintelligible to |
| 7563 | mere Greeks, but which in the early |
| 7564 | legend it was certainly intended to |
| 7565 | have, — Cadmus coming in search of |
| 7566 | Europe being clearly D|lp. Kedem, |
| 7567 | " the East," seeking to discover 3iy |
| 7568 | Ereh, " the West." 3. The fact that |
| 7569 | the early worship at Thebes was that |
| 7570 | of Phoenician deities, as the Cabiri |
| 7571 | (see note ^ on ch. 51), and Minerva |
| 7572 | Onca (Cf. Pausan. ix. xii. § 2, and |
| 7573 | XXV. § 6 ; ^schyl. S. c. Th. 153 and |
| 7574 | 496 ; Euphorion ap. Steph. Byz. ad |
| 7575 | voc. 'OyKalai ; Hesych. ad voc. "Oyya, |
| 7576 | &c.). And, 4. The occurrence of a |
| 7577 | number of Semitic words in the pro- |
| 7578 | vincial dialect of Bceotia, as 'Ekuvs |
| 7579 | for Zeii? or the Supreme God (compare |
| 7580 | Heb. m'?K "God"); ^awa, "woman" |
| 7581 | or "girl"' (Heb. n:3 "woman" or |
| 7582 | " daughter ") ; dxavrj (compare the |
| 7583 | X!I3 of the Talmud), a measure of |
| 7584 | capacity which the Persians and Boeo- |
| 7585 | tians seem both to have adopted from |
| 7586 | the Phoenicians (cf. Aristoph. Acharn. |
| 7587 | 108, Hesych. ad voce, dxam] and |
| 7588 | dxdvas, Pollux, x. 164), al8a "a pome- |
| 7589 | granate" (comp. Arabic sidra), &c. |
| 7590 | The name Thebes itself is also tole- |
| 7591 | rably near to Y2T\ Thehez (Judg. ix. |
| 7592 | 50), a Canaanite town, which the |
| 7593 | LXX. call Qrj^r]s, though this resem- |
| 7594 | blance may be accidental. Bochart, |
| 7595 | however, identifies the tv;o names, and |
| 7596 | regards Thebes as so called from its |
| 7597 | "mud," Y'2, since it was situated in a |
| 7598 | marsh. (See his Geograph. Sac. Part. |
| 7599 | II. book i. ch. 16.) The cumulative |
| 7600 | force of these arguments must be |
| 7601 | allowed to be very-great. |
| 7602 | ^ See below, note ^ on ch. 51. There |
| 7603 | is no doubt that the Greeks borrowed |
| 7604 | sometimes the names, sometimes the |
| 7605 | attributes, of their deities from Egypt; |
| 7606 | but when Herodotus says the names |
| 7607 | of the Greek gods were always known |
| 7608 | in Egj'pt, it is evident that he does |
| 7609 | not mean tliey were the sa7ne as the |
| 7610 | Greek, since he gives in other places |
| 7611 | (chaps. 42, 59, l38, 144, 156) the |
| 7612 | Egyptian name to which those very |
| 7613 | gods agree, whom he mentions in |
| 7614 | Egypt. Neptune, the Dioscuri, the |
| 7615 | Graces, and Nereids, were certainly not |
| 7616 | Egyptian deities ; but Juno was Sate, |
| 7617 | Vesta Anouke, and Themis was not |
| 7618 | only an Egjqrtian goddess, but her |
| 7619 | name was taken from Thmei, the |
| 7620 | Egyptian goddess of " Justice" or |
| 7621 | " Truth ;" from which the Hebrew de- |
| 7622 | rived the word Thummim, translated |
| 7623 | in the Septuagint by d\r]6fia. The |
| 7624 | name Nereids was evidently borrowed |
| 7625 | from the idea of "water ;" and though |
| 7626 | the word is only traced in vrjpos, |
| 7627 | " moist," in Nereus, the Nereids, |
| 7628 | vapos, " liquid," and some other words |
| 7629 | in ancient Greek, it has been retained |
| 7630 | to the present day, through some old |
| 7631 | provincialism, and vfpov, or veppo, still |
| 7632 | signifies " water " in the Romaic of |
| 7633 | modern Greece. Comp. the Indian |
| 7634 | name for " water," and the divine |
| 7635 | spirit, NarayariQi), i. e. " floating on |
| 7636 | the waters" at the beginning of time |
| 7637 | in Hindoo mythology ; also the Ner- |
| 7638 | budda, &c., and nahr, " river," in |
| 7639 | Arabic. One of the Greek Vulcans |
| 7640 | mentioned by Cicero (de Nat. Deor. |
| 7641 | iii. 22) " was the Egyptian Phthas ;" |
| 7642 | one sun was tlie god of Heliopolis |
| 7643 | (ibid. 21), and other deities wei'e from |
| 7644 | the same Pantheon. — [G. W.J |
| p. 115 | |
| 7645 | Chap. 50, 51. EGYPTIANS PAY NO HONOURS TO HEROES. |
| 7646 | 93 |
| 7647 | For with the exception of NejDtune and the Dioscuri,^ |
| 7648 | whom I mentioned above, and Juno, Yesta, Themis, |
| 7649 | the Graces, and the Nereids, the other gods have been |
| 7650 | known from time immemorial in Egypt. This I assert |
| 7651 | on the authority of the Egyptians themselves. The |
| 7652 | gods, with whose names they profess themselves un- |
| 7653 | acquainted, the Greeks received, I believe, from the |
| 7654 | Pelasgi, except Neptune. Of him they got their know- |
| 7655 | ledge from the Libyans,* by whom he has been always |
| 7656 | honoured, and who were anciently the only peoj^le that |
| 7657 | had a god of the name. The Egyptians differ from the |
| 7658 | Greeks also in paying no divine honours to heroes.^ |
| 7659 | 51. Besides these which have been here mentioned, |
| 7660 | there are many other practices whereof I shall speak |
| 7661 | hereafter, which the Greeks have borrowed from Egypt.^ |
| 7662 | The peculiarity, however, which they observe in their |
| 7663 | ' Comp. tlietwo deities^ffiH, Laving |
| 7664 | no particular names, but called simply |
| 7665 | Arvinau, "tlie two horsemen," found |
| 7666 | in the Vedas of India and in the Zend- |
| 7667 | Avesta. (Jour. Americ. Or. Soc. |
| 7668 | vol. iii. No. 2, p. 322.)— [G. W.l |
| 7669 | ' Cf. iv. 188. |
| 7670 | 5 Herodotus is quite correct in say- |
| 7671 | ing the Egyptians jiaid no divine |
| 7672 | honours to heroes, and their creed |
| 7673 | would not accord with all the second |
| 7674 | and third lines of the Golden Verses |
| 7675 | of Pythagoras : |
| 7676 | 'Aflai-aTOVS fx-iv Trpwra Seov^ vofxtiy tos 5id)C6tvTai |
| 7677 | Tt/xa' Kai ae^ov opKOv' eiretT' ''Hptoa? ayavov^, |
| 7678 | Tous T€ KaTa;^9oi'(oi;s crcjSe Sat'/u.oi'as, evvoixa pefojc. |
| 7679 | No Egyi^tian god was supposed to |
| 7680 | have lived on earth as a mere man |
| 7681 | afterwards deified (infra, n. ^, ch. 143) ; |
| 7682 | and the tradition of Osiris having lived |
| 7683 | on earth implied that he was a mani- |
| 7684 | festation or Avatar of the Deity — |
| 7685 | not a real being, but the abstract idea |
| 7686 | of goodness (like the Indian Booddha). |
| 7687 | The religion of the Egyptians was |
| 7688 | the worship of the Deity in all his |
| 7689 | attributes, and in those things which |
| 7690 | were thought to partake of his essence ; |
| 7691 | but they did not transfer a mortal |
| 7692 | man to his place, though they allowed |
| 7693 | a king to pay divine honours to a de- |
| 7694 | ceased predecessor, or even to himself, |
| 7695 | his human doing homage to his di- |
| 7696 | vine nature. The divine being was |
| 7697 | like the Diviis Imperator of the Ro- |
| 7698 | mans ; and a respect was felt for him |
| 7699 | when good, which made them sacrifice |
| 7700 | all their dearest interests for his ser- |
| 7701 | vice : he w^as far above all mortals, as |
| 7702 | the head of the religion and the state ; |
| 7703 | celebrated with |
| 7704 | (Diodor. i. 71, |
| 7705 | and his funeral v\'as |
| 7706 | unusual ceremonies. |
| 7707 | 72.) But this was not divine worshij:). |
| 7708 | They did however commit the error of |
| 7709 | assigning to emblems a degree of vene- |
| 7710 | ration, as representatives of deities, |
| 7711 | which led to gross superstition, as types |
| 7712 | and relics have often done ; and though |
| 7713 | the Moslems forbid all "partnership" |
| 7714 | with the Deity in adoration, even they |
| 7715 | cannot always prevent a bigoted vene- |
| 7716 | ration for a saint, or for the supposed |
| 7717 | footstep of " the Prophet."— [G. W.] |
| 7718 | * We cannot too much admire the |
| 7719 | candour of Herodotus in admitting that |
| 7720 | the Greeks borrowed from the Egyp- |
| 7721 | tians, and others who preceded them ; |
| 7722 | for, as Bacon justly observes, "the |
| 7723 | writings that relate these fables, being |
| 7724 | not delivered as inventions of the |
| 7725 | writers, but as things before believed |
| 7726 | and received, appear like a soft whisper |
| p. 116 | |
| 7727 | 94 |
| 7728 | GREEK RELIGION DERIVED IN PART |
| 7729 | Book II. |
| 7730 | statues of Mercury they did not derive from the Egyp- |
| 7731 | tians, but from the Pelasgi ; from them the Athenians |
| 7732 | first adopted it, and afterwards it passed from the Athe- |
| 7733 | nians to the other Grreeks. For just at the time when |
| 7734 | the Athenians were entering into the Hellenic hody,^ |
| 7735 | the Pelasgi came to live with them in their country,^ |
| 7736 | whence it was that the latter came first to be regarded |
| 7737 | as Greeks. Whoever has been initiated into the mys- |
| 7738 | teries of the Cabiri^ will understand what I mean. |
| 7739 | from the traditions of more ancient |
| 7740 | nations, conveyed through tlie flutes |
| 7741 | of the Grecians." |
| 7742 | Diodorus (i. 96) makes the same re- |
| 7743 | mark, and affirms that " Orpheus in- |
| 7744 | troduced from Egypt the greatest part |
| 7745 | of liis mythical ceremonies, the orgies |
| 7746 | that celebrate the wanderings of Ceres, |
| 7747 | and the whole fable of the shades be- |
| 7748 | low. The rites of Osiris and Bacchus |
| 7749 | were the same ; the punishment of the |
| 7750 | wicked, the Elysian Fields, and all the |
| 7751 | common fictions, were copied from the |
| 7752 | Egyptian funerals ;" and he says the |
| 7753 | same of the Acherv;sian lake, Charon, |
| 7754 | Styx, and " many other things men- |
| 7755 | tioned in fable." Herodotus expressly |
| 7756 | gives it as his opinion that nearly all |
| 7757 | the names of the gods were derived |
| 7758 | from Egypt, and shows that their |
| 7759 | ceremonies (chaps. 81, 82) and science |
| 7760 | come from the same source. This is |
| 7761 | also stated by many ancient writers. |
| 7762 | Lucian (de Dea Syr.) says " the |
| 7763 | Egyptians are reputed the first men |
| 7764 | who had a notion of the gods and a |
| 7765 | knowledge of sr.cred afl'airs, . . . and |
| 7766 | sacred names." The same is men- |
| 7767 | tioned by the oracle of Apollo quoted |
| 7768 | by Eusebius. Comp. lamblichus (de |
| 7769 | Myst. s. 7, ch., v.), and others. Aris- |
| 7770 | totle (de Coilo, ii. 12) shows the obli- |
| 7771 | gations of the Greeks to the Egyptians |
| 7772 | and Babylonians for information re- |
| 7773 | specting all the heavenly bodies ; and |
| 7774 | these two people are mentioned by |
| 7775 | Cicero (de Div. i. 42), Pliny (vii. 56), |
| 7776 | and others as the great and earliest |
| 7777 | astronomers. Herodotus (supra, ch. 4) |
| 7778 | ascribes to the Egyptians the inven- |
| 7779 | tion of the year, as well as geometry ; |
| 7780 | and Macrobius savs that Ca:sar was |
| 7781 | indebted to Egypt for his correction |
| 7782 | of the calendar : " Nam Julius Cajsar |
| 7783 | .... siderum motus . . . . ab -(Egyptiis |
| 7784 | disciplinis hausit." (Saturn, i. 18.) |
| 7785 | Strabo (xvi. p. 1076 ; xvii. p. 1118) |
| 7786 | ascribes astronomy and arithmetic to |
| 7787 | the Sidonians, and the origin of them to |
| 7788 | night sailing and reckonings at sea, as |
| 7789 | geology to the Egyptians, from which |
| 7790 | two people they went to Greece ; and |
| 7791 | Pliny (v. 12) says the Phcenicians in- |
| 7792 | vented letters, astronomy, and naval |
| 7793 | and warlike arts. (Comp. Pomp. |
| 7794 | Mela, i. 12.) Diodorus (i. 98) states |
| 7795 | " that Pythagoras learnt holy lore, geo- |
| 7796 | metry, the science of numbers, and |
| 7797 | the transmigration of souls into animals |
| 7798 | from Egypt . . . and (Enopides derived |
| 7799 | the obliquity of the sun's path from |
| 7800 | the priests and astronomers there." |
| 7801 | (Comp. Pint. PI. Ph. iii. 13. See note |
| 7802 | onch. 109, inApp. CH.vii.) Diodorus |
| 7803 | (i. 81, and 28) even thinks " the Chal- |
| 7804 | da;ans obtained their knowledge of |
| 7805 | astrology (astronomy) from the priests |
| 7806 | of Egypt ;" but, on the other hand, |
| 7807 | Josephus states that " it went from |
| 7808 | the Chalda?ans to Egypt, whence it |
| 7809 | proceeded to Greece." (See n. % ch. |
| 7810 | 123, and App. ch. vii.)— [G. W.] |
| 7811 | '' Vide supra, i. 57, and 58, note ^. |
| 7812 | ^ The Pelasgi here intended are the |
| 7813 | Tyrrhenian Pelasgi, who are men- |
| 7814 | tioned again, iv. 145, and vi. 138. |
| 7815 | (See Thucyd. iv. 109 ; and cp. Ap, to |
| 7816 | B. vi.) |
| 7817 | ^ Nothing is known for certain re- |
| 7818 | specting the Cabiri. Most authorities |
| 7819 | agree that they varied in number, and |
| 7820 | that their worship, which was very |
| 7821 | ancient in Samothrace and in Phrj-gia, |
| 7822 | was carried to Greece from the former |
| p. 117 | |
| 7823 | Chap. 52. |
| 7824 | FROM THE PELASGI. |
| 7825 | 95 |
| 7826 | The Samotliracians received these mysteries from the |
| 7827 | Pelasgi, who, before they went to live in Attica, were |
| 7828 | dwellers in Samothrace, and imparted their religious |
| 7829 | ceremonies to the inhabitants. The Athenians, then, |
| 7830 | who were the first of all the Greeks to make their |
| 7831 | statues of Mercury in this way, learnt the practice from |
| 7832 | the Pelasgians ; and by this people a religious account |
| 7833 | of the matter is given, which is explained in the Samo- |
| 7834 | thracian mysteries. |
| 7835 | 52. In early times the Pelasgi, as I know by inform- |
| 7836 | ation which I got at Dodona, offered sacrifices of all |
| 7837 | kinds, and prayed to the gods, but had no distinct |
| 7838 | names or appellations for them, since they had never |
| 7839 | heard of any. They called them gods (6eol, disposers), |
| 7840 | because they had disposed and arranged all things in |
| 7841 | by the Pelasgi'. Some believe them |
| 7842 | to have been Ceres, Proserpine, and |
| 7843 | Phito ; and others add a fourth, sup- |
| 7844 | posed to be Hermes ; while others |
| 7845 | suppose them to have been Jupiter, |
| 7846 | Pallas, and Hermes. They were also |
| 7847 | worshipped at an early time in Lem- |
| 7848 | nos and Imbros. Some think they |
| 7849 | were an inferior order of gods, but |
| 7850 | were probably in the same manner as |
| 7851 | the third order of gods in Egypt, who |
| 7852 | in one capacity ranked even above the |
| 7853 | great gods. The name Cabiri was |
| 7854 | doubtless derived from the Semitic |
| 7855 | word Jcabir, "great," a title applied to |
| 7856 | Astarte (Venus), who was also wor- |
| 7857 | shipped in Samothrace, together with |
| 7858 | Pothos and Phaeton, in the most holy |
| 7859 | ceremonies, as Pliny says (xxxvi. 5). |
| 7860 | The eight great gods of the Phoe- |
| 7861 | nicians, the offspring of one great |
| 7862 | father, Sydik, the "just," were called |
| 7863 | Cabiri, of whom Esmoun was the |
| 7864 | youngest, or the eighth (as his |
| 7865 | name implies), the shmoun, " eight," |
| 7866 | of Coptic, and the " theman" or |
| 7867 | " saman " ..l^j of Arabic, and |
| 7868 | i^yOli^ of Hebrew. This Esmoun was |
| 7869 | also called Asclepins. Damascius |
| 7870 | says, "On 6 fv JiripvTcp cfirjaiv 'Ao-kX»j- |
| 7871 | TTios ovK eariu ' EWr]v ov8e AiyvnTios |
| 7872 | aXkd Tis iiTLxoopios ^oivi^. ^advKco |
| 7873 | yap fyeuovTO naides ovs AioaKovpovs |
| 7874 | epfirjvevovai Koi Kajieipovs. Ovtos |
| 7875 | KoXXitrTOi S)v deav ical veavlas I8flp |
| 7876 | a^idyaaros, ipwjxevos yeyovev, as ^rjcriv |
| 7877 | 6 fiiidos, 'Acrrpovorjs 6fov ^oiviacrris, |
| 7878 | p.rjTp6s dfcbv. Eladcos re Kwriyerelv iv |
| 7879 | Toicrhe rals vaTvais eweidri ededaaTo Trjv |
| 7880 | aeov avTov eKKVvrjyeTovaav koi (jievyovTa |
| 7881 | emdiuiKovcrau koi rj8r] Karak-q-^opievrjv, |
| 7882 | anoTep,vfi neXtKet ttjv avTos avToii |
| 7883 | TraiboaTTOpov cf)vcnv- 'H 8e rco Trddei |
| 7884 | TTfpiaXyrjcracra KolIIaimva KoKea-acra tov |
| 7885 | veavLcxKov rfi re ^woyoi/w depfirj dva^conv- |
| 7886 | ptjcraaa deov enoirjcrei', ' E(rp.ovvov vtto |
| 7887 | ^oivLKcov uivojxacrp.ivov eVl rfj Qepp.r] Tr]s |
| 7888 | ^oir]s. Ot 6e Tov ''Eap.ovvov o-ySooi/ |
| 7889 | a^Lovcriv (pp.rjvevfLV, on oySooy rjv tS |
| 7890 | 2advK(a Tra'is. Damascii Vit. Isidori |
| 7891 | (a Photio Excerpt.), 302. This men- |
| 7892 | tion of Esmoun with Palestine reminds |
| 7893 | us of the account in the Bible that |
| 7894 | the Philistines came of an Egyptian |
| 7895 | stock. Ashmoun would thus be made a |
| 7896 | son of Mizraim (comp. Sanchoniatho), |
| 7897 | as in Arab tradition. Herodotus men- |
| 7898 | tions the Egyptian Cabiri at Memphis |
| 7899 | (iii. 37), whose temple no one was per- |
| 7900 | mitted to enter except the priest alone : |
| 7901 | they were said to be sons of Vulcan |
| 7902 | or Pthah (as the Egyiitian Asclejiius |
| 7903 | called Eiiieph, ov Aiaiutlipli, also was). |
| p. 118 | |
| 7904 | 96 |
| 7905 | TELA SGI ADOPT THE EGYPTIAN GODS. |
| 7906 | Book II. |
| 7907 | such a beautiful order/ After a long lapse of time the |
| 7908 | names of the gods came to Greece from Egypt, and the |
| 7909 | Pelasgi learnt them, only as yet they knew nothing of |
| 7910 | Bacchus, of whom they first heard at a much later date. |
| 7911 | Not long after the arrival of the names they sent to |
| 7912 | consult the oracle at Dodona about them. This is the |
| 7913 | most ancient oracle in Greece, and at that time there |
| 7914 | was no other. To their question, " Whether they |
| 7915 | should adopt the names that had been imported from |
| 7916 | the foreigners ? " the oracle replied by recommending |
| 7917 | their use. Thenceforth in their sacrifices the Pelasgi |
| 7918 | made use of the names of the gods, and from them the |
| 7919 | names passed afterwards to the Greeks. |
| 7920 | and, like that god in one of his charac- |
| 7921 | ters, were rejiresented as pigmy figures. |
| 7922 | It is not impossible that the Cabiri in |
| 7923 | Egypt were figured as the god Pthah- |
| 7924 | Sokar-Osiris, who was a deity of |
| 7925 | fiades ; and the three names he had |
| 7926 | agree with the supposed number of |
| 7927 | the Cabiri of Samothrace. The number |
| 7928 | 8 might also be thought to accord |
| 7929 | with that of the eight great gods of |
| 7930 | Egypt. (See my note on B. iii. ch. 37.) |
| 7931 | Oshmoimayn, the Coptic and modern |
| 7932 | name of Hermopolis in Egypt, signify- |
| 7933 | ing the " two eights," was connected |
| 7934 | with the title of Tlioth or Hermes, |
| 7935 | " lord of the eight regions." — [G. W.] |
| 7936 | ^ The same derivation is given by |
| 7937 | Eustathius (ad Horn. II. p. 1148-51), |
| 7938 | and by Clement of Alexandria (Strom. |
| 7939 | i. 29, p. 427), but the more general |
| 7940 | belief of the Greeks derived the word |
| 7941 | 6f6s from de7v, " currere," because the |
| 7942 | Gods first worshipped were the sun, |
| 7943 | moon, and stars. (See Plat. Cratvl. |
| 7944 | p. 397, C. D. Etym. Magn. ad voc. |
| 7945 | Beos, Clemens. Alex. Cohort, ad Gent, |
| 7946 | p. 22, Strom, iv. 23, p. G33.) Both |
| 7947 | these derivations are pm-ely fanciful, |
| 7948 | having reference to the Greek language |
| 7949 | onl}^ whereas 6e6s is a form of a very |
| 7950 | ancient word common to a numlier of |
| 7951 | the Indo-European tongues, and not |
| 7952 | to be ex])lained from any one of them |
| 7953 | singl}'. The earliest form of the word |
| 7954 | would seem to be the Doric and J*]olic |
| 7955 | 28eus, afterwards written Zevs. This, |
| 7956 | by omission of the cr, became Sans. |
| 7957 | By cms and (leva, Gk. Aeuj, Ato's, and |
| 7958 | hlos, Lat. Deus and divus, Lithuanian |
| 7959 | diewas, &c. Qeos is a mere softened |
| 7960 | fonn of Aevs or deus, analogous to |
| 7961 | yj/ev^os, yjrvdos ; 6aa>, Sanscr. dlie ; |
| 7962 | ddpaco, dare ; Bepa, dry ; 6vpa, door ; |
| 7963 | &c. With the words Zevs and Oeos we |
| 7964 | may connect the old German God Zio, |
| 7965 | or Tins, whose name under the latter |
| 7966 | of the forms appears in our word |
| 7967 | Tuesday. Sanscrit scholars trace these |
| 7968 | many modifications of a single word |
| 7969 | to an old root div, which they tell us |
| 7970 | means " to shine," and Dyaiis, the |
| 7971 | first substantive formed from this |
| 7972 | verb, meant " light," or " the shining |
| 7973 | sun," one of the earliest objects of |
| 7974 | worship in most countries. Deva is a |
| 7975 | later formation from div, and has a |
| 7976 | more abstiact sense than dyatts, being |
| 7977 | " bright, brilliant, divine," and thence |
| 7978 | passing on to the mere idea of God. |
| 7979 | Qeos in Greek, and Dens in Latin, are |
| 7980 | the exact equivalents of this term. |
| 7981 | (See Professor Max Miiller's article on |
| 7982 | Comparative Philology in the Edin- |
| 7983 | burgh Review, No. 192, Art. 1. pp. |
| 7984 | 334-8.) |
| 7985 | The statement of Herodotus that |
| 7986 | the Pelasgi " called the Gods 6fo\, |
| 7987 | because they had disposed and arranged |
| 7988 | all things in such a beautiful order," |
| 7989 | shows that he considered them to have |
| 7990 | s]ioken a language nearly akin to the |
| 7991 | Greek. |
| p. 119 | |
| 7992 | Chap. 53, 54. CONNEXION OP DODONA WITH EGYPT. |
| 7993 | 97 |
| 7994 | 53. Whence tlie gods severally sprang, whether or no |
| 7995 | they had all existed from eternity, what forms they bore |
| 7996 | — these are questions of which the Greeks knew |
| 7997 | nothing until the other day, so to speak. For Homer |
| 7998 | and Hesiod were the first to compose Theogonies, and |
| 7999 | give the gods their epithets, to allot them their several |
| 8000 | ofifices and occupations, and describe their forms ; and |
| 8001 | they lived but four hundred years before my time,^ as I |
| 8002 | believe. As for the poets, who are thought by some to |
| 8003 | be earlier than these, ^ they are, in my judgment, de- |
| 8004 | cidedly later writers. In these matters I have the |
| 8005 | authority of the priestesses of Dodona for the former |
| 8006 | portion of my statements ; what I have said of Homer |
| 8007 | and Hesiod is my own opinion. |
| 8008 | 54. The following tale is commonly told in Egypt |
| 8009 | concerning the oracle of Dodona in Greece, and that |
| 8010 | of Amnion, in Libya. My informants on the point were |
| 8011 | the priests of Jupiter at Thebes. They said " that two |
| 8012 | of the sacred women were once carried off from Thebes |
| 8013 | by the Phoenicians,* and that the story went that one |
| 8014 | * The date of Homer has been va- |
| 8015 | riously stated. It is plain from the |
| 8016 | expressions which Herodotus here uses |
| 8017 | that in his time the general belief as- |
| 8018 | si2;ned to Homer an earlier date than |
| 8019 | that which he considered the true |
| 8020 | one. His date would place the poet |
| 8021 | about B.C. 8bO-S30, which is very |
| 8022 | nearly the mean between the earliest |
| 8023 | and the latest epochs that are as- |
| 8024 | signed to him. I'he earliest date |
| 8025 | that can be exactly determined, is |
| 8026 | that of the author of the life of |
| 8027 | Homer usually published wnth the |
| 8028 | works of Herodotus, who places the |
| 8029 | birth of the poet G22 years before |
| 8030 | the invasion of Xerxes, or B.C. 1102. |
| 8031 | The latest is that of Theopompus |
| 8032 | and Euphorion, which makes him |
| 8033 | contemporary with Gyires — therefore |
| 8034 | B.C. 724-G86. (For further parti- |
| 8035 | culars, see Clinton's F. H. vol. i. |
| 8036 | pp. 145-7 ; and Ap. p. 359.) Proba- |
| 8037 | bility is on the whole in favour of |
| 8038 | VOL. n. |
| 8039 | a date considerably earlier than that |
| 8040 | assigned by our author. |
| 8041 | The time of Hesiod is even more |
| 8042 | doubtful, if possible, than that of his |
| 8043 | brother-poet. He was made before |
| 8044 | Homer, after him, and contemporary |
| 8045 | with him. Internal evidence and the |
| 8046 | weight of authority are in favour of the |
| 8047 | view which assigns him a compara- |
| 8048 | tively late date. (See Clinton, i. p. 359, |
| 8049 | n. ".) He is proliably to be placed at |
| 8050 | least 200 or 300 years after Homer. |
| 8051 | ^ The " poets thought bj' some to |
| 8052 | be earlier than Homer and Hesiod " |
| 8053 | are probably the mystic writers, Olen, |
| 8054 | Linus, Orpheus, j\Iusa'us, Pamphos, |
| 8055 | Olympus, &c., who were generally |
| 8056 | accounted by the Greeks anterior to |
| 8057 | Homer (Clinton, i. pp. 341-4), but |
| 8058 | seem really to have belonged to a later |
| 8059 | age. (See Grote, vol. ii. p. 161.) |
| 8060 | •* See the next note. This carrying |
| 8061 | off priestesses from Thebes is of course |
| 8062 | a fable. It may refer to the sending |
| p. 120 | |
| 8063 | 98 |
| 8064 | MYTH OF THE TWO BLACK DOVES. |
| 8065 | Book 11. |
| 8066 | of them was sold into Libya, and tlie other into Greece, |
| 8067 | and these women were the first founders of the oracles |
| 8068 | in the two countries." On my inquiring how they |
| 8069 | came to know so exactly what became of the women, |
| 8070 | they answered, " that diligent search had been made |
| 8071 | after them at the time, but that it had not been found |
| 8072 | possible to discover where they were ; afterwards, how- |
| 8073 | ever, they received the information which they had |
| 8074 | given me." |
| 8075 | 55. This was what I heard from the priests at |
| 8076 | Thebes ; at Dodona, however, the women who deliver |
| 8077 | the oracles relate the matter as follows : — " Two black |
| 8078 | doves flew away from Egyptian Thebes, and while one |
| 8079 | directed its flight to Libya, the other came to them.' |
| 8080 | She alighted on an oak, and sitting there began to |
| 8081 | speak with a human voice, and told them that on the |
| 8082 | spot where she was, there should thenceforth be an |
| 8083 | oracle of Jove. They understood the announcement to |
| 8084 | be from heaven, so they set to work at once and erected |
| 8085 | the shrine. The dove which flew to Libya bade the |
| 8086 | Libyans to establish there the oracle of Ammon." This |
| 8087 | likewise is an oracle of Jupiter. The persons from |
| 8088 | whom I received these particulars were three priestesses |
| 8089 | of the Dodonseans/ the eldest Promeneia, the next Ti- |
| 8090 | out and establishing an oracle in |
| 8091 | the newly-discovered West (Europe) |
| 8092 | through the Phceuicians, the mer- |
| 8093 | chants and expliirers of those days, |
| 8094 | who were in alliance with Egypt, |
| 8095 | supplied it with many of the pro- |
| 8096 | ductions it required from other coun- |
| 8097 | tries, and enabled it to export its |
| 8098 | manufactures in their ships. — [G. W.] |
| 8099 | * The two doves appear to connect |
| 8100 | this tradition with the Phoenician As- |
| 8101 | tarte, who appears to be the Baaltis or |
| 8102 | Dione of Byblus. If the rites of Do- |
| 8103 | dona were from Egypt, they were not |
| 8104 | necessarily introduced by any indi- |
| 8105 | vidual from that country. The idea |
| 8106 | of women giving^ out oracles is Greek, |
| 8107 | not Egyptian.— [G. W.] |
| 8108 | * Were it not for the tradition of |
| 8109 | the priestesses that Dodona was in- |
| 8110 | debted to Egypt for its oracle, we |
| 8111 | should at once discredit what appears |
| 8112 | so very impirohable ; but the Greeks |
| 8113 | would scarcely have attributed its |
| 8114 | origin to a foreigner, unless there had |
| 8115 | been some foundation for the story ; |
| 8116 | and Herodotus maintains that there |
| 8117 | was a resemblance between the oracles |
| 8118 | of Thebes and Dodona. It is not |
| 8119 | necessary that the stamp of a foreign |
| 8120 | character should have been strongly |
| 8121 | impressed at Dodona ; and the in- |
| 8122 | fluence of the oracle would have been |
| 8123 | equally great without the employment |
| 8124 | of a wn-itten language, or any refer- |
| 8125 | ence to particular religious doctrines |
| p. 121 | |
| 8126 | Chap. 55-57. |
| 8127 | THE MYTH EXPLAINED. |
| 8128 | 99 |
| 8129 | marete, and the youngest Nicandra — what they said was |
| 8130 | confirmed by the other Dodoneeans who dwell around |
| 8131 | the temple.'' |
| 8132 | 56. My own opinion of these matters is as follows : — |
| 8133 | I think that, if it be true that the Phoenicians carried |
| 8134 | off the holy women, and sold them for slaves,^ the one |
| 8135 | into Libya and the other into Greece, or Pelasgia (as |
| 8136 | it was then called), this last must have been sold to the |
| 8137 | Thesprotians. Afterwards, while undergoing servitude |
| 8138 | in those parts, she built under a real oak a temple to |
| 8139 | Jupiter, her thoughts in her new abode reverting — as it |
| 8140 | was likely they would do, if she had been an attendant |
| 8141 | in a temple of Jupiter at Thebes — to that particular |
| 8142 | god. Then, having acquired a knowledge of the Greek |
| 8143 | tongue, she set up an oracle. She also mentioned that |
| 8144 | her sister had been sold for a slave into Libya by the |
| 8145 | same persons as herself. |
| 8146 | 57. The DodonEeans called the women doves because |
| 8147 | they were foreigners, and seemed to them to make a |
| 8148 | noise like birds. After a while the dove spoke with a |
| 8149 | human voice, because the woman, w^hose foreign talk |
| 8150 | had previously sounded to them like the chattering of a |
| 8151 | bird, acquired the power of speaking what they could |
| 8152 | •with •\vliicli those who consulted the |
| 8153 | oracles of Amun, Delphi, and other |
| 8154 | places did not occupy themselves. — |
| 8155 | [G. W.] |
| 8156 | 7 The Temple of Dodona was de- |
| 8157 | stroyed B.C. 219 by Dorimachus when, |
| 8158 | being chosen general of the ^Etolians, |
| 8159 | he ravaged Epirus. (Polyb. iv. 67.) |
| 8160 | Xo remains of it now exist. It stood at |
| 8161 | the base of Mount Tom arus, or Tmarus |
| 8162 | (Strabo, vii. p. 476 ; Plin. ii. 103), on |
| 8163 | the borders of Thesj^rotia, and was said |
| 8164 | to have been founded by Deucalion. |
| 8165 | The name Timarete is here given by |
| 8166 | Herodotus to one of the priestesses. |
| 8167 | Strabo says the oracles were given out |
| 8168 | by a class of priests, called Selli (the |
| 8169 | Helli, according to Pindar), who were |
| 8170 | remarkable for their austere mode of |
| 8171 | life, and thought to honour the Deity |
| 8172 | by a bigoted affectation of discomfort, |
| 8173 | and by abjuring cleanliness; whence |
| 8174 | Homer says, II. xvi. 233 — |
| 8175 | Zeu afa, Attj5aji'ate, IleAacrytKe, T7jA60t I'aiwv |
| 8176 | Atoj5ajii79 fxeSiijov fivcT^et^epou' afjL(pl 6e SeAAol |
| 8177 | 2ol vaiovcr \nTO(j>riTai. dun-TOTToSej, xaixanvvai, |
| 8178 | — in which impure piety they were veiy |
| 8179 | unlike the cleanly priests of Egypt. |
| 8180 | The sacred oaks of Dodona call to |
| 8181 | mind those of the Druids. The (f)T]yos |
| 8182 | is not the beech, but an oak, so called |
| 8183 | from its acorn, which was eaten. — |
| 8184 | [G. W.] |
| 8185 | ^ Comp. Joel iii. 6, where the |
| 8186 | Tyrians are said to have sold Jewish |
| 8187 | children " to the Grecians." (Beni- |
| 8188 | lonim.)— [G. W.] |
| 8189 | H 2 |
Provenance
- title
- Rawlinson – History of Herodotus, a new English version, vol. 2 (London: Murray 1858) — archive.org text layer
- dialect
- none
- source
- text layer of corpus/incoming/histories/historians/herodotus-histories-ii/historyofherodot02herouoft.pdf (archive.org OCR; tools/build_repository.py histories())
- licence
- public domain in Canada (author died ≤ 1971, verified; LICENCES.md §7) — US position (recorded, does not gate the class; PD-CA 2026-09-26): PD-US (published ≤1930)
- share
- public
- attribution
- Rawlinson – History of Herodotus, a new English version, vol. 2 (London: Murray 1858); public domain in Canada (death years verified: G. Rawlinson d.1902 (https://archive.org/metadata/historyofherodot02herouoft LC heading 1812-1902; https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q1355998); co-authors H. C. Rawlinson d.1895 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q309602), J. G. Wilkinson d.1875 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q923032) — staged at corpus/incoming/histories/historians/herodotus-histories-ii/historyofherodot02herouoft.pdf from https://archive.org/details/historyofherodot02herouoft (HIST-1, 2026-09-29)); OCR text by the Kemetic project, Yousef Hanna 2026.
- file
- History/Historians – Greek and Roman/Herodotus — Histories, book II (Egypt)/historyofherodot02herouoft.text-layer.L0.txt
L0 witness
Cite as:
Rawlinson – History of Herodotus, a new English version, vol. 2 (London: Murray 1858) — archive.org text layer. text layer of corpus/incoming/histories/historians/herodotus-histories-ii/historyofherodot02herouoft.pdf (archive.org OCR; tools/build_repository.py histories()). Layers as published by the Kemetic project (Yousef Hanna), 2026: Coptic · Cairene · Kemetic, /doc/history/historians-greek-and-roman/herodotus-histories-book-ii-egypt/historyofherodot02herouoft.text-layer/. Rawlinson – History of Herodotus, a new English version, vol. 2 (London: Murray 1858); public domain in Canada (death years verified: G. Rawlinson d.1902 (https://archive.org/metadata/historyofherodot02herouoft LC heading 1812-1902; https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q1355998); co-authors H. C. Rawlinson d.1895 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q309602), J. G. Wilkinson d.1875 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q923032) — staged at corpus/incoming/histories/historians/herodotus-histories-ii/historyofherodot02herouoft.pdf from https://archive.org/details/historyofherodot02herouoft (HIST-1, 2026-09-29)); OCR text by the Kemetic project, Yousef Hanna 2026.
What the layers are
The text as its witness or edition has it, original spelling; its dialect is a description and is never standardized.
For Egyptian texts: the transliteration with the editors' marks turned into the symbols ° * < > _ ^ (ruled 2026-09-10). For papyri: the edition's Leiden marks as the same symbols, and the editors' readings beside the scribe's as ‹scribe→editors› (ruled PAP-3).
Standardized Greco-Bohairic spelling and grammar, generated by code from the layer above under the rulings of the project.
The Kemetic alphabet, generated by code from L1.
Quoted translations where they exist, credited; otherwise model drafts, marked as drafts.